National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best

Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

TABLE OF CONTENT

Lecture notes on Mathematics _______________________________ 1

Mensuration... .................................................................................................................... 1
Functions……. ................................................................................................................... 5
Inequalities… ....................................................................................................................10
Limits………......................................................................................................................17
Differentiation and Integration ...........................................................................................19
Differential Equations (DE)................................................................................................21
Geometry…… ...................................................................................................................23
Sequences and Series ......................................................................................................27
Complex Numbers ............................................................................................................29
Worded Problems .............................................................................................................32
Lecture notes on Physics __________________________________ 35
Mechanics…. ....................................................................................................................35
Fluid mechanics ................................................................................................................41
Thermal energy and thermodynamics ...............................................................................46
Current electricity ..............................................................................................................50
Mechanical Properties of Matter........................................................................................54
Nuclear physics ................................................................................................................60
Lecture notes on Chemistry ________________________________ 65
Atomic structure ................................................................................................................65
Hydrocarbons ..............................................................................................................103
General Knowledge ______________________________________ 107
Regions,surface areas,divisions and headquarters .........................................................107
Cameroon : A timeline of Events .....................................................................................109
Independence .................................................................................................................110
Paul Biya era. .................................................................................................................110
Corruption….. .................................................................................................................111
Cabinet Reshuffle of 2nd March 2018 .............................................................................113
International Organisations .............................................................................................115
Some Prominent Nations to care about .................................................................................118
The World of Technology ................................................................................................120
Sports Nuggets ...............................................................................................................121

i
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

University Games ; Maroua 2018 ....................................................................................122

Past Questions _________________________________________ 124
Mathematics 2006 ..........................................................................................................125
Physics 2006. .................................................................................................................127
Chemistry 2006...............................................................................................................129
Mathematics 2007 ..........................................................................................................131
Physics 2007. .................................................................................................................133
Chemistry 2007...............................................................................................................134
Mathematics 2008 ..........................................................................................................136
Physics 2008. .................................................................................................................139
Chemistry 2008...............................................................................................................140
Mathematics 2009 ..........................................................................................................143
Physics 2009. .................................................................................................................148
Chemistry 2009...............................................................................................................150
Mathematics 2010 ..........................................................................................................151
Physics 2010. .................................................................................................................155
Chemistry 2010...............................................................................................................157
Mathematics 2011 ..........................................................................................................159
Physics 2011. .................................................................................................................163
Chemistry 2011...............................................................................................................165
Mathematics 2012 ..........................................................................................................166
Physics 2012. .................................................................................................................170
Chemistry 2012...............................................................................................................172
Mathematics 2013 ..........................................................................................................173
Physics 2013. .................................................................................................................176
Chemistry 2013...............................................................................................................178
Mathematics 2014 ..........................................................................................................179
Physics 2014. .................................................................................................................188
Chemistry 2014..............................................................................................................192
Mathematics 2015 ..........................................................................................................195
Physics 2015. .................................................................................................................199
Chemistry 2015...............................................................................................................202
Mathematics 2016 ..........................................................................................................204
Physics 2016. .................................................................................................................208
Chemistry 2016...............................................................................................................212

ii
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Additional Questions ____________________________________ 216

Mathematics.. .................................................................................................................216
Physics…….. ..................................................................................................................218
Chemistry….. ..................................................................................................................220
Correction of Additional Physics Questions .....................................................................232
Correction of Mathematics ________________________________ 233
Mathematics 2006 ..........................................................................................................233
Mathematics 2007 ..........................................................................................................236
Mathematics 2008 ..........................................................................................................238
Mathematics 2009 ..........................................................................................................241
Mathematics 2010 ..........................................................................................................248
Mathematics 2011 ..........................................................................................................251
Mathematics 2012 ..........................................................................................................253
Mathematics 2013 ..........................................................................................................256
Mathematics 2014 ..........................................................................................................261
Mathematics 2015 ..........................................................................................................265
Mathematics 2016 ..........................................................................................................266
Correction of Physics ____________________________________ 269
Physics 2006. .................................................................................................................269
Physics 2007. .................................................................................................................271
Physics 2008. .................................................................................................................272
Physics 2009. .................................................................................................................273
Physics 2010. .................................................................................................................274
Physics 2011. .................................................................................................................275
Physics 2012. .................................................................................................................276
Physics 2013. .................................................................................................................277
Physics 2014. .................................................................................................................279
Physics 2015. .................................................................................................................280
Physics 2016. .................................................................................................................281
Correction of Chemistry __________________________________ 282
Chemistry 2006...............................................................................................................282
Chemistry 2007...............................................................................................................284
Chemistry 2008...............................................................................................................286
Chemistry 2009...............................................................................................................287
Chemistry 2010...............................................................................................................288

iii
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Chemistry 2011...............................................................................................................289
Chemistry 2012...............................................................................................................290
Chemistry 2013...............................................................................................................291
Chemistry 2014...............................................................................................................292
Chemistry 2015...............................................................................................................293
Chemistry 2016...............................................................................................................294

iv
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Lecture notes on Mathematics

Lecture notes on Mathematics

The physical characteristics of many objects can be exploited in many fields. Some of these
characteristics are surface area and volume.

I. SOME FIGURES AND STANDARD FORMULAE OF AREA AND

VOLUME

I.1. AREA
1. Circle:𝜋𝑟²
2. Cylinder: Curved surface area=2 𝜋𝑟ℎ , Total surface area=2𝜋𝑟ℎ + 2𝜋𝑟²
3. Sphere: 4 𝜋𝑟²
4. Cone: Curved surface area= 𝜋𝑟𝐿 , 𝐿 = √𝑟² + ℎ², L is also called the slant height of the cone.
Total surface area= 𝜋𝑟𝐿 + 𝜋𝑟²

I.2. VOLUME
1. Cylinder: 𝜋𝑟²ℎ
4
2. Sphere:3 𝜋𝑟 3
1
3. Cone: 3 𝜋𝑟 2 ℎ

NB: i) The area bounded by a curve, say y=f(x), the x-axis and the lines x=a and x=b is given
by:
𝒃
A=∫𝒂 |𝒇(𝒙)|𝒅𝒙

Consider the diagram that follows.

1
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

The shaded area is given by

𝒃
A=∫𝒂 [𝒇(𝒙) − 𝒈(𝒙)]𝒅𝒙

ii) The volume of the solid obtained by completely rotating the area a function y=f(x) and the x-
axis, about the x-axis is given by:
𝒃
V=𝝅 ∫𝒂 𝒚²𝒅𝒙
𝑥² 2
Example: 1. Find the area of the region bounded by the curves 𝑦 = − + 𝑥 + 5 and 𝑦 =
3 3
−𝑥 + 5. Also determine the volume of the solid obtained when this area is rotated completely
about the x-axis.
2. Find the area of the shaded area below given that AB = BC = 12

Solution
𝑥² 2
1. Let f and g be the functions − + 𝑥 + 5 and −𝑥 + 5 respectively. We can deduce that
3 3
f and g intersect at x=0 and x=5 (solutions of f(x) = g(x)) and the curve of f is always
above that of g in the interval mentioned above (check by a sketch of the curves).
5 125
Hence, Area, A=∫0 [𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑔(𝑥)]𝑑𝑥 = sq. units
18

5 4975
Similarly, Volume of revolution V= 𝜋 ∫0 [𝑓(𝑥)2 − 𝑔(𝑥)2 ]𝑑𝑥 =…= 27
cubic units

2. Let P be the center of the square and H, the projection of P on DC.

(12+6)6 6²
APHD is a trapezium and PHC is a triangle with areas 2
= 54 and 2
= 18 respectively.
𝜋(62 )
The quarter of circle DPH is 4
= 9𝜋. Hence the shaded area is given by: (54 − 9𝜋) +
(9𝜋 − 18) = 36 square units.

Exercises: Find the shaded area in the following figures:

1. AB = 8

2
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

2. AB = 2DE = BC = 16

3. AB = BC = 4

4. The area in the first quadrant and bounded by the curves 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑥−2 and 𝑦 = 𝑒 7−2𝑥 is
2𝜋
rotated through 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑠 about the x-axis. Find the volume of the solid generated. Also
5
find the volume after a complete revolution of the same area about the y-axis.
5. Sketch and find the area bounded by the inequalities that follow: 2y-6 ≤3x, x-7 ≤7y,
2x ≤6+3y and 20-4x≥5y
6. Two circles C1 andC2 of radii R and r respectively are such that R=2r. If C1 passes
through the center of C2, find the area of the region common to both circles.
7. 7. A container consists of a cylinder of radius r and height h closed with a
hemispherical cap. Find in terms of r and h the total surface area and volume of the
container.

3
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

I. LAWS OF INDICES
1. 𝑎 × 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑎𝑚+𝑛
𝑚

2. 𝑎𝑚 ÷ 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑎𝑚−𝑛
3. (𝑎𝑚 )𝑛 = 𝑎𝑚𝑛
1
4. 𝑎𝑚 =
𝑎 −𝑚
5. 𝑎0 = 1
𝑎 𝑚 𝑎𝑚
6. (𝑏 ) = 𝑏𝑚 , 𝑏 ≠ 0
7. (𝑎𝑏)𝑚 = 𝑎𝑚 𝑏 𝑚

II. LAWS OF LOGARITHM

1. log 𝑎 (𝑚𝑛) = log 𝑎 𝑚 + log 𝑎 𝑛
𝑚
2. log 𝑎 ( 𝑛 ) = log 𝑎 𝑚 − log 𝑎 𝑛
3. log 𝑎 𝑎 = 1
4. log 𝑎 𝑏 𝑚 = 𝑚log 𝑎 𝑏
1
5. log 𝑎𝑚 𝑏 = log 𝑎 𝑏
𝑚
log𝑐 𝑏
6. log 𝑎 𝑏 =
log𝑐 𝑎
7. log 𝑎 1 = 0

NB: i) 𝑎𝑚 = 𝑏 iff log 𝑎 𝑏 = 𝑚 , and 𝑎log𝑎 𝑏 = 𝑏

Exercises:
𝑥
1. log(3𝑥 + 1) − log (30) = 𝑒 𝑙𝑛2
log5 3
2. 2. Given that log 5 3 = 𝑚 and log 6 2 = 𝑛 then (log2 3)²+log2 3
is…
3. 3. If log 3 5 = 𝑝 𝑎𝑛𝑑 log 4 3 = 𝑞, then log 4 15 =
A. (p+q)-1 B.p-q+1 C. (p+1)q
1
4. log 𝑥 − 2log2𝑥 √10
= 0 iff
5. A. x∈ 𝑅 ∗ + B. x=1 C. none D. x=2 E. x=10
6. log 2 (3𝑥 + 2) − 6 log 8(9𝑥 − 4) = −5
7. log (𝑥+1) (14𝑥 − 34) = 2

4
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

A function is a numerical map from a set, say 𝑫𝒇 called the domain to another, say R called
the Range. The range is a subset of a larger one called the Codomain.

I. CONTINUOUS FUNCTIONS
A function f, is said to be continuous at x = a iff

lim 𝑓(𝑥) = lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑎)

𝑥→𝑎 ± 𝑥→𝑎

Also, f is said to be continuous on an interval 𝐈 iff f is continuous ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝐈.

II. PARITY OF FUNCTIONS

A function could be even, odd or neither. This characteristic refers to the parity of the function.

1. Even functions: These are functions such that (𝑥) = 𝑓(−𝑥), ∀𝑥𝜖𝐷𝑓 . Some examples
are cosx, ln(x²-3), |𝑥|.
2. Odd functions: These functions are such that 𝑓(𝑥) = −𝑓(−𝑥), ∀𝑥𝜖𝐷𝑓 . Some
examples are 𝑥 3 + 2𝑥, 𝑥 √𝑒 𝑥² − 4 .

II.1. INVERSE OF A FUNCTION

The inverse of a function exists if and only if the function is:

a. continuous and
b. monotonous
Graphically, the inverse of a function is the reflection of the function about the line
y = x.

II.2. PERIODIC FUNCTIONS

A function f is generally said to be periodic if for any given value of f, say v, the equation f(x)
= v , has an infinite number of solutions. This means mathematically that if the period of f is
p, then:

𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒇(𝒙 + 𝒌𝒑), 𝑘𝜖ℤ.

Some examples of such functions are sinx, cosx and tanx.

Another example could be the “function f continues on ℝ “such that
−𝑥 + 3, −1 ≤ 𝑥 < 2
𝑓(𝑥) = { Notice that this function is continuous at x=2.
√3𝑥 − 5 , 2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 7

III.CURVE SKETCHING
There exists some “techniques” to sketch particular functions such as quadratics, simple
trigonometric functions and rational polynomial functions.

5
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Our aim here will be to study a “more general technique” that can be used to sketch ANY
function.
The following steps are helpful to sketch the graph of a function f.

1. Determine the domain of f, 𝐷𝑓 .

2. Check parity. This simplifies the study of f on 𝐷𝑓 if f is even or odd.
3. Find the intercepts.
4. Limits of f at boundaries of 𝐷𝑓 and eventual asymptotes.
A. Limits at infinity
a. If lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎𝜖ℝ, then y = a is a horizontal asymptote.
𝑥→±∞
b. If lim 𝑓(𝑥) = ±∞, there are 3 possible implications of which only ONE is
𝑥→±∞
𝑓(𝑥)
to be considered. The best “one” depends on lim .
𝑥→±∞ 𝑥
𝑓(𝑥)
i. If lim = 𝑚𝜖ℝ ∗, then f has an oblique asymptote with gradient
𝑥→±∞ 𝑥
m.
The y-intercept, n of this asymptote is obtained as follows,
𝑛 = lim [𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑚𝑥]. Hence the oblique asymptote is given by 𝑦 =
𝑥→±∞
𝑚𝑥 + 𝑛
NB: If 𝑛 = ±∞, the oblique asymptote is just 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥
𝑓(𝑥)
ii. If lim = 0, then f has a parabolic branch parallel to the x-axis.
𝑥→±∞ 𝑥
𝑓(𝑥)
iii. If lim = ±∞ , then f has a parabolic branch parallel to the y-
𝑥→±∞ 𝑥
axis.
B. Limits at 𝑥 = 𝑥0 where 𝑥0 ∉ 𝐷𝑓 (𝑥0 ∈ ℝ)
a. If lim 𝑓(𝑥) = ±∞ , then 𝒙 = 𝒙𝟎 is a vertical asymptote.
𝑥→ 𝑥0 ±
b. If lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑙, then f can be continuously extended at 𝑥 = 𝑥0 .
𝑥→ 𝑥0 ±
1. Differentiability (domain of derivative).
2. Derivative and sign of derivative: If 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 for ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝐼 ⊂ 𝐷𝑓 , then 𝑓 ↗ ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝐼 and
𝑓 ↘ ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝐷𝑓 \𝐼 , (𝑖. 𝑒, 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0 ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝐷𝑓 \𝐼).
3. Table of variation: This is a table that summarises the study above.

Examples
1. Find the domain of the following functions:

6
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a. 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑒 𝑥 − 2
b. 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 − √𝑥 + 2 )
3𝑥 2 −𝑥+5
c. 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥−2|−1
2. Sketch the curve of the function f defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 𝑥
Solution
1.
a. 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑒 𝑥 − 2
𝐷𝑓 = {𝑥𝜖ℝ ∶ 𝑒 𝑥 − 2 ≥ 0} ⇒ 𝑥 ≥ 𝑙𝑛2
Hence 𝐷𝑓 = [𝑙𝑛2, +∞[
b. 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 − √𝑥 + 2 )

𝐷𝑓 = {𝑥𝜖ℝ ∶ 𝑥 + 2 ≥ 0, 𝑥 − √𝑥 + 2 > 0} ⇒ 𝑥 ≥ −2, √𝑥 + 2 < 𝑥

√𝑥 + 2 < 𝑥 is false for −2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 0

For 𝑥 > 0, we have:
𝑥 + 2 < 𝑥² ⇒ 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 2 > 0 ⇒ 𝑥 < −1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 > 2
Therefore, true for 𝑥 > 2
Hence 𝐷𝑓 =]2, +∞[
3𝑥 2 −𝑥+5
c. 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥−2|−1
𝐷𝑓 = {𝑥𝜖ℝ ∶ |𝑥 − 2| − 1 ≠ 0} ⇒ |𝑥 − 2| ≠ 1 ⇒ 𝑥 ≠ 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 ≠ 3
Hence 𝐷𝑓 =] − ∞, 1[∪]1,3[∪]3, +∞[
2. 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 𝑥

Domain

𝐷𝑓 = {𝑥𝜖ℝ ∶ 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 ≥ 0}

𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 ≥ 0 ⇒ 𝑥 ≤ 0 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 2 ⇒ 𝐷𝑓 =] − ∞, 0] ∪ [2, +∞[

Intercepts

y-intercept: 𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑓(0) = 0 ⇒ f passes through the origin.

IV. LIMITS AND ASYMPTOTES

a. 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓(𝑥) = 1 ⇒ 𝑦 = 1 is a horizontal asymptote when 𝑥 → −∞.
𝑥→−∞
b. 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(0) = 0
𝑥→0
c. 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(2) = 2
𝑥→2
d. 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓(𝑥) = +∞
𝑥→+∞
2
𝑥 (√1 − 𝑥 + 1)
𝑓(𝑥)
𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 =2
𝑥→+∞ 𝑥 𝑥→+∞ 𝑥
𝑙𝑖𝑚 [𝑓(𝑥) − 2𝑥] = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (√𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 𝑥) = −1 ⇒ 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 1 is an oblique asymptote
𝑥→+∞ 𝑥→+∞
when 𝑥 → +∞.

7
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

V. DIFFERENTIABILITY
f is differentiable on 𝐷𝑓 \{0,2} I;e, ] − ∞, 0[∪]2, +∞[

VI. DERIVATIVE AND SIGN OF DERIVATIVE

𝑥−1+√𝑥 2 −2𝑥
𝑓 ′ (𝑥) =
√𝑥 2 −2𝑥

𝑓 ′ (𝑥) ≥ 0 ⇔ √𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 ≥ −𝑥 + 1

For 𝑥 < 0, we have:

𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 ≥ 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1 ⇒ 0 ≥ 1 , false

For 𝑥 > 2, the inequality is always true.⇒ 𝑓 ↗ ∀𝑥 > 2 and 𝑓 ↘ ∀𝑥 < 0

* Note that 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓′(𝑥) = 0, 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓′(𝑥) = −∞, 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓′(𝑥) = +∞ and 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓′(𝑥) = 2
𝑥→−∞ 𝑥→0− 𝑥→2+ 𝑥→+∞

Table of variation

Exercises
1. Determine whether the following functions are invertible

8
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a. 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
b. 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 5𝑥−2
c. 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 + 1
𝑥−5
d. 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥+3
2. Determine the domain of the following functions
a. f(x) = √|x − 1| − 2 + 3x
2x+5
b. f(x) = ln ( x−2 )
𝑥²−4
c. f(𝑥) = 𝑥−1
3. Sketch the functions given in 2) above.
−𝑥 + 1 , −1 < 𝑥 ≤ 1
4. Let 𝑓(𝑥) = { be a periodic and continuous function on ℝ.
√𝑥 − 1 , 1 < 𝑥 ≤ 5
a. Sketch f as defined above. i.e, for −1 < 𝑥 ≤ 5
b. What could be a suitable period of f for its continuity on ℝ?
c. Evaluate 𝑓(−105) and 𝑓(342.5)
d. Sketch and find the area of the region bounded by f and the x-axis for −7 ≤
𝑥 ≤ 11.

9
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Unlike equalities (equations) having a finite number of solutions, inequalities usually have an
infinite number of solutions (more generally, a set of solutions).
Let I be an interval and 𝑎, 𝑏 𝜖 𝐼 such that 𝑎 ≤ 𝑏.

a. If 𝑓 ↗ on I , then 𝑓(𝑎) ≤ 𝑓(𝑏)

b. If 𝑓 ↘ on I , then 𝑓(𝑎) ≥ 𝑓(𝑏)

I. SOME PROPERTIES OF INEQUALITIES

1. ∀𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 𝜖 ℝ, if 𝑎 ≥ 𝑏 then
i. 𝑎 + 𝑐 ≥ 𝑏 + 𝑐
ii. 𝑎𝑐 ≥ 𝑏𝑐 , ∀𝑐 ≥ 0
iii. 𝑎𝑐 ≤ 𝑏𝑐 , ∀𝑐 < 0
2. If 𝑎 ≥ 𝑏 > 0 , then
i. i. 𝑎² ≥ 𝑏²
1 1
ii. ii. 𝑎 ≤ 𝑏
3. If 𝑎 ≤ 𝑏 < 0
iii. i. 𝑎² ≥ 𝑏²
1 1
iv. ii. ≥
𝑎 𝑏
4. ∀𝑎, 𝑏 𝜖 ℝ such that 𝑎 ≥ 0 and 𝑏 ≤ 0, then 𝑎 ≥ 𝑏
NB: The solutions of all inequalities must be a subset of the domains of all functions in the
inequalities. Hence, we must first find the domain of the functions in the inequalities.
If there are some absolute-value functions in the inequalities, it would be good to study the
inequalities about the zeroes of the absolute-value functions, making sure we remain in the
domains found above.
Examples
Solve the following inequalities

a. 2𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 − 14 ≥ 0
b. log 2 ( 2𝑥 − 6) < 3
c. √𝑥 + 10 − 𝑥 ≥ |𝑥 − 4|
d. |𝑥 + 3| − 2 < 3𝑥 + |𝑥|
2
1
e. 3
≤ 𝑒 𝑥−1 ≤ 4

Solution

a. 2𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 − 14 ≥ 0 ⇒ 2𝑥 2 − 7𝑥 + 4𝑥 − 14 ≥ 0

⇒ 𝑥(2𝑥 − 7) + 2(2𝑥 − 7) ≥ 0

⇒ (2𝑥 − 7)(𝑥 + 2) ≥ 0

10
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

7
⇒ 𝑥 ≤ −2 ∪ 𝑥 ≥
2

b. log 2 ( 2𝑥 − 6) < 5
log 2 ( 2𝑥 − 6) is defined iff 2𝑥 − 6 > 0 i.e, 𝑥 > 3

log 2 ( 2𝑥 − 6) < 5 ⇒ 2𝑥 − 6 < 25 ⇒ 𝑥 < 19

Hence the solution of the inequality is : 3 < 𝑥 < 19

c. √𝑥 + 10 − 𝑥 ≥ |𝑥 − 4|
√𝑥 + 10 is defined iff 𝑥 + 10 ≥ 0 i.e, 𝑥 ≥ −10
𝑥 − 4, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 4
|𝑥 − 4| = {
4 − 𝑥, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < 4
For −10 ≤ 𝑥 < 4, we have:
√𝑥 + 10 − 𝑥 ≥ 4 − 𝑥 ⇒ √𝑥 + 10 ≥ 4 ⇒ 𝑥 + 10 ≥ 16 ⇒ 𝑥 ≥ 6
Hence no solution in −10 ≤ 𝑥 < 4
For 𝑥 ≥ 4, we have:
√𝑥 + 10 − 𝑥 ≥ 𝑥 − 4
⇒ √𝑥 + 10 ≥ 2𝑥 − 4
Notice that 2𝑥 − 4 > 0 for 𝑥 ≥ 4
⇒ 𝑥 + 10 ≥ 4𝑥 2 − 16𝑥 + 16
⇒ 4𝑥 2 − 17𝑥 + 6 ≤ 0
17 − √193 17 + √193
⇒ ≤𝑥≤
8 8
17+√193
But 8
<4
Hence the inequality has no solution.
d. |𝑥 + 3| − 2 < 3𝑥 + |𝑥|
𝑥 + 3, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ −3 𝑥, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 0
|𝑥 + 3| = { and |𝑥| = {
−𝑥 − 3, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < −3 −𝑥, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < 0
For 𝑥 < −3, we have
−𝑥 − 3 − 2 < 3𝑥 − 𝑥
5
⇒𝑥>−
3
Hence no solution for 𝑥 < −3
For −3 ≤ 𝑥 < 0, we have:
𝑥 + 3 − 2 < 3𝑥 − 𝑥
⇒𝑥>1
Hence no solution for −3 ≤ 𝑥 < 0
For 𝑥 ≥ 0, we have:
𝑥 + 3 − 2 < 3𝑥 + 𝑥
1
⇒𝑥>
3
1
Hence true for 𝑥 > 3
1
Final solution: 𝑥 > 3
2
1
e. ≤ 𝑒 𝑥−1 ≤ 4
3

11
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

2
𝑒 𝑥−1 is defined for 𝑥 − 1 ≠ 0 i.e, 𝑥 ≠ 1
2
Also 𝑒 𝑥−1 > 0 ∀𝑥 ≠ 1
1 2 2
≤ 𝑒 𝑥−1 ≤ 4 ⇒ −𝑙𝑛3 ≤ ≤ 𝑙𝑛4
3 𝑥−1
For 𝑥 < 1, we have:
2 2
(𝑥 − 1)𝑙𝑛4 ≤ 2 ≤ −(𝑥 − 1)𝑙𝑛3 ⇒ 𝑥 ≤ (1 − ) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 ≤ (1 + )
𝑙𝑛3 𝑙𝑛4
2
Hence true for 𝑥 ≤ (1 − 𝑙𝑛3)
For 𝑥 > 1, we have:
2 2
−(𝑥 − 1)𝑙𝑛3 ≤ 2 ≤ (𝑥 − 1)𝑙𝑛4 ⇒ 𝑥 ≥ (1 − ) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 ≥ (1 + )
𝑙𝑛3 𝑙𝑛4
2
Hence true for 𝑥 ≥ (1 + 𝑙𝑛4)
2 2
Final solution: [𝑥 ≤ (1 − 𝑙𝑛3)] ∪ [𝑥 ≥ (1 + 𝑙𝑛4)]

12
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

This consists of writing a single complex fraction into the sum of two or more simpler ones.
This idea is used for better simplification in many other mathematical fields. e.g, integration,
sequences and series, etc.
This is usually done when we have rational functions with the numerator and denominator
being polynomials.
𝑓(𝑥)
Consider the function F defined by (𝑥) = . The resolution of F into partial fractions is done
𝑔(𝑥)
as follows:
i) If the degree of f≥degree of g, we first proceed by an Euclidean (long) division.
ℎ(𝑥)
With the above having been done, F can then be written as: 𝐹(𝑥) = 𝑝(𝑥) + 𝑔(𝑥) .

It is now clear that the degrees of p and h are “strictly” less than that of g.
ℎ(𝑥)
ii) The function 𝑔(𝑥) =: 𝐺(𝑥) is now written into the sum of simpler rational functions using
Hermite theorem.

I. HERMITE THEOREM
All polynomials (the function g above in particular) can be written as follows:
𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑎(𝑥 − 𝛼)𝑚 (𝑥 − 𝛽)𝑛 … (𝑥 2 + 𝑏1 𝑥 + 𝑐1 )𝑝 (𝑥 2 + 𝑏2 𝑥 + 𝑐2 )𝑞 …

where ∆𝑖 = 𝑏𝑖2 − 4𝑐𝑖 < 0 , i=1,2,… m,n,…,p,q,…∈ ℕ∗

By Hermite theorem, G can be simplified as follows:

1 𝐴1 𝐴2 𝐴𝑚 𝐵1 𝐵2 𝐵𝑛
𝐺(𝑥) = [ + +⋯+ + + + ⋯ + +⋯
𝑎 (𝑥 − 𝛼) (𝑥 − 𝛼)² (𝑥 − 𝛼)𝑚 (𝑥 − 𝛽) (𝑥 − 𝛽)2 (𝑥 − 𝛽)𝑛
𝐶1 𝑥 + 𝐷1 𝐶2 𝑥 + 𝐷2 𝐶𝑝 𝑥 + 𝐷𝑝 𝐸1 𝑥 + 𝐹1
+ 2 + + ⋯+ 2 +
(𝑥 + 𝑏1 𝑥 + 𝑐1 ) (𝑥 2 + 𝑏1 𝑥 + 𝑐1 )2 (𝑥 + 𝑏1 𝑥 + 𝑐1 )𝑝 (𝑥 2 + 𝑏2 𝑥 + 𝑐2 )
𝐸2 𝑥 + 𝐹2 𝐸𝑞 𝑥 + 𝐹𝑞
+ 2 2
+ ⋯+ 2 +⋯]
(𝑥 + 𝑏2 𝑥 + 𝑐2 ) (𝑥 + 𝑏2 𝑥 + 𝑐2 )𝑞

Exercises: Write the following into partial fractions.

3𝑥 3 −14𝑥 2 +6
1. (𝑥+5)(2𝑥 2 −4𝑥+3)
4𝑥 2 +6𝑥−1
2. (2𝑥+3)2 (𝑥 2 +2𝑥+5)2
2𝑥 2 +3𝑥−5
3.
(√(3𝑥 2 +1)5 )2 (𝑥−1)2

13
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

II. TRIGONOMETRY
The three main trigonometric functions are the sine, cosine and tangent, sometimes known
from the acronym SOHCAHTOA for right angle triangles.
The functions 𝒔𝒊𝒏𝒙 and 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝒙 are bounded, continuous on ℝ and 2𝝅 periodic. The function
𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒙 on the other hand is unbounded, discontinuous and 𝝅 periodic.
−1 ≤ 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 ≤ 1, −1 ≤ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 ≤ 1, 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 ∈ ℝ

II.1. TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES

I.
a. sin²x+cos²x = 1
b. 1+tan²x = sec²x
c. 1+cot²x = cosec²x
II. Double Angle Formulae
a. 𝐬𝐢𝐧(𝑨 ± 𝑩) = 𝒔𝒊𝒏𝑨𝒄𝒐𝒔𝑩 ∓ 𝒔𝒊𝒏𝑩𝒄𝒐𝒔𝑨
b. 𝐜𝐨𝐬(𝑨 ± 𝑩) = 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝑨𝒄𝒐𝒔𝑩 ∓ 𝒔𝒊𝒏𝑨𝒔𝒊𝒏𝑩
𝒕𝒂𝒏𝑨±𝒕𝒂𝒏𝑩
c. 𝐭𝐚𝐧(𝑨 ± 𝑩) =
𝟏∓𝒕𝒂𝒏𝑨𝒕𝒂𝒏𝑩
III. Half angle identities
𝟐𝒕
a. 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝒙 = 𝟏−𝒕²
𝟐𝒕
b. 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝐱 =
𝟏+𝒕²
𝟏−𝒕² 𝒙
c. c) 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐱 = where t = tan( )
𝟏+𝒕² 𝟐

IV) Factor Formulae

𝑨±𝑩 𝑨∓𝑩
a. sinA±sinB = 2sin( )cos( )
𝟐 𝟐
𝑨+𝑩 𝑨−𝑩
b. cosA+cosB = 2cos( 𝟐 )cos( 𝟐 )
𝑨+𝑩 𝑨−𝑩
c. cosA-cosB = -2sin( 𝟐 )sin( 𝟐 )

Remarks:
a. sin2x = 2sinxcosx
b. cos2x = cos²x-sin²x
𝟏
c. cos²x = (𝟏 + 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙)
𝟐
𝟏
d. sin²x = 𝟐 (𝟏 − 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙)

Examples: 1. Find the values of A in ] − 𝜋, 𝜋] for which

a. cosA + sinA = 0
b. cos4A + cos2A = 0
c. sinA = 0.5
2. Given that 𝑓(𝑎) = 12𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎 + 5𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎, find the maximum and minimum values of
a. 3𝑓(𝑎) − 7
5
b. |𝑓(𝑎)−3|+2

Solution

14
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1.
𝜋
a. cosA + sinA = 0⇒ tanA= -1⇒ A = − 4 , Principal Value (PV)
𝜋
General solution, A = 𝜋𝑛 + 𝑃𝑉 = 𝜋𝑛 − 4

For different values of n, we find values of A in the interval given.

b. cos4A+cos2A=0⇒ 2cos3AcosA=0
⇒ cos3A=0 or cosA=0
𝜋 𝜋
⇒ 3A = 2 or A = 2
𝜋 𝜋
General solution, 3A = 2𝜋𝑛 ± 2 or A = 2𝜋𝑛 ± 2
1 𝜋 𝜋
⇒ 𝐴 = (2𝜋𝑛 ± ) or 𝐴 = 2𝜋𝑛 ±
3 2 2
𝜋
c. sinA=0.5⇒ A=
6
𝜋
General solution, A=𝜋𝑛 + (−1)𝑛 2

2. 𝑓(𝑎) = 12𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎 + 5𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎

The function f above can be written in the form 𝑓(𝑎) = 13 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑎 + 𝛼) 𝑜𝑟 13 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑎 + 𝛽), 𝛼 and
𝛽 are suitable angles.
In any of the above cases, −13 ≤ 𝑓(𝑎) ≤ 13
a. 3𝑓(𝑎) − 7
−13 ≤ 𝑓(𝑎) ≤ 13
⇒ −39 ≤ 3𝑓(𝑎) ≤ 39
⇒ −46 ≤ 3𝑓(𝑎) − 7 ≤ 32
Hence the maximum and minimum values are 32 and −46 respectively.
5
b. |𝑓(𝑎)−3|+2

−13 ≤ 𝑓(𝑎) ≤ 13
⇒ −16 ≤ 𝑓(𝑎) − 3 ≤ 10
⇒ 0 ≤ |𝑓(𝑎) − 3| ≤ 16
⇒ 2 ≤ |𝑓(𝑎) − 3| + 2 ≤ 18
5 5 5
⇒ ≤ ≤
18 |𝑓(𝑎) − 3| + 2 2
5 5
Hence the maximum and minimum values are 2
and 18
respectively.

Exercises

15
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1. Prove the following

𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝐴
a. 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴+𝑠𝑖𝑛𝐴
− 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴−𝑠𝑖𝑛𝐴 = 1 − 𝑡𝑎𝑛2𝐴
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝐴
b. 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴+𝑠𝑖𝑛𝐴
+ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴−𝑠𝑖𝑛𝐴 = 𝑠𝑒𝑐2𝐴
1−𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝐴
b. 1+𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝐴
= 𝑡𝑎𝑛²𝐴
2. Given that f(x) = 3cos7x-4sin7x, find the minimum and maximum values of the
following
a. 2f(x) + 15
3
b. |4−𝑓(𝑥)|+12
14
c. |2𝑓(𝑥)+25|+1

16
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Many things increase or decrease but they “usually” have a limit (a value beyond which they
cannot reach).

I. SOME CLASSICAL LIMITS

𝑙𝑛𝑥
1. 1) lim =0
𝑥→+∞ 𝑥
𝑥
2. lim = +∞
𝑥→+∞ 𝑙𝑛𝑥
𝑥
3. lim =0
𝑥→+∞ 𝑒 𝑥
𝑒 𝑥
4. lim = +∞
𝑥→+∞ 𝑥
𝑥
5. lim = −∞
𝑥→−∞ 𝑒 𝑥
𝑒 𝑥
6. lim =0
𝑥→−∞ 𝑥
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑒 𝑥 −1
7. lim = lim = lim =1
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→0 𝑥
1−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 1
8. lim =2
𝑥→0 𝑥²
(1+𝑥)𝛼 −1
9. lim 𝑥
=𝛼
𝑥→0
10. 10) lim 𝑥 𝛼 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝛽 = 0 𝛼, 𝛽 > 0
𝑥→0+
𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥0 )
11. lim 𝑥−𝑥 = 𝑓′(𝑥0 )
𝑥→𝑥0 0

1 1
NB: If lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑝𝜖 ℝ∗ , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑝
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎

Limits could also be found using suitable change of variable so as to obtain classical limits.
1
Example: Find lim 𝑥𝑒 𝑥²
𝑥→0+

Solution: If we substitute 0+ in the above limit, we have an indeterminate form (i.e., (0+)(+∞))
1
1
𝑒 𝑥² 1
. But 𝑥𝑒 = 𝑥²
1 Let 𝑥
= 𝑎. As 𝑥 → 0+, 𝑎 → +∞
𝑥

1
𝑒 𝑎²
Hence lim 𝑥𝑒 𝑥² = lim = +∞
𝑥→0+ 𝑎→+∞ 𝑎

More examples:
Evaluate the following

𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑥 2 −1)
a. lim−
𝑥→1 𝑒 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)² −1
|2−𝑥|
b. lim
𝑥→2+ 𝑥 2 −4
c. lim (√𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 5 + 𝑥)
𝑥→−∞

Solution

17
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑥 2 −1) 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑥 2 −1) (𝑙𝑛𝑥)² 𝑥 2 −1 𝑥 2 −1

a. lim− = lim−
𝑥 2 −1 𝑒 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)² −1 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)²
= lim
𝑥→1 𝑒 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)² −1 𝑥→1 𝑥→1− (𝑙𝑛𝑥)²
𝑥 2 −1 𝑒 2𝑎 −1 𝑒 2𝑎 −1 2 2
b. Let = 𝑎 , ⇒ 𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑎 ⇒ lim− (𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 = lim− 𝑎2 = lim− 2𝑎 (𝑎) = lim− 𝑎 = −∞
𝑥→1 𝑎→0 𝑎→0 𝑎→0
|2−𝑥| 𝑥−2 1
c. lim = lim+ (𝑥−2)(𝑥+2) = 4
𝑥→2+ 𝑥 2 −4 𝑥→2
d. lim (√𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 5 + 𝑥)
𝑥→−∞

We have an indeterminate form when we substitute −∞. We will proceed as follows:

(√𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 5 + 𝑥)(√𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 5 − 𝑥) 𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 5 − 𝑥²
lim = lim
𝑥→−∞ (√𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 5 − 𝑥) 𝑥→−∞ (√𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 5 − 𝑥)

−8𝑥 + 5 −8𝑥 + 5
= lim = lim
𝑥→−∞ (√𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 5 − 𝑥) 𝑥→−∞ 8 5
(−𝑥√1 − 𝑥 + − 𝑥)
𝑥²
−8𝑥 + 5 −8𝑥 + 5
= lim = lim =4
𝑥→−∞ 8 5 𝑥→−∞ −2𝑥
(−𝑥√1 − 𝑥 + + 1)
𝑥²

Exercises: Evaluate the following limits.

1. lim (4𝑥 2 − 7𝑥 + 2)
𝑥→2

3+𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
2. lim
𝑥→𝜋 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥

(𝑒 3𝑥² −1)𝑡𝑎𝑛2𝑥
3. lim (1−𝑐𝑜𝑠4𝑥)sin(𝑥 2 −5𝑥)
𝑥→0

4. lim (√4𝑥 2 + |1 − 𝑥| − 5 − 2𝑥)

𝑥→+∞

5. lim (√9𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 + 1 + 3𝑥)

𝑥→−∞

2𝑥 2 +𝑥−7
6. lim
𝑥→(−1)− 3𝑥 2 +𝑥−2

5𝑥 2 −6𝑥−27
7. lim
𝑥→3+ 𝑙𝑛|2𝑥−7|

4𝑥 10 − 𝑒 𝑥 + ln(2𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 + 1)
lim
𝑥→+∞ 5 𝑥 − 32𝑥 + ln(𝑥 2 − 𝑥 + 2)

18
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

I. DIFFERENTIATION FROM FIRST PRINCIPLES

𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑥0 ) 𝑓(𝑥0 + ℎ) − 𝑓(𝑥0 )
𝑓 ′ (𝑥0 ) = lim = lim
𝑥→𝑥0 𝑥 − 𝑥0 ℎ→0 ℎ

I.1. RULES OF DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION

Let f and g two continuous and differentiable functions on their domain of definition, (see
chapter on functions), then the following rules of differentiation and integration hold for f and
g:
1. (𝑓 + 𝑔)’ = 𝑓’ + 𝑔’
2. (𝑎𝑓)’ = 𝑎𝑓’
3. (𝑓𝑔)’ = 𝑓’𝑔 + 𝑓𝑔’
𝑓 ′ 𝑓 ′ 𝑔−𝑓𝑔′
4. (𝑔) = 𝑔²
5. [𝑓(𝑔)]’ = 𝑓’(𝑔). 𝑔’
6. (𝑓 𝑔 )′ = (𝑒 𝑔𝑙𝑛𝑓 )′ = (𝑔𝑙𝑛𝑓)′𝑓 𝑔

Recall that integration is “anti-differentiation.” So if F’ = f, then ∫ 𝑓𝑑𝑥 = 𝐹 + 𝑐, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑅

F is called the primitive of f

𝑓𝑛+1
7. (𝑓 𝑛 )′ = 𝑛𝑓 𝑛−1 . 𝑓′ ⇔∫ 𝑓 ′ 𝑓 𝑛 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑛+1
𝑓′ 𝑓′
8. (lnf)’= 𝑓
⇔ ∫ 𝑓 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛|𝑓|
9. (𝑒 𝑓 )′ = 𝑓′𝑒 𝑓 ⇔∫ 𝑓 ′ 𝑒 𝑓 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑓

Note:
-the differentiation and integration of some common functions (trigonometric and inverse
trigonometric, square root function, etc.) should be known. As a matter of facts, this will be very
helpful especially for composite functions.
-another technique worth learning is substitution. This consist of replacing by any part of
function to be integrated and its corresponding derivative into the function. This simplifies
computation. This is not taught here because, there are not fixed standards for substitution.
Exercises:
I. Differentiate the following functions w.r.t. x.
1. 𝑦 = 3𝑥 2 − 6𝑥 + 4

2. 𝑦 = 𝑒 2𝑥𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥)
ln(4𝑥−𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 )
3. 𝑦 =
√𝑥 𝑥2+3

19
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

II. Evaluate the primitives of the following functions

cos √𝑥
1. = 4√𝑥
;

3
2. 𝑦 = 2+7 cos 8𝑥;
9𝑥
3. 𝑦 = 1+4𝑥²;
3𝑥−5
4. 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 +3𝑥−4;

5. 𝑦 = √4 + 9𝑥²;
1
6. 𝑦 =
√1−4𝑥²

7. 𝑦 = √8 − 𝑥²;
2𝑥
8. 𝑦 = 𝑥− 𝑥;
√

𝑒 2𝑥
9. 𝑦 = ;
9+𝑒 4𝑥

10. 𝑦 = 𝑒 3𝑥 𝑠𝑖𝑛 8𝑥;

11. 𝑦 = (5𝑠𝑖𝑛4𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠4𝑥)3
12. Find
10
a. ∫4 |√|2𝑥 − 3| − 1 − 3| 𝑑𝑥
3𝜋
b. ∫−3𝜋 |𝑠𝑖𝑛4𝑥| 𝑑𝑥
2𝜋
c. ∫−2𝜋 |𝑐𝑜𝑠6𝑥 − 3| 𝑑𝑥
41 3𝑥+2
d. ∫5 𝑑𝑥
√2𝑥−1

20
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

These are equations with a function (usually to be found explicitly in terms of x) and its first n
derivatives. ”n” denotes the Order of the differential equation.

I. FIRST ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

They are of the form: 𝒚′ + 𝒑𝒚 = 𝒒 , where p and q are functions of x
They are usually solved by multiplying the DE by a function called the Integrating Factor
usually denoted 𝑰 and given by: 𝑰 = 𝒆∫ 𝒑𝒅𝒙.
The DE can be easily solved then using basic rules of calculus.

II. SECOND ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

These equations are of the form: 𝑦 ′′ + 𝑎𝑦 ′ + 𝑏𝑦 = 𝑓 where 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ ℝ and f is a function of x.
The characteristic polynomial of the 2nd order equation above is given by: 𝒎² + 𝒂𝒎 + 𝒃
If 𝑓 ≡ 0, we have the Homogeneous equation of the 2nd order DE and its solutions are
obtained from the roots of the characteristic polynomial, i.e., 𝑚² + 𝑎𝑚 + 𝑏 = 0_________(*)
a. If ∆> 0, (*) has real and distinct roots, say 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽
b. ⇒ 𝑦 = 𝐴𝑒 𝛼𝑥 + 𝐵𝑒 𝛽𝑥
c. If ∆= 0,(*) has repeated roots , say n ⇒ 𝑦 = (𝐴 + 𝐵𝑥)𝑒 𝑛𝑥
d. If ∆< 0, (*) has complex roots , say 𝑢 ± 𝑖𝑣 ⇒ 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑢𝑥 [𝐴𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑣𝑥) + 𝐵𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑣𝑥)]

The functions y obtained in i), ii) and iii) above are called the Complementary function (CF)
A Particular solution or Particular integral of the 2nd order DE is obtained by solving the
Non-homogeneous equation (i.e., when ≡ 𝑓(𝑥) )
The general solution is then obtained by adding the complementary function to the particular
solution (PI). i.e. 𝑦 = 𝐶𝐹 + 𝑃𝐼

III.SEPARABLE VARIABLE DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Some First order differential equations can be solved by separation of variables. This is the
case when the DE can be written in the form: 𝐹(𝑑𝑦, 𝑦) = 𝐺(𝑑𝑥, 𝑥)
𝑑𝑦 (3𝑥+4)(1+𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝑦) 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑦 3𝑥+4
Example: 𝑥𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑦 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑥+2
⇒ 1+𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 = 𝑥(𝑥+2) 𝑑𝑥

IV. THE CAUCHY PROBLEM

This consists of obtaining a precised function from the general solution given some initial
conditions.
Example: If the above differential equation were solved, we obtain a constant of integration.
Suppose you are told 𝑦 = 𝜋 when 𝑥 = 1, finding the constant implies you are solving a Cauchy
problem.

21
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Exercises: Solve the following differential equations

𝑑𝑦 2𝑦
1. 𝑑𝑥
− 5𝑥 2 = 𝑥
𝑑²𝑦 𝑑𝑦
2. 𝑑𝑥²
+ 2 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 2𝑥
𝑑𝑦
3. (3 + 2𝑥 2 ) = 4𝑥(𝑦 2 − 4)
𝑑𝑥
1 𝑑𝑦
4. Using the substitution 𝑢 = 𝑦3 , solve the equation 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 𝑥𝑦 4 .

22
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

I. LINES
Consider the points A(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) and B(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) ∈ ℝ². The Cartesian equation of the line on which
the segment AB is found is given by:
∆𝒚 𝒚 −𝒚 𝒚 −𝒚
y=mx+n where = ∆𝒙 = 𝒙𝟏−𝒙𝟐 = 𝒙𝟐−𝒙𝟏 , called the gradient and n is called the y-intercept.
𝟏 𝟐 𝟐 𝟏

The Cartesian equation above could also be written as: ax+by+c=0_________ (L)
The shortest distance (i.e., the perpendicular distance) d, between the line L and a point P with
coordinates (𝑥0, 𝑦0 ) is given by:
|𝒂𝒙𝟎 +𝒃𝒚𝟎 +𝒄|
𝒅(𝑳, 𝑷) =
√𝒂²+𝒃²

The length S, of the segment AB with A and B having coordinates given above is given by:

𝑺 = √(𝒙𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟐 + (𝒚𝟏 − 𝒚𝟐 )²

II. QUADRATICS
These are polynomial functions of degree 2. They are usually written in the form

𝒂𝒙² + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = ∑𝟐𝒓=𝟎 𝒂𝒓 𝒙𝒓 (a≠ 0). The roots of a quadratic are such that ax²+bx+c=0 ,i.e.

−𝒃±√𝒃²−𝟒𝒂𝒄
𝒙= 𝟐𝒂
.

Let f(x)= ax²+bx+c and ∆=b²-4ac. We can show the following:

i) If ∆> 0,f has real and distinct roots
ii) If ∆= 0, f has real and equal (repeated) roots
iii) If ∆< 0, f has complex or imaginary roots

NB: If ∆< 0 and

a. 𝑎 > 0 ⇒ 𝑓 > 0
b. 𝑎 < 0 ⇒ 𝑓 < 0

III.CIRCLES
This is the set of points (locus) equidistant from a fixed one called the center. Consider a circle
of radius r centered in the point (a,b). The Cartesian equation of this circle is given by:
(𝐱 − 𝐚)² + (𝐲 − 𝐛)² = 𝐫²…….(*)

x²+y²+2gx+2fy+c=0 where the center is (-g, -f) and r=√𝒈𝟐 + 𝒇𝟐 − 𝒄

NB: The center and radius could be obtained by completing the square so as to have the
standard equation (*) given above.

23
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

IV. INTERSECTION OF CIRCLES

Consider two circles 𝐶1 and 𝐶2 with centers A and B, and radii 𝑟1 and 𝑟2 respectively. The
circles are said to:
a. touch externally if : 𝐴𝐵 = 𝑟1 + 𝑟2
b. touch internally if : 𝐴𝐵 = |𝑟1 −𝑟2 |
c. be orthogonal if : 𝐴𝐵 = √𝑟1 ² + 𝑟2 ²
Exercises:
1. Find the shortest distance between the point (2, 5), and the line passing through the points (-
1,8) and (-3,7).
2. 2. Which point on the curve 𝑦 = 2𝑥 2 − 𝑥 + 3 , is closest to the point (−5,2)?
3. Find the equation(s) of the line(s) parallel to the x –axis and at a distance of 10 units from the
minimum turning point of the curve in 2) above.
4. Repeat 3) for the curve 𝑦 = 𝑥𝑒 −𝑥²
2𝑥−1 3𝑥+4
5. The curves 𝑦 = and 𝑦 = − intersect at two points. Determine the distance
𝑥−3 𝑥+1
between the point (−6, −5) and the line linking the points of intersection above. Find the
equation of the circle passing through the points of intersection and the point (3,2).

V. CONICS
These are the 2-dimensional figures obtained by cutting one or two well defined cones by a
plane and the intersection considered.

V.1. THE CIRCLE

𝑥−𝑎 𝑦−𝑏
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 𝑟
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 𝑟

Recall that cos²𝜃 + sin²𝜃 = 1 ⇒(𝒙 − 𝒂) ² + (𝒚 − 𝒃) ² = 𝒓² (Cartesian equation)

The parametric equations of the circle above are given by :
x = a+rcos𝜽 , y = b+rsin𝜽 . The circle has an eccentricity of e=0

24
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

V.2. THE ELLIPSE

(𝒙−𝒎)²
The Cartesian equation of the ellipse centered in the point (m,n) is given by: 𝒂²
+
(𝒚−𝒏)²
=𝟏
𝒃²

*If the line y = n is the main axis (b<a), then b² = a² (1-e²)

*If the line x = m is the main axis (a<b), then a²= b² (1-e²) 𝒆 ∈ ]𝟎, 𝟏[
The parametric equations are given by x = m+acos𝜽 , y = n+bsin𝜽

V.3. THE PARABOLA

The cartesian equation of the parabola above is given by : (y-v)² = 4a(x-u)

The parametric equations are given by: x = u+at² and y = v+2at, e=1

25
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

V.4. THE HYPERBOLA

(𝒙−𝒑)² (𝒚−𝒒)𝟐
The Cartesian equation of the hyperbola above is given by: 𝒂²
− 𝒃𝟐
=𝟏

The parametric equations are given by: x = p+acosh𝜽 , y = q+bsinh𝜽 e∈]𝟏, +∞[
No matter the main axis, we always have the relation b² = a² (e²-1).
Exercises: Identify the following conic sections and find their main characteristics.
1. a) 25x² + 16y² = 100x − 96y + 156 b) 18𝑥 + 104 − 32𝑦 = 58 − 4𝑦 2 − 9𝑥 2
2. a) 𝑦 2 = 8𝑥 + 10𝑦 − 18 b) 3𝑦 + 4 + 𝑥 2 + 6𝑥 = 0
3. a) 9𝑥 2 − 4𝑦 2 = 18𝑥 + 16𝑦 + 43 b) 16𝑥 2 + 54𝑦 = 9𝑦 2 − 63
4. Find the equations of the tangent and normal of the conic sections in 1), 2) and 3) above at any
point of your choice.

26
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

SEQUENCES AND SERIES

A sequence is a set of numbers that follow a regular pattern. They are usually defined as
follows:
𝑈𝑛 : 𝐼 ⊂ ℕ → 𝐷 ⊂ ℝ

STANDARD SEQUENCES
1. The Arithmetic Sequence
a. The nth term of an arithmetic sequence is given by:
𝑼𝒏 = 𝑼𝟏 + (𝒏 − 𝟏)𝒅 where 𝑼𝟏 = 𝒇𝒊𝒓𝒔𝒕 𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒎 and d = common difference
b. The sum of the first n terms of an AP is given by:
𝒏
𝑺𝒏 = [𝟐𝑼𝟏 + (𝒏 − 𝟏)𝒅]
𝟐
c. The arithmetic mean is such that:
𝑼𝒏−𝟏 + 𝑼𝒏+𝟏
𝑼𝒏 =
𝟐
2. The Geometric Sequence
a. The nth term of a GP is given by:

𝑼𝒏 = 𝑼𝟏 𝒓𝒏−𝟏 𝑼𝟏 = 𝒇𝒊𝒓𝒔𝒕 𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒎 , r = common ratio

b. The sum of the first n terms of a GP is given by:
𝑼𝟏 (𝟏−𝒓𝒏 )
𝟏−𝒓
, |𝒓| < 𝟏
𝑺𝒏 = {𝑼 (𝒓 𝒏 −𝟏)
𝟏
𝒓−𝟏
, |𝒓| > 𝟏

SUM TO INFINITY OF A GP
𝑼𝟏
A GP has a sum to infinity denoted 𝑆∞ , is given by: 𝑺∞ = 𝟏−𝒓 and exist iff |𝑟| < 1

The Geometric mean is such that 𝑼𝒏 ² = 𝑼𝒏−𝟏 𝑼𝒏+𝟏

SOME STANDARD SERIES

𝑛(𝑛+1)
1. ∑𝑛𝑟=1 𝑟 = 2
𝑛(𝑛+1)(2𝑛+1)
2. ∑𝑛𝑟=1 𝑟² =
6
𝑛 3 𝑛 𝑛²(𝑛+1)²
3. ∑𝑟=1 𝑟 = (∑𝑟=1 𝑟)² =
4
4. ∑𝑛𝑟=1 𝑟. 𝑟! = (𝑛 + 1)! − 1

Examples.
1. Three consecutive terms of an AP are 3x-2, x+8, 20-2x. Find the
a. value of x.

27
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b. 20th term if 3x-2 is the 60th term.

2. Layers of bricks are superposed such that each layer has 3 more bricks than that just above it.
Given the 4th layer (from below) has 31 bricks and that we have a total of 286 bricks, find
a. the number of layers of bricks.
b. the number of bricks from the 3rd to the 11th layers exclusive.

Solution
1.
a. Using the idea of arithmetic mean, one has:
3𝑥 − 2 + 20 − 2𝑥
= 𝑥+8 ⇒𝑥 = 2
2
b. With x=2, the consecutive terms above are 4, 10 and 16 respectively. Therefore, the common
difference d = 6.
Recall that 𝑇𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑 ⇒ 𝑇60 = 4 = 𝑎 + (60 − 1)(6) ⇒ 𝑎 = −35
Hence, 𝑇20 = −350 + (20 − 1)(6) = −236
2. 𝑇4 = 31 = 𝑎 + (4 − 1)(−3) ⇒ 𝑎 = 40
𝑛 𝑛
But 𝑆𝑛 = 2 [2𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑] ⇒ 2 [2(40) + (𝑛 − 1)(−3)] = 286

⇒ 3𝑛2 − 83𝑛 + 572 = 0

44
⇒𝑛= 𝑜𝑟 𝑛 = 13
3
Hence n=13.
b. The number of bricks from the 3rd to the 11th layers exclusive (from the 4th to the 10th) = 𝑆10 −
𝑆3
= 265 – 111 = 145
Exercises:
1. The 14th term of an AP is 3 and the 30th term is 64. Find a) the 72nd term, b) the sum
of the first 16 terms, c) is 103 a term of the AP? If yes, which term?
2. How many even numbers divisible by 7 are there between 126 and 924 inclusive?
3. Find the sum of multiples of 3(not divisible by 8) between 61 and 1349.
4. A boy sets k (k is odd) layers of bricks such that each layer has 3 bricks less than the next
lower layer. Given that the middle layer has (k+9) bricks and that there is a total of (3k²-10k-
33) bricks, find the number of bricks on the lowest layer.
5. Find the value of x such that the GP with consecutive terms 3x+2, 2x and 4-x converges.
6. You are in the desert and have not eaten since 5days. Fortunately, you notice some food 40m
away from you. Given that you have a remaining lifespan of 12hours and that you move half
of the remaining distance to the food after every 15minutes due to “energy exhaustion and
fatigue”, will you reach the food?

28
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

These are numbers of the form 𝒛 = 𝒙 + 𝒊𝒚 (𝑖 = √−1 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ ℝ). This is the Cartesian form of
a complex number.

The Polar or Trigonometric form is given by: 𝐳 = 𝒓(𝒄𝒐𝒔𝞱 + 𝒊𝒔𝒊𝒏𝞱) where 𝑟 = √𝑥² + 𝑦²
called the modulus (magnitude or length) and 𝜃 is called the argument, “arg”. NB: −𝝅 ≤
𝒂𝒓𝒈𝒛 ≤ 𝝅.

The Euler or Exponential form of the complex number is given by: 𝒛 = 𝒓𝒆𝒊𝜽

I. DE MOIVRE’S THEOREM
Given the complex number 𝑧 = 𝑟(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 + 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃), then
𝑧 𝑛 = [𝑟(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 + 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃)]𝑛 = 𝑟 𝑛 (𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑛𝜃 + 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑛𝜃)

II. THE NTH ROOT OF A COMPLEX NUMBER

Consider the complex number 𝑧 = 𝑟(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 + 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃). Let w be an nth root of z, then it follows
that:
1 1
𝜃+2𝜋𝑘 𝜃+2𝜋𝑘
𝑤 𝑛 = 𝑧 = 𝑟(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 + 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃) ⇒ 𝑤 = 𝑧 𝑛 = 𝑟 𝑛 [cos( 𝑛
)+ 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛( 𝑛
)] k=0,1,2,…,n-1

III.THE ROOTS OF UNITY OF A COMPLEX NUMBER

𝑛
Let 𝑧 = 1(notice that “1” is always a root of such an equation). If w is a root of the previous
equation (𝑤 ≠ 1), then:

1 + w + w² + ⋯ + 𝑤 𝑛−1 = 0
The “n” roots of unity of a complex number form a regular n sided polygon centered in the
origin (𝒏 ≥ 𝟑)

IV. THE TRIANGULAR INEQUALITY

The following inequality is true for any two complex numbers z1 and z2,
|z1|-|z2|≤ |z1±z2| ≤|z1|+|z2|

29
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

V. LOCUS OF A COMPLEX NUMBER

A complex number, say z = x+iy, usually describes a curve or is found in a well-defined region
of the cartesian plane to respectively satisfy an equation or inequality. The curve or region it
describes is called the locus.
Examples:
1. Find the modulus and argument of the following complex numbers
a. z = 1+i
b. z = -1+3i
c. z = -4-i
d. z = 3-2i
2. Find the fifth roots of the complex number 16 − 16𝑖√3
3. Given that │z + 1 + 2i│ = 3, find the minimum and maximum values of the following
a. │z − 3 + i│
b. │z + 5i│
4. Find the locus of the complex number z such that |𝑧 ∗ − 2𝑖| = 𝐼𝑚(𝑧)
Solution
1.
a. z = 1+i is found in the 1st quadrant.
|𝑧| = √2 , argz = arctan(1) = 45°
b. z = -1+3i is found in the 2nd quadrant.
|𝑧| = √10 , argz = 180°+arctan(-3)
c. z = -4-i is found in the 3rd quadrant.
|𝑧| = √17 , argz = -180°+arctan(1/4)
d. z = 3-2i is found in the 4th quadrant.
|𝑧| = √13 , argz = arctan(-2/3)
2. Let 𝑧 = 16 − 16𝑖√3
𝜋
|𝑧| = 32 , argz=arctan(−√3)=−
3
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
⇒ 𝑧 = 32 [cos (− 3 ) + sin(− 3 )] = 32 [cos (− 3 + 2𝑘𝜋) + sin (− 3 + 2𝑘𝜋)]
1
6𝑘−1 6𝑘−1
By De Moivre’s theorem, 𝑧 5 = 2 [cos ( 15
𝜋) + 𝑠𝑖𝑛 ( 15
𝜋)]

But k𝜖ℤ. We want 5 roots, so we can choose any 5 values of k, suitably k=0, 1, 2, 3 and 4.

3. │z + 1 + 2i│ = 3
a. │z − 3 + i│ − │4 + i│ ≤ │z − 3 + i + 4 + i│ ≤ │z − 3 + i│ + │4 + i│

⇒ │z − 3 + i│ − √17 ≤ 3 ≤ │z − 3 + i│ + √17

⇒ 3 − √17 ≤ │z − 3 + i│ ≤ 3 + √17

But ∀𝒛 ∊ ℂ, │𝐳│ ≥ 𝟎

⇒ The minimum and maximum values of │z − 3 + i│ are 0 and 3 + √17 respectively

b. │z + 3i│ − │1 − i│ ≤ │z + 3i + 1 − i│ ≤ │z + 3i│ + │1 − i│

30
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

⇒ │z + 3i│ − √2 ≤ 3 ≤ │z + 3i│ + √2

⇒ 3 − √2 ≤ │z + 3i│ ≤ 3 + √2

Hence the minimum and maximum values of │z + 3i│ are 3 − √2 and 3 + √2 respectively.
4. |𝑧 ∗ − 2𝑖| = 𝐼𝑚(𝑧). Let z = x+iy
Notice that 𝐼𝑚(𝑧) = 𝑦 ≥ 0 ⇒ |𝑥 − (𝑦 + 2)𝑖| = 𝑦

⇒ 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 4𝑦 + 4 = 𝑦²
1
⇒ 𝑦 = − (𝑥 2 + 4)
4
But this is always negative, hence a complex number satisfying the equation |𝑧 ∗ − 2𝑖| = 𝐼𝑚(𝑧)
does not exist.
Exercises:
(3−𝑖√3)7
1. Find the modulus and argument of the complex number 𝑧 = (1+𝑖√3)5
2. If │z + 1 + i√3│ = 4, the minimum value of │z − 2│ is
2. A.√3 B.2-√3 C.4-√3 D. 4-2√3 E.2√3
3. The argument of z=1+cos𝜃+isin𝜃 is
4. A. negative B. positive C. 𝜃 D. 2𝜃 E. none
2−15i
5. 4. Given that i−3
= a+bi. Find the values of a and b.
6. 5. The argument of the complex number 𝑧 = −2 − 2i
7. Using De Moivre’s theorem, solve the equation:
8. (1 − 𝑖)(𝑧 + 2𝑖)2 = 𝑖√3 − 1
9. The locus of the complex number z such that: |𝑧 + 3| = |𝑧 − 𝑖|
10. A. a circle B. an ellipse C. a quadratic curve D. a straight line
11. If w is a cube root of unity (𝑤 ≠ 1) then: 𝑤 − 𝑤 4 + 𝑤 2 + 𝑤 3 − 𝑤 5 = ⋯
A. 0 B. 2 C. 𝑤 D. 1

31
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Examples:
1. Jane and Mark have pens. If she gives him 2, she is left with half of the number of
pens he now has. If he gives her 15, he is left with one less than one third of the
number of pens she now has. How many pens does each have?
2. Two years ago, I was trice as old as you are. When you will be as old as I am, the
sum of our ages will be 78. What are our ages?
3. An article costs 25,000frs and 30,000frs in shops A and b respectively. Shop A
implements a discount of 10%. What discount should shop B implement such that the
article now costs 1,500frs more in A than in B?

Solution
1. Let x and y be the number of pens Jane and Mark have respectively.
1 1
First case: 𝑥 − 2 = 2 (𝑦 + 2) ⇒ 𝑥 = 2 𝑦 + 3 ……….….(1)
1
Second case: 3 (𝑥 + 15) − 1 = 𝑦 − 15 ⇒ 𝑥 = 3𝑦 − 57 ………….(2)
Solving (1) and (2), we have: 𝑥 = 15 and 𝑦 = 24
2. Let my age and yours be respectively x and y.

I You
Past x-2 ---
Present x y
Future 2x-y x

𝑥 − 2 = 3𝑦 ⇒ 𝑥 = 3𝑦 + 2…………..(1)
2𝑥 − 𝑦 + 𝑥 = 78 ⇒ 3𝑥 − 𝑦 = 78………….(2)
Solving the above system we have: 𝑥 = 29 and 𝑦 = 9
3. The new price in shop A = 90% of 25,000frs = 22,500frs.
Let the discount in shop B be d. Therefore,
30,000(1 − 𝑑) + 1,500 = 22,500
⇒ 𝑑 = 30%
Exercises:
1. An article costs 3000frs less in shop B as compared to shop A. After a discount of
20% in shop A, it now costs 10% more than the price in shop B. Find the cost in A
before the discount’s implementation and determine the maximum number of such
articles that a man having 8,650,000frs, can buy from shop A before and after the
implementation of the discount.
2. Amstrong, Bertrand and Charles want to buy a pair of trousers costing 15000frs but
none of them can afford for it on his own.
- Amstrong says, “I need half of Bertrand’s money and one twelfth of Charles’ to
buy to buy the trousers.”
- Bertrand says, “I need one fifth of Amstrong’s and 7000frs less than what
Charles has.”

32
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

- Charles says, “I need one sixth of the sum of Amstrong and Bertrand’s
amounts.
How much does each have?
3. Two years ago, I had twice the age you have. When you will be as old as I am, we will
together have 51years. What are our ages?
4. I am 8 years older than you are. In six years to come, I will be six years less old than
thrice your present age. What are our ages?
5. A three digits number is such that:
- the sum of the digits is 13.
- the first is three more than the last.
- the difference between the first and the second is 5.
Find the number.
6. A metallic cone of radius 2.5 units and height 20 units is melted so as to form cubes
of side 2 units and spheres of radius 0.25 units. If there are 4 more cubes than there
are spheres, find the number of cubes that can be obtained.

33
 Lecture notes on Physics
Lecture notes on Physics

I. DISPLACEMENT-TIME GRAPHS
Displacement –time graphs are graphs that plots a body’s displacement with respect to time
.Note that displacement is different from distance as displacement depends also on the
direction.

For a displacement-time graph, the gradient at a point is equal to the velocity.

II. SPEED-TIME GRAPHS

For a speed-time graph, the area under the curve is the distance travelled.
Note that speed also differs from velocity as velocity depends on direction of moving body.
The gradient at any point on the curve equals the acceleration.

Note, the acceleration is also the second derivative of a distance-time function.

III.VERTICAL MOTION UNDER GRAVITY

These problems concern a particle projected vertically upwards and falling 'under gravity'.
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

In these types of problem, it is assumed that:

air resistance is minimal
displacement & velocity are positive(+) upwards & negative(-)downwards
acceleration(g) always acts downwards and is therefore negative(-)
acceleration due to gravity(g) is a constant
Here the velocity of the body projected upwards decreases with time with a constant
deceleration g till it reaches a minimal velocity =0 at max height ,then starts falling due to
gravity.

IV. SHM AND CIRCULAR MOTION

The SHM-circle connection is used to solve problems concerning the time interval between
particle positions.

To prove how SHM is derived from circular motion we must first draw a circle of radius 'a'(max.
displacement).

Then, the projection(x-coord.) of a particle A is made on the diameter along the x-axis. This
projection, as the particle moves around the circle, is the SHM displacement about O.

36
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

V. VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL COMPONENTS OF VELOCITY

When a particle is projected under gravity at a velocity u at an angle θ to the
horizontal(neglecting air resistance)it follows the curve of a parabola.

The particle has an initial horizontal speed of ucosθ, which is unchanged throughout the
motion.
Vertically the particle has an initial speed of usinθ. It falls under gravity and is accelerated
downwards with an acceleration of g ms-1,where g = 9.8 ms-2 (approx.)
Max height occurs when usinθ=0 ,

VI. INCLINED PLANE WITH PULLEY

The pulley at the end just changes the direction of the force. problems involve the resolved
component of the weight of the object down the plane.

37
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

for a mass sliding down a smooth inclined plane

for a mass pulled up an incline via a pulley

VII. POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE (SYMBOL V)

Our definition of the volt relates charge and the work needed to move that charge between two
points.
In our definition of the volt, the charge is 1 Coulomb and the work done is 1 Joule.
1 volt is the potential difference that exists between two points A and B when the energy
of 1 joule is needed or released to move 1 coulomb from one point to the other
Potential difference is short for potential energy difference.

38
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

VIII. SOME OHMIC MATERIALS

These are all non-ohmic conductors except for the bottom right graph. Ohmic conductors are
all metals and follow Ohm's Law.

IX. GRAVITY

IX.1. NEWTON'S LAW OF GRAVITATION

For two masses displaced a distance apart, the gravitational force of attraction of one mass on
the other is directly proportional to the product of the two masses and inversely proportional to
the square of the distance between them.

If the masses are m1 and m2 , with their centres of mass displaced a distance r apart, then the
force of attraction F of one mass on the other is described as:

The proportionality can be made into an equation using a constant of proportionality. This
constant we call G, the Universal Gravitational Constant.

39
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

G = 6.67 x 10-11 N m2 kg-2

The Nucleus
From intermediate physics you should know these rudimentary facts:

 There are three particles make up the general structure of an atom: electrons,
protons & neutrons.
 Neutrons and protons exist in the nucleus at the centre of the atom.
 Electrons orbit around the nucleus in orbits.
 The number of protons in a nucleus is called the atomic number Z.
 The total number of protons + neutrons in a nucleus is called the mass number A.
 In an electrically neutral atom, the numbers of protons equals the numbers of
electrons.
 Ions are electrically charged atoms, when an atom has more or less than the normal
numbers of electrons.
 Isotope are forms of atoms of an element with differing numbers of neutrons in the
nucleus.
The particles (nucleons) in a nucleus may be represented as:

40
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

I. STATIC FLUIDS
FLUIDS are characterized with the fact that they assume the shape of their containers.
They include both liquid and gaseous state of matter.

I.1. DENSITY AND PRESSURE

Density of a substance is defined as the ratio of mass, m to volume, v

= 𝒎/𝒗
The density of a homogeneous substance is constant and independent of the mass or volume
of this substance.
Pressure 𝑷 is defined generally as the ratio of normal force F to the area A

𝑷 = 𝑭/𝑨
The pressure in any point in fluids depends on the depth of this point. Let us consider a fluid
in a container, and let us also choose a small element of this fluid with height y2 – y1 and area
A as shown

Since the element of fluid is in equilibrium, the net forces acting on it must be zero. These
forces are :
- Upward force on the bottom of the sample 𝐅𝟐 = 𝐩𝟐 𝐀
- Download force on the top F1 = P1A
- - The weight of the fluid element, 𝐖 = 𝐠𝐕 = 𝐠𝐀(𝐲𝟏 − 𝐲𝟐 ) V- volume of
sample
Notice the resultant force is zero,

Fy = P2A-P1A- gA(y1-y2) = 0
So P2 = P1 + (y1-y2) STEVINO’S LAW
We can say therefore that the pressure icreases linearly with the depth independent on the
shape of the container and is the same at all points at the same depth, otherwise the fluid will
move.

41
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

* Patm = 1.013x105 Pa
Pascal’s Principle
It states that, a change in the pressure applied to an enclosed fluid is transmitted to every point
of the fluid and the walls of the containing vessels.
An application of this principle is the hydraulic lever.

Since the pressure is the same in the whole liquid and both sides of the lever,
we have P = F1/A1 = F2/A2
Hydrostatic paradox : the pressure depends only on the depth of the liquid, not on the shape
of the container. At the same depth the pressure is the same in all parts of the container.

Archimedes Principle
It states that anybody completely or partially submerged in a fluid is buoyed up by a force equal
to the weight of the fluid displaced by the body.
Let us consider a cubeof water totally submerged in a container filled with water as shown

This cube is in equilibrium under two forces. One of these forces is the weight, mg of the cube
of water acting downward, the second is the buoyant force, B acting upward.
- So B = mg
- We can say = B/A

42
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

B= A=( gh)= gV = gM M – mass of cube

B - Weight of the water displaced
Example : A cube of wood 20cm on a side having a density of 0.65x10 3kg/m3 floats
on water as shown

a. What is the distance from the top of the cube to the water level ?
Ans : 0.07m
b. How much lead weight has to be placed on top of the cube so that its top is
just level with the water ?
Ans : m = 2.8 kg
Dynamics of Fluids
Bernoulli’s Equation
Consider a non-uniform tube through which a fluid is flowing at a steady rate. In a time interval,
, suppose that a volume of fluid enters the tube of the left end and an identical volume
emerges at the right end. The emerging volume must be the same as the entering volume
because the fluid is incompressible with an assumed constant density

43
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Let Y1 , V1 and P1 be the elevation, speed and pressure of the entering fluid and Y 2 ,
V2 and P2 be the corresponding quantities for the fluid emerging.
The force at the lower end is P1A1 and workdone,

Similarly F2 = P2A2 ,
* The work is negative since the fluid force opposes the displacement.

Net Work W =W 1 + W2 = (P1 – P2)

Some of this work goes to change the kinetic energy of the fluid and the other to
overcome gravitational energy

So

Appling the work energy theorem,

But
we get

44
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Finally,

Bernuolli’s equation
Torricelli theorem : A large tank of water open at the top, has a small hole through its side a
distance below the surface of the water the speed of the water flowing out of the hole is

V=
Gotten from Bernoulli’s equation and assuming V at the top of the vessel of liquid is zero and
the pressure is the same at all points of the liquid.

I.2. VENTURI EFFECT

Consider a horizontal tube shown

We have ,

The volume of flow rate Q=AV. It is always a constant for a steady flow
Example :
In a building 10m high, water flows from a tank on the roof through a tube with diameter d=2cm.

45
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Find
a. The maximum volume flow rate Q at the ground Ans : 4.2 l/s
b. The pressure at the ground level if the tube is closed Ans : 8.9x104 Pa

Thermal energy is a form of energy that is possessed by cell material things due to the random
motion of the atoms and molecules that make up the material.
Internal energy, U is the sum of the kinetic and bond potential energies of the molecules of a
system as measured when the system as a whole is not moving.
Note : Total energy is of a system is the sum of the internal energy the kinetic energy of a
system as a whole and potential energy of the system due to external force.
The law of conservation of energy : The total energy of a thermodynamic system
remains constant, although it may be transported from one form to another.
Temperature is a fundamental quantity and cannot be defined in terms of other base quantities.
It is a macroscopic quantity that measures the average kinetic energy which the molecules of
a substance possess.

I. THE ZEROTH LAW AND THERMAL EQUILIBRIUM

Thermal equilibrium is the state in which there is no net transfer of energy between parts of an
isolated system and as a result, all parts of the system are at a constant, equal temperature.
Experimentally, if a body A is separately in thermal equilibrium with two other bodies, B and C,
then B and C are in thermal equilibrium with each other. This is called the ‘’zeroth’’ law of
thermodynamics. This law gives a macroscopic definition of temperature as that property of a
body which decides whether or not it is in thermal equilibrium with another body.

II. THERMOMETRY
A thermometer is a device used to measure the degree of hotness or coldness of a
body which has a property that depends on temperature called the thermometric property.
The thermometric property is any physical property of a substance that varies continuously
with temperature. So it is Reproducible, Sensitive, Accurate and Unique.
Examples of thermometric properties
- The length or volume of a liquid column in a glass capillary tube.
- The electric resistance of a platinium wire.
- The pressure of a constant volume of a gas etc

46
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Some types of temperature scales that exist are ; the absolute thermodynamic scale or kelvin
scale, the celsius scale temperature scale, the fahrenheit scale etc

converting from celsius to kelvin temperatures

converting from fahrenheit to celsius temperatures

Calorimetry
It is the process of measurement of the amount of thermal energy exchanged between a
system and its surroundings.
Heat capacity is the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a body by one degree
or kelvin.
Specific heat capacity , c of a substance is the quantity of heat required to produce a unit
rise of temperature in unit mass.
Heat gained or lost by a body is given by 𝑸 = 𝒎𝒄
Latent heat is the thermal energy that a body absorbs or releases when a phase change
occurs without a change in temperature. The temperature does not change because the
energy transferred increases only the potential energy component of the internal energy.

There are two types of latent heat ; latent heat of fusion and vaporisation. Q = mL
The temperature-energy graph for a substance changing from solid to gas.

III.THERMAL ENERGY TRANSFER

It is the process by which thermal energy flow from the hotter regions of a body to colder
regions of the same body due to temperature difference.
Considering a lagged bar, the rate of thermal energy leaving one end to the other is given as

where k is the thermal conductivity of the substance

47
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

The Gas Laws

- Boyle’s law : When the temperature of a fixed mass of gas is kept constant , the
volume is inversely proportional to its pressure.
P1V1 = P2V2
- Charles Law : The volume of a fixed mass of gas at constant pressure increases by
1/273 of its volume at 00C for every degree celsius rise in temperature. We could say,
for a fixed mass of gas at constant pressure, the volume is directly proportional to the
temperature measured in kelvin.
- The pressure law : The pressure of a given mass of an ideal gas kept at constant
volume increases by 1/273 of its pressure at 00C for each degree rise in temperature
i.e for a fixed mass of gas at constant volume , the pressure, P directly proportional to
its absolute temperature, T
THE IDEAL GAS EQUATION is PV = nRT where R – the universal molar gas
constant
n – number of molecules
Note : - When using the ideal gas equation, temperatures are in kelvin.

, ,

IV. THERMODYNAMICS
Thermodynamics provides a framework of relating the macroscopic properties of a system to
one another. It is concerned only with macroscopic quantities and ignores the microscopic
variables that characterize individual molecules (both strength and weakness).

IV.1. THERMODYNAMIC SYSTEMS.

Open systems can exchange both matter and energy with the environment.
Closed systems exchange energy but not matter with the environment.
Isolated systems can exchange neither energy nor matter with the environment.
Internal and external macroscopic parameters: temperature, volume, pressure, energy,
electromagnetic fields, etc. (average values, fluctuations are ignored). No matter what is the
initial state of an isolated system, eventually it will reach the state of thermodynamic equilibrium
(no macroscopic processes, only microscopic motion of molecules).

IV.2. THE LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS

a. The first law of thermodynamics: the internal energy of a system can be changed by
doing work on it or by heating/cooling it. ΔU = Q + W. From the microscopic point of
view, this statement is equivalent to a statement of conservation of energy.
Sign convention: we consider Q and W to be positive if energy flows into the system.
Quasi-static (quasi-equilibrium) processes– sufficiently slow processes, any intermediate
state can be considered as an equilibrium state (the macro parameters are well defined for all
intermediate states).

48
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Examples of quasi equilibrium processes:

i. isochoric: V= const
ii. isobaric: P= const
iii. isothermal: T= const
iv. adiabatic: Q= 0
b. The second law of thermodynamics: The entropy of an isolated system never
decreases.

c. The third law of thermodynamics: Nernst’s Theorem: The entropy of a system at T = 0

is a well-defined constant. For any processes that bring a system at T = 0 from one
equilibrium state to another, ΔS = 0.

Example:
A 2.00 mol sample of helium gas initially at 300K and 0.400 atm is compressed isothermally
to 1.20 atm. Noting that the helium behaves as an ideal gas, find
a. The final volume of the gas Ans : Vf = 0.0410m3
b. The workdone on the gas, W = +5.48 KJ
c. The energy transferred by heat Q = - 5.48 kJ

49
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

I. ELECTRIC CHARGE AND CURRENT.

An Electric charge is an Electrical property of atomic or elementary particles of which all
materials compose, measured in coulombs, C.
We know that :
- There are two kinds of charges which are the positive and negative charges.
- The only charges that occur in nature are integral multiples of electronic charge i.e Q
= ne.
- Electric charge can neither be created nor destroyed but can only be transferred and
this is the law of conservation of charges.
From above, we can add that there do exist particles that have no charge and are called
photons. Also, some small particles called quarks have electric charge of + (2/3) e or – (1/3)
e
Note : - Charge is an amount of electricity, measured in coulombs which could be defined as
the quantity of charge which passes any section of a surface of a conductor in one second
when a current of one ampere is flowing through.
- The conduction of electricity in metals is due to free elctrons.
- A battery does not store nor does it produce charges but produces electrical energy.
An electrical current consists of movement of electric charge. We could still say electric current
is charge in motion. With this, we can therefore define electric current as the rate of charge
transfer per second or rate of flow of charge in a given conductor, measured in ampere, A
𝑰 = 𝑸/𝒕 = 𝒏𝒆/𝒕
The direction of current flow is conventionally taken as the direction of flow of positive charge.
Considering a conductor of cross-sectional area, A through which current I is flowing. We
suppose that there are n-charge carriers per unit volume (m3).

50
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝐼 = 𝑛𝑒𝑣𝐴
Current density : This concept is defined as the current per unit area of cross-section at a point
in a conductor.
𝐽 = 𝐼/𝐴 = (𝑛𝑒𝑣𝐴)/𝐴 = 𝑛𝑒𝑣
Example : The number of free electrons per unit volume in a copper wire is approx. 8.20 x
1028 electrons 𝑚-3. Suppose that the current I = 10 A flow through it. What is the average drift
velocity of the electrons along copper wire of diameter 1 mm ?
Ans : 9.9x10-4ms-1

II. ELECTRIC CIRCUITS

Electrical engineering deals basically with the transfer of energy from one point to another. For
this to be possible, an interconnection is needed between certain components called elements.
This connection is then called electrical circuit.
Note : - Voltage (or potential difference) between two points in an electric circuit is the energy
(work) needed to move a unit charge between them.
𝑃. 𝐷 = 𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑘 𝑑𝑜𝑛𝑒/𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒
- Electromotive force (emf) or electromotance is the amount of energy converted into
electrical energy by a device called the seat of emf when a unit charge passes
through it.
- Emf is NOT a force but a measure of the energy per unit charge supplied by a given
voltage source.
- Voltage drop is the amount of electrical energy converted to other forms of energy per
unit charge flows through a circuit component.
Resistance : The resistance, R of a resistor is defined as the ratio of the potential difference
V across it to the current flowing through it.
i.e 𝑅 = 𝑉/𝐼

Resistivity ( ): It is numerically the resistance of a conductor of unit length and unit cross
sectional area

i.e = 𝑅 (𝐴/𝐿)
it depends on
a. The nature of the material
b. The dimension of the material
c. The temperature of the material
Remark :
* A circuit element with zero resistance is called a short circuit. For a short circuit, V = IR =0
* A circuit element with an infinite resistance is known as an open circuit.

51
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Ohm’s law : It states that the voltage V across a conductor is directly proportional to the
current, I flowing through it provided physical conditions do not change.
i.e 𝑽 = 𝑰𝑹

(a) ohmic materials e.g pure metals. (b) non ohmic materials e.g diode valves
KIRCHOFF’S LAWS
1. Kirchoff’s voltage law : In any closed electric circuit, the algebraic sum of the
voltage drop must equal the algebraic sum of the applied emfs.
2. Kirchoff’s current law : The algebraic sum of the current entering a point in an
electric circuit must equal the algebraic sum of the current leaving that point.
*In a circuit ; The applied emf is divided up between the sereis resistors. The voltage across
each of two resistors can be calculated by :
V1 = ER1 /(R1+R2) , V2 = ER2 / (R1+R2)
where E is the supply voltage
When 2 resistors are in parallel : This may be referred to as a current divider.
I1 = E/R1 ; I2 = E/R2 ; I = I1+I2
Network analysis using Kirchoff’s laws : The procedure is as follows
1. Letter all junctions on the network A, B, C etc.
2. Identify current directions and voltage polarities, and number them according to the
resistor involved.
3. Identify each current path according to the lettered junctions and applying Kirchoff’s
voltage law, write the voltage equations of the paths.
4. Applying kirchoff’s current law, write the equations for the currents entering and
leaving all junctions where more than one current is involved.
5. Solve the equations by substitution to find the unknown currents.
Network analysis using loop equations : The procedure is as follows :
1. Draw all loop currents in a clockwise direction and identify them by number i.e I1, I2
etc.
2. Identify all resistor voltage drops as + to – in the direction of the loop current.
3. Identify all voltage sources according to their correct polarity.
4. Write the equations for the voltage drops around each loop in turn, by equating the
sum of the voltage drop to zero.
5. Solve the equations to find the unknown currents.

52
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Example :

II.1. DIAGRAM 1
Calculate the current through the 8 resistor. Ans : 1.41A

53
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

I. RESISTANCE OF MATERIALS / MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

OF MATTER
Review : - Matter is anything that has weight and occupies space .It is made up of many
particles called atoms and molecules. It exixsts either in solid, liquid or gas state.
- State the differences between these states !!!!
Intermolecular forces and Potential Energy
Intermolecular forces
It is defined as the force which exists between molecules that can explain the
properties of solids, liquids and gases. This force is from two main causes :
- -The Potential energy of the molecules, which is due to the interactions with
surrounding molecules.
- The thermal energy of the molecules, this is the kinetic energy of the molecules and
depends on the temperature of the substance concerned.
In this case there exist two types of intermolecular forces which are ; repulsive forces and
attractive forces.

Note that when a solid is compressed, the molecules repel each other and they attract when
they are pulled farther apart.

II. REPULSIVE FORCE BETWEEN ATOMS

This force has different expressions, but in liquids and solids it is given by
Frepulsive = a/r p where a and p are positive constants
r separation between the atoms.

54
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Note : - We have positive values for repulsive forces because it occurs with an increase in
distance, r and occurs only for small values of r.

III.ATTRACTIVE FORCE BETWEEN ATOMS

This force also has different expressions but that for liquids and solids is given by
Fattractive = - b/ r q where in b and q are positive constants
r separation between the atoms
Note : - We do have negative values because the force is opposite to the direction of
increasing r.
With the equations above, we get a resultant force
Fresultant = (a / r p) – (b / r q)
Plotting the graph of this equation, we get

From the graph,

- When r = r0 , we have an equilibrium separation of the two atoms. This means that
the attractive and repulsive force balance each other. Hence resultant force, F=0.
- When r<r0 , it implies that the atoms are closer than at equilibrium and so the electron
shells repel each other causing the repulsive force.
- When r>r0 , at large separation distances, the dominant force is the attractive force.
- When r=r1, the attractive force is maximum and is known as the breaking force.
- When r goes to infinity, the attractive force = 0
- When r is close to equilibrium separation, it obeys to Hooke’s law for which

IV. POTENTIAL ENERGY BETWEEN ATOMS, U

55
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Supposing F is a repulsive force of atom A on atom B, the workdone to bring atom B a small
distance, dr closer to atom A is dW and this causes a change in potential energy.
We know that dW = - dU and dW = Fdr
So, dU= -Fdr
Hence, F = -dU/dr
- It means the change in potential energy is the area under the preceding F-r curve between
r1 – r2
Plotting the curve of U-r together with F-r

From the graph,

- When r = r0, the gradient of U-r graph is zero, hence F = 0. It also means that at
equilibrium separation the potential energy is minimum U0.
- When r<r0, the gradient of the U-r graph is negative and since F = -(dU/dr), it implies
F is positive which represents repulsive force
- When r>ro, the gradient is positive hence we get a negative force which is an
attractive force.
- When r = r1 , we have the point, p which is the point of inflection defined as the point
where this section of the curve is steepest and the attractive force is maximum at this
point
- When r goes to infinity, the potential energy is zero.
Example :
In a certain diatomic molecule, the potential energy can be represented by the following
expression
U = (A/r14) – (B/r8) where r is the separation between the atoms
A and B are positive constants
a. Deduce an expression in terms of A,B and r for the force,F between atoms. Give the
physical meaning of each term in the expression.
b. Determine r0 , the value of r at which U is minimum, in terms of A and B.
c. Determine the value of r at breaking limit of the bond, in terms of A and B.

56
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Hints and Ans :

a. Use the relation between U and F
ANS : 14A/r15 – positive value representing repulsive force
8B/r9 – negative value representing attractive force
b. When U is minimum then F = 0 and r = r0
ANS : r0 = (7A/4B) 1/6
c. At breaking limit, the F is minimum thus the gradient of F-R curve at this point
is dF/dr=0
ANS : r = (35A/12B) 1/6

V. YOUNG’S MODULUS
V.1. DEFINITION OF TERMS
a. Elasticity : It is a property of a material that enables it to return to its original
dimension (shape and size) after an applied force (stress) has been removed.
Deformation occurs when external forces act to stretch, compress or shear a
solid.
b. Elastic deformation occurs when a material returns to its original length or size
after being distorted i.e at elastic limits.
c. Plastic deformation occcurs when a material is deformed beyond elastic limit.
d. Strength : Ability of a material to withstand a force without breaking.
e. Stiffness : Resistance of a material to changes in shape and size.
f. Ductility : Tendency of a material to change its size and shape considerably
before breaking.
g. Brittleness : Tendency of a material to break without deforming.

V.2. STRESS, AND STRAIN,

- Stress is defined as the ratio of the perpendicular force F to the cross-sectional
area,A

Stress, = 𝑭/𝑨
This type of stress sis called tensile stress. It is a scalar quantity with dimensions ML-1T-2
- Strain is defined as the ratio of extension (elongation) e to original length, l0

Strain, = 𝒆/𝒍𝟎 = (𝒍 – 𝒍𝟎 )/𝒍𝟎

This type of strain is called tensile strain. It is a scalar quantity and dimensionless.
Force – extension graph

57
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

From the graph,

- OA stands for the region of Hooke’s law which states ‘’ Below the proportionality limit, the
restoring force, F is directly proportional to the extension.
𝑭𝒔 = −𝒌𝒆 where k is the force constant
The negative sign indicates that the restoring force is in the opposite direction to increasing
extension.
- At B we have the elastic limit beyond which the material is permaently stretched and
will never regain its original shape and length.
- The area between the two parallel lines (OA and CT) represents the workdone to
produce permanent extension OT.
- C is the yield point which marks a change in internal structures of the material.
- CDE is the region of plastic deformation with D being the breaking force ( or
maximum force) and E being the point at which the material functions.
Young’s modulus : It is defined as the ratio of the tensile stress to the tensile strain if the
proportionality limit is not exceeded.

= 𝒕𝒆𝒏𝒔𝒊𝒍𝒆 𝒔𝒕𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒔 / 𝒕𝒆𝒏𝒔𝒊𝒍𝒆 𝒔𝒕𝒓𝒂𝒊𝒏 = (𝑭/𝑨)/(𝒆/𝒍𝟎 ) = 𝑭𝒍𝟎 /𝑨𝒆

It is also a scalar quantity with dimensions ML-1T-2
Note : - Young’s modulus does not depend on the length of the wire but it depends on the
material of the wire i.e it does not change if the length of the wire increases or decreases.

From Hooke’s law, we he had F = ke and from Young’s modulus, F = Ae/l0

So , K = A/l0
Strain Energy
It is the total workdone in stretching a wire from O to e
𝑾 = 𝑭𝒆/𝟐

58
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

* strain energy/volume = (strain)(stress)/2

Strain energy is also the area under the Force – extension graph within elastic limits and strain
energy per unit volumle is the area under the stress-strain graph.
Example :
An object P of mass 0.50kg hangs on a vertical tungsten wire of diameter 0.2mm and length
1.00m. Hanging from the bottom of P is a copper wire of diameter 0.50mm and the length of
1.50m that supports an object Q of mass 0.35kg. Assume that the elastic limit of the wires are
not exceeded and both wires are massless.
a. Sketch and label the free body diagram of objects P and Q.
b. Determine
i. The tension in both wires.
ii. The total strain energy of the system.

( Given tungsten = 3.6x1011 Pa, copper = 1.20x1011 Pa and g = 9.8 m/s2 )

ANS : a)

b)
i. Tc = 3.43N , Tt = 8.43N
ii. et = 6.09x10-4m , ec = 2.18x10-4m Total strain energy = 2.91x10-3 J

59
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

I. BASIC DEFINITIONS OF TERMS

Nuclide: It is a nuclear species.
Isotopes : They are atoms of the same element having the same proton number but
different neutron number.
Isotones : They are atoms having same number of neutrons but different number of
protons.
Isobars : These are atoms with the same mass number.
Isomer : These are isotopes at excited states.
Abundance : It is the relative percentage by amount of a nuclide/isotope.
Note : A = Z+N where A is mass number
Z is proton number
N is neutron number
Radioactivity
It is the spontaneous and random decay or disintegration of the nucleus of the atom of an
element during which alpha, beta and gamma radiations or a combination of any or all the
three and energy or heat are emitted.
The emission of radiation from radioactive substances come from the nuclei of particular
atoms, so they are not affected by chemical or physical conditions such as temperature and
pressure.

Note :
- We cannot determine when an activity has to occur
- It is possible to predict the fraction which is to decay.
Radioactive elements : They are these elements that spontaneously emit radiation from their
nucleus e.g Radium,Polonium, Uranium.

II. TYPES OF RADIOACTIVITY

- Natural radioactivity : It is the natural spontaneous disintegration of an atom
during which or particles or gamma rays or a combination of them and
heat is released.
- Artificial radioactivity : It is the spontaneous disintegration of an atom as a
result of bombardment with fast moving radioactive particles such as neutrons.
Note : -Neutrons are more effective in bombarding atoms because they are neutral.

60
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

- Background radioactivities are the radioactive radiations present in our

surroundings and recorded by the counter when there is no obvious source
present.

III.TYPES OF RADIOACTIVE RADIATIONS.

III.1. ALPHA PARTICLES :
- These are helium nuclei i.e or
- Their speed is 1/200 that of light.
- They are positively charged so are deflected in an electric and magnetic field.
- They are easily stopped by a piece of paper.
- Their range in air is about 3cm-8cm depending on the energy of the sources.
- They can be detected using a GM tube, photographic film, cloud chamber etc.
- Their cloud chamber track are thick straight lines.
This is what occurs during such a decay ;

III.2. BETA PARTICLES :

These are electrons emitted from the nuclei of some radioactive atoms. i.e or -1e

- Their speed is 2/3 that of light.

- They are negatively charged sot hey are easily deflected in electric and
magnetic fields.
- Their range is about times that of - particles.
- They are stopped by a few millimeters of aluminium.
This is what occurs during such a decay.

The electrons emitted in the decay is not from the orbit of the atom, it is produced when a
neutron in the nucleus changes into a proton and the electron.

i.e
Note : Beta-plus decay (positron)

III.3. GAMMA DECAY :

- It does not cause transmutation from element to another.
- This is a by-product of other decays.

i.e it occurs on excited energy state atoms.

61
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Examples :
The Uranium nucleus (238U - 92) undergoes successive decays emittingrespectively an -
particle, a - particle and a - radiation.

a. What is the qtomic number and mass number of the resulting nucleus.
b. Part of the radioactive actinium can be represented as follows
Diagram 2
The symbols above the arrows indicate the types of radiation emitted

i. Deduce the atomic number and mass number of Tl, Po and Pb.
ii. What is the particle emitted when Tl decays to Pb ?

IV. RATE OF RADIOACTIVITY

The rate of decay is directly proportional to the number of unstable nuclei present

Ie dN/dt = - N - decay constant

dN/dt – rate of decay
Note : The minus sign is present because each disintegration decreases the number N of each
nuclei.

this is considerd as the exponential decay law

V. THE ACTIVITY AND POWER OF A SOURCE

Activity, A is defined as the number of disintegration per second taking place inside
the source and is measured in Becquerel (Bq)

A= N so from above, A=A0

Note : 1Curie = 3.7x1010Bq
Half life and Decay constant.
The radioactive half life , t1/2 of a nuclide is the time taken for half of its initial number of
radioactive nuclei to decay.

T1/2 = ln2/ = 0.0693/

Example :
It is found that in a very old piece of wood, two atoms of carbon in 1013 are radioactive, where
as, the number is 8 in living wood. If the half life of radioactive carbon is 600years.how old is
the piece of wood ? Ans : t = 12000 years

62
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

VI. NUCLEAR ENERGY

VI.1. CONSERVATION OF MASS AND CHARGE
A nuclear reaction is the spontaneous decay of an atom during which energy and radioactive
particles are emitted. E.g

The following quantities are always conserved.

i. Charge
ii. The atomic numbers before and after the reaction are equal, viz 88 and (86+2+0)
iii. Mass number : The mass before reaction is 226 abd that after reaction is
(222+4+2)
From atomic mass totals,
Mass of Ra nucleus = 226.0254u
Mass of Rn nucleus = 222.017u where u is the atomic mass unit
Mass of He = 4.00260u
Hence we have a total of 226.0201u

So = 5.3x10-3 = mass defect

But for 1u = 1.66x 10-27kg , 931.5MeV is the energy equivalence.
So we get E = 5.3x10-3x931.5MeV
Note : - The energy released in a nuclear reaction is the energy equivalent of the mass defect
for the reaction.
If the m is positive, then the reaction occurs spontaneously otherwise it does not occur or
needs an input energy such as a bombardment.
Nuclear binding energy and stability of the nucleus.
The protons and neutrons in the nucleus of an atom are called nucleons and they are bound
in the nucleus by strong nuclear force. The total work that must be done to free all the nucleons
is called binding energy. So binding energy is a measure of stabilty of the nucleus.
So E = mc2 and m = (Zmp + Zmn) - MN mp – mass of proton
mn – mass of neutron
mN – mass of nucleus
Stability of a nucleus is also because of the neutron / proton ratio in the atom.
If N/Z = 1, We have a light nuclei which is not really willing to disintegrate i.e stable
If N/Z > 1, We have a heavy nuclei which is unstable.

63
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Nuclear fission is the splitting or disintegration of a large nucleus into smaller nuclei of
comparable mass with the release of large amount of energy.
A chain reaction is a series of nuclear fission whereby some of the neutrons produced by each
fission cause more fission.
Nuclear fusion is the joining of two smaller (light) nuclei to form a larger (or heavier) nucleus
with a higher energy per nucleon.
Example : The fusion of a nucleus of deuterium with a nucleus of tritium releases energy
according to the following equation.

E
i. Calculate the E that is released.
ii. Given that the mass of one mole of deuterium is 2.0g. How much energy is released
per kilogram ?

Mass of = 3.345x10-27 kg Mass of = 5.008x10-27 kg Mass of = 6.67x10-

27
kg
Ans : a) E = 2.79x10-12 J b) Energy released per kg = 8.38x1014 J
iii. 6.09x10-4m , ec = 2.18x10-4m Total strain energy = 2.91x10-

64
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Lecture notes on Chemistry

Lecture notes on Chemistry

I. ELEMENTS AND ATOMS

An atom is the smallest particle of an element that retains the chemical properties of that
element.
Each atom, regardless of its identity, is made up of three types of subatomic particles. Protons,
which are positively charged and situated at the center of the atom (also known as the
atomic nucleus); neutrons, which are electrically neutral (meaning that they have no charge)
and are also in the nucleus of the atom; and electrons, which are negatively charged and are
situated outside the nucleus. The majority of the mass of an atom is contained in its nucleus:
while electrons are about the same size as protons and neutrons, an electron has 1/1837th
the mass of protons or neutrons. You should also be aware that the nucleus of an atom is
much, much smaller and more dense than the space occupied by an atom’s electrons—if an
atom were the size of a football field, the nucleus would be the size of a flea on the 50-yard
line!
The number of protons an atom possesses is what gives the atom its identity—all atoms of a
particular element have the same number of protons in their nuclei.
Atoms of a given element can, however, differ in the number of neutrons they contain, and
atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons are known as isotopes.
Most elements have at least two isotopes that occur naturally, although a few have just one.
Now take a look at how atoms are usually symbolized:

This represents a carbon atom that has 6 protons and 6 neutrons.

The last thing you should know about the basic structure of an atom is that atoms have the
same number of protons and electrons, and since protons are positively charged and electrons
are negatively charged, neutral atoms have no net electrical charge.

The atomic weight of an element represents its average atomic mass based on the relative
abundance of various isotopes of that element in nature. So, when we say that the atomic

65
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

weight of carbon is 12.0107, we mean that the average weights of all of the isotopes of carbon
that exist in nature, whether the carbon is carbon-11, -12, -13, or -14, is 12.0107.

An atomic mass unit is equal to 1.66054 x 10-24 grams.

Proton = 1.0073 amu

Neutron = 1.0087 amu

Electron = 5.486 x 10-4 amu

mass of nucleus = ~2.0 amu = 2 * (1.66 x 10-24 grams) = 3.32 x 10-24 grams

diameter of nucleus = (approximately) 1 x 10-4 Å = 1 x 10-14 meters

radius of nucleus = 1 x 10-14 meters/2 = 0.5 x 10-14 meters

volume of nucleus = (4/3) (radius of nucleus)3

volume of nucleus = 5.24 x 10-43 meters3

mass/volume = 3.32 x 10-24 grams/5.24 x 10-43 meters3

mass/volume = 6.34 x 1018 grams/meter3

II. ORBITALS AND QUANTUM NUMBERS

To describe the location of electrons, we use quantum numbers.

Principal quantum Has positive values of 1, 2, 3, etc. As n increases, the

number (n) orbital becomes larger—this means that the electron has a
higher energy level and is less tightly bound to the nucleus.

Second quantum Has values from 0 to n – 1. This defines the shape of the
number or orbital, and the value of l is designated by the
azimuthal letters s, p, d, and f, which correspond to values for l of 0,
quantum number 1, 2, and 3. In other words, if the value of l is 0, it is
(l) expressed as s; if l = 1 = p, l = 2 = d, and l = 3 = f.

Magnetic Determines the orientation of the orbital in space relative

quantum number to the other orbitals in the atom. This quantum number has
(ml) values from -l through 0 to +l.

Spin quantum Specifies the value for the spin and is either +1/2 or -1/2.
number (ms) No more than two electrons can occupy any one orbital. In

66
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

order for two electrons to occupy the same orbital, they

must have opposite spins.

Orbitals that have the same principal quantum number, n, are part of the same electron shell
When orbitals have the same n and l, they are in the same subshell;
Pauli exclusion principle, no two electrons in an atom can have the same set of four
quantum numbers. This means no atomic orbital can contain more than two electrons, and if
the orbital does contain two electrons, they must be of opposite spin.

II.1. ELECTRON CONFIGURATIONS

The first and most important rule to remember when attempting to determine how electrons
will be arranged in the atom is Hund’s rule, which states that the most stable arrangement of
electrons is that which allows the maximum number of unpaired electrons.Likewise, electrons
will go into available orbitals singly before beginning to pair up.
As we mentioned earlier, each principal energy level, n, has n sublevels. This means the first
has one sublevel, the second has two, the third has three, etc. The sublevels are named s, p, d,
and f.

Energy level principal quantum Number of Names of

number, n sublevels sublevels

1 1 s

2 2 s, p

3 3 s, p, d

4 4 s, p, d, f

The valence electrons are the outermost electrons in an atom—the ones that are involved in
bonding.

Effective Nuclear Charge

 The effective nuclear charge (Zeff) equals the number of protons in the nucleus (Z),
minus the average number of electrons (S) that are between the electron in question
and the nucleus

67
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Energies of orbitals

The extent to which an electron will be screened by the other electrons depends on the shape
of the electron distribution as we move out from the nucleus

 Probability of being closer to the nucleus (based on orbital shapes) is as follows:

 For the 3rd principle quantum number, for example, the 3s electrons experience the
least shielding and the 3d electrons the most
 Conversely, the 3s electrons experience a greater Zeff and the 3d electrons the least

Example
1. Explain why the electronic configuration of Cu is 3d104s1 and not 3d94s2.
Solution: In the 3d104s1 the d-sub shell is completely filled which is more stable.
2. Problem 3: Fe3+ ion is more stable than Fe2+ ion. Why
Solution: In Fe3+ ion 3d sub shell is half filled hence more stable configuration.
3. Why Bohr’s orbits are called stationary states?
Solution: This is because the energies of orbits in which the electrons revolve are fixed.
4. Gases are not known to conduct electricity . At what condition is a gas said to be a
good conductor.
Solution: gases conduct electricity at very low pressures and high voltages.

II.2. THE GAS PHASE

Ideal Gases
When examining the behavior of gases under varying conditions of temperature and pressure,
it is most convenient to treat them as ideal gases. An ideal gas represents a hypothetical gas
whose molecules have no intermolecular forces (that is, they do not interact with each other)
and occupy no volume. Boyle’s law
The volume of a gas is inversely proportional to its pressure at constant temperature.
PV = K or P1V1 = P2V2
Where k is a proportionality constant and subscripts 1 and 2 represent two different sets of
conditions.
Pressure Law
It states that under condition of constant volume, the pressure of an ideal gas is directly
proportional to its absolute temperature:

68
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑝 𝑃1 𝑃2
= 𝑘 𝑜𝑟 =
𝑇 𝑇1 𝑇2
Law of Charles and Gay-Lussac
Simply known as Charles’ Law, states that at constant pressure, the volume of gas is directly
proportional to its absolute temperature:
𝑉 𝑉1 𝑉2
= 𝑘𝑜𝑟 =
𝑇 𝑇1 𝑇2
Avogadro’s law
Equal volumes of different gases at the same temperature and pressure contain the same
number of molecules.
𝑛 𝑛1 𝑛2
= 𝐾𝑜𝑟 =
𝑣 𝑣1 𝑣2
The subscripts 1 and 2 once again apply to two different sets of conditions with the same
temperature and pressure.
Ideal Gas Law (Equation of state for an Ideal Gas)
𝑃𝑉 = 𝑛𝑅𝑇
The constant R is known as the (universal) gas constant. Under STP conditions (273.15k and
1 atmosphere), 1 mole of gas has a volume of 22.4L. the value of R is about 8.21 x 10-2 L.atm/
(mol.k)
The gas constant may be expressed in many other units, another common value is 8.3J/mol.k)
which is derived when the S.I units of pascals (for pressure) and cubic meters (for volume)
are substituted into the ideal gas law. When carrying out calculations based on the ideal gas
of law, it is important to choose a value of R that matches the units of the variables.
Dalton’s law of partial pressures
It states that the total pressure of a gaseous mixture is equal to the sum of the the partial
pressures of the individual components
PT = PA + PB + PC + …
𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠𝑜𝑓𝐴
XA (mole fraction of gas A) = 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠𝑔𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑠

PA = PT XA

II.3. CHEMICAL BONDING AND MOLECULAR STRUCTURE

In bonding, atoms lose, gain, or share electrons in order to have the same number of electrons
as the noble gas that's nearest on the periodic table. Ionic, covalent, and metallic bonds are
formed by combinations of metals and nonmetals.
- Metal + nonmetal = ionic bond
- Nonmetal + nonmetal = covalent bond
- Metal + metal = metallic bond

69
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

When two elements engage in ionic bonding, one or more electrons are transferred from the
metal to the nonmetal, forming ions (charged atoms). The metal, having lost one or more
electrons, forms a cation, an ion with a positive charge; the nonmetal, having gained one or
more electrons, becomes an anion, an ion with a negative charge.
When two elements form a covalent bond, one or more electron pairs are shared between
these two elements. In metallic bonding, which occurs in metals (either a pure metal or an alloy
of two or more metals), the valence (outer shell) electrons are donated to a "sea of electrons."
Molecular Shape
The most important thing to remember when attempting to predict the shape of a molecule
based on its chemical formula and the basic premises of the VSPER(Valence Shell Electron
Pair Repulsion) model is that the molecule will assume the shape that most minimizes
electron pair repulsions. In attempting to minimize electron pair repulsions, two types of
electron sets must be considered: electrons can exist in bonding pairs, which are involved in
creating a single or multiple covalent bond, or nonbonding pairs, which are pairs of electrons
that are not involved in a bond, but are localized to a single atom.

The VSPER Model—Determining Molecular Shape

Total number of single bonds, double bonds, Structural pair

Shape
and lone pairs on the central atom geometry

2 Linear

3 Trigonal planar

70
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

4 Tetrahedral

Trigonal
5
bipyramidal

6 Octahedral

The above table represents a single atom with all of the electrons that would be associated
with it as a result of the bonds it forms with other atoms plus its lone electron pairs. However,
since atoms in a molecule can never be considered alone, the shape of the actual molecule
might be different from what you’d predict based on its structural pair geometry. You use the
structural pair geometry to determine the molecular geometry by following these steps:
1. Draw the Lewis dot structure for the molecule and count the total number of single
bonds, multiple bonds, and unpaired electrons.
2. Determine the structural pair geometry for the molecule by arranging the electron
pairs so that the repulsions are minimized (based on the table).
3. Use the table above to determine the molecular geometry.
The table below shows all of the commonly occurring molecular geometries that are found for
molecules with four or fewer bonding domains around their central atom.
Electron-Domain Bonding Nonbonding Molecular
Example
Geometry Domains Domains Geometry

2 2 0

71
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

3 0

2 1

4 0

4 3 1

2 2

As you can see from the table, atoms that have normal valence—meaning atoms that have no
more than four structural electron pairs and obey the octet rule (and have no lone pairs)—are
tetrahedral. For instance, look at methane, which is CH4:

Ammonia (NH3), which has three sigma bonds and a lone pair, however, is trigonal pyramidal:

72
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Water (H2O) has two lone pairs and its molecular geometry is “bent,” which is also called V
shaped:

So as you can see, lone pairs have more repulsive force than do shared electron pairs, and
thus they force the shared pairs to squeeze more closely together.

As a final note, you may remember that we mentioned before that only elements with a
principal energy level of 3 or higher can expand their valence and violate the octet rule. This is
because d electrons are necessary to make possible bonding to a fifth or sixth atom. In XeF4,
there are two lone pairs and four shared pairs surrounding Xe, and two possible arrangements
exist:

In the axial arrangement, shared pairs are situated “top and bottom.” In the equatorial
arrangement, shared pairs surround Xe. The equatorial arrangement is more stable since the
lone pairs are 180˚ apart and this minimizes their repulsion. In both molecular arrangements,

73
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

the electronic geometry is octahedral, with 90˚ angles. The top figure has a molecular geometry
known as “seesaw,” while the bottom figure has a molecular geometry that is more stable,
known as square planar.
Two areas of electron density: linear, planar molecule

Three areas of electron density: trigonal planar molecule

Four areas of electron density: tetrahedral molecule

Five areas of electron density: trigonal bipyramidal molecule

Six areas of electron density: octahedral molecule

Molecular Polarity
In chemical bonds, polarity refers to an uneven distribution of electron pairs between the two
bonded atoms—in this case, one of the atoms is slightly more negative than the other. But
molecules can be polar too, and when they are polar, they are called dipoles. Dipoles are
molecules that have a slightly positive charge on one end and a slightly negative charge on
the other.. However, molecules can also contain polar bonds and not be polar. Carbon dioxide
is a perfect example. Both of the C—O bonds in carbon dioxide are polar, but they’re oriented
such that they cancel each other out, and the molecule itself is not polar.

Example

74
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1. 1.The bond angle for phosphine is (900) while that of ammonia is (1070), account for
this difference, showing a clear molecular diagram for the two.
Solution: this is because phosphorous is lee electronegative than nitrogen so that the
shared pairs of electrons are more closer to nitrogen than phosphorous,this leads to an
increase in repulsion between the bonded pairs with nitrogen than in phosphorous,
leading to a higher bond angle in NH3 than in PH3 .
2. Account for the shape of the ammonium molecule, identifying all the bonding types
present.
Solution : the ammonium molecule is composed of three ordinary covalent bond between
the (N-H) and one dative covalent bond between (NH3 – H+1).
3. What the difference between between chemical bond and intermolecular forces.
Solution : what do you think??
4. what is the shape of ClF3?
Solution : the shape is a T- shape as seen below

Energetics of Ionic Bond Formation

The formation of ionic compounds (like the addition of sodium metal and chlorine gas to form
NaCl) are usually extremely exothermic.

The loss of an electron from an element:

 Always endothermic (takes energy to strip the e' from the atom)
 Na(g) -> Na+(g) + 1e- H = 496 kJ/mol

The gain of an electron by a nonmetal:

 Generally exothermic (energy released)

 Cl(g) + 1e- -> Cl-(g) H = -349 kJ/mol

The formation of NaCl from Na and Cl would thus require the input of 147 kJ/mol. However,
it appears to be a highly exothermic reaction.

Ionic compounds are stable due to the attraction between unlike charges:

75
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

 The ions are drawn together

 Energy is released
 Ions form solid lattice

Lattice energy:

the energy required to separate completely a mole of a solid ionic compound into its
gaseous ions

It is a measure of just how much stabilization results from the arranging of oppositely charged
ions in an ionic solid.

To completely break up a salt crystal:

NaCl(s) -> Na+(g) + Cl-(g) Hlattice = +788 kJ/mol

Thus, -788 kJ/mol is given off as heat energy when 1 mol of NaCl is incorporated into
the salt lattice.

So, forming the ions from Na(g) and Cl(g) requires the input of +147 kJ/mol, these ions
incorporate into the salt lattice liberating -788 kJ/mol, for an overall highly exothermic release
of -641 kJ/mol.

II.4. CHEMICAL KINETICS - REACTION RATES

Chemical kinetics is the branch of chemistry which addresses the question: "how fast do
reactions go?"
Reaction Rates
Consider the reaction,

2 NO(g) + O2(g) → 2 NO2(g).

We can specify the rate of this reaction by telling the rate of change of the partial pressures of
one the gases. However, it is convenient to convert these pressures into concentrations, so
we will write our rates and rate equations in terms of concentrations, where square brackets, [
], mean concentration in mol/L.
We might try to write the rate variously as,

or as
but these are not the same because each molecule of O2 gives two molecules of NO2. To arrive
at an unambiguous definition of reaction rate we define the "reaction velocity," v, as

(1)

76
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

This is unambiguous. The negative sign tells us that that species is being consumed and the
fractions take care of the stoichiometry. Any one of the three derivatives can be used to define
the rate of the reaction.
For a general reaction,
aA + bB → cC + dD, (2)
the reaction velocity can be written in a number of different but equivalent ways,

(3)
As in our previous example, the negative signs account for material that is being consumed in
the reaction and the positive signs account for material that is being formed in the reaction.
The stoichiometry is preserved by dividing the rate of change of concentration of each
substance by its stoichiometric coefficient.
Rate Laws
Usually rate laws take the form,

(5)
where x, y, z, are small whole numbers or simple fractions and k is called the "rate constant."
The sum of x + y + z + . . . is called the "order" of the reaction.

Common types of rate laws:

0. A zero order has a constant rate which is independent of the reactants’ concentrations.
Thus, the rate law is 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 = 𝑘
1. First Order Reactions

In a first order reaction the rate is proportional to the concentration of one of the
reactants. That is,

v = rate = k[B], (6)

where B is a reactant. If we have a reaction which is known to be first order in B, such
as
B + other reactants → products,
we would write the rate law as,

(7)
The constant, k, in this rate equation is the first order rate constant.

2. Second Order Reactions

In a second order reaction the rate is proportional to concentration squared. For example,
possible second order rate laws might be written as

Rate = k[B]2 (8)

77
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

or as

Rate = k[A][B]. (9)

That is, the rate might be proportional to the square of the concentration of one of the reactants,
or it might be proportional to the product of two different concentrations.
Half-life
The half-life, usually symbolized by t1/2, is the time required for [B] to drop from its initial value
[B]o to [B]o/2.
Using the integrated form of the first order rate law we find that

(15a, b)
Taking the logarithm of both sides gives,

(16a, b)
or

(17)
(You can also write

(18)
which may actually give a little more insight into what is meant by half-life. This equation
demonstrates clearly that the concentration drops by a factor of two for every t1/2 increment in
time.)
Factors That Affect Reaction Rates
The reaction rate is a measure of the change in the concentration of reactants or products
over time in a chemical reaction. Four main external conditions affect reaction rate. The first is
the concentration of reactants. Generally speaking, if we increase the concentration of one or
more reactants, the reaction will go more quickly. This is simple because the more molecules,
the more collisions between molecules, and the faster the reaction will go.
The second factor that influences reaction rate is temperature. The higher the temperature of
the reaction, the more quickly it will proceed. At higher temperatures, the molecules are moving
around more quickly (they have more kinetic energy); this means they will collide with each
other with more energy, and it’s more likely that they will overcome the activation energy

78
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

needed to start the reaction. It’s a general rule of thumb that a 10˚C increase in temperature
will double the reaction rate.
The addition of a catalyst will also speed up a chemical reaction. A catalyst speeds up the
rate of reaction by lowering the activation energy. Biological catalysts are known as enzymes.
The only other important thing you need to remember about catalysts is that they are not
consumed in the course of the reaction.
The final factor that affects certain reactions is the physical state of the reactants. For example,
if you mix two gases or two liquids, this represents a homogenous reaction, but if reactants are
in different phases, for example, if one is a gas and one is a liquid, then the reaction area is
limited to the area where they touch each other, and the larger this area, the faster the reaction
will proceed. For example, consider a teaspoon of salt dissolving in water. If you were to dump
the salt into the beaker of water and let it float to the bottom without stirring it, it would take
much longer for it to dissolve than if you stirred the solution.
Example
The experimental data for the reaction 2A + B2 → 2AB is as follows:

[A] [B2] Rate

Expt. No.
(mol L-1) (mol L-1) (mol L-1 s-1)

1 0.50 0.50 1.6×10-4

2 0.50 1.00 3.2×10-4

3 1.00 1.00 3.2×10-4

Write the most probable equation for the rate of reaction giving reason for your answer.
Answer
From an examination of above data, it is clear that when the concentration of B2 is doubled,
the rate is doubled. Hence the order of reaction with respect to B2 is one.
Further when concentration of A is doubled, the rate remain unaltered. So, order of reaction
with respect to A is zero.
The probable rate law for the reaction will be -dx/dt = k[B2][A]0 = k[B2]
Alternatively Rate = k[B2]α

1.6 × 10-4 = k[0.5]α

3.2 × 10-4 = k[1]α

On dividing we get α = 1

Rate = k[A]0 [B2] = k[B2]

II.5. EQUILIBRIUM
Chemical equilibrium has been reached in a reaction when the rate of the forward reaction
is equal to the rate of the reverse reaction. When a chemical reaction has reached equilibrium,
collisions are still occurring: the reaction is now happening in each direction at the same rate.

79
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

This means that reactants are being formed at the same rate as products are being formed,
and this is indicated by double arrows, . At equilibrium, the reaction can lie far to the right,
meaning that there are more products in existence at equilibrium, or far to the left, meaning
that at equilibrium there are more reactants. The concentration of the reactants and products
in a reaction at equilibrium can be expressed by an equilibrium constant, symbolized K orKeq:
For the general reaction

aA + bB cC + dD

In the above expression, the brackets, as always, symbolize the concentration of the reactants
and products in molarity.. K values have no units, and a K > 1 means that the reaction favors
the products at equilibrium, while a K < 1 means that the reaction favors the reactants at
equilibrium.
Here are a couple of rules to follow when using equilibrium constant expressions on the exam:
1. Pure solids do not appear in the equilibrium expression.
2. Pure liquids do not appear in the equilibrium expression.
3. Water, either as a liquid or solid, does not appear in the equilibrium expression.
4. When a reactant or product is preceded by a coefficient, its concentration is raised to
the power of that coefficient in the Keq expression.
5. When the Keq of a reaction has been multiplied by a number, the K is raised to the
power of the multiplication factor (Kn), so if it has been multiplied by 2, K is squared, if
it has been multiplied by 3, K is cubed, and so on.
6. The Keq of a reaction occurring in the reverse direction is simply the inverse of theKeq of
the reaction occurring in the forward direction (1/Keq).
7. The Keq of a net reaction that has two or more steps is found by the product of theKeq s
for each of the steps: Ks = (K1 K2 K3 . . .).
Let’s work through an example now of an equilibrium question.
Le Chatelier’s Principle
Le Chatelier’s principle basically states that if stress is applied to a system at equilibrium, the
position of the equilibrium will shift in the direction that reduces the stress to reinstate
equilibrium. For example, if more reactants are added to the system, the reaction will shift in
the forward direction, and if more products are added, the reaction will shift in the reverse
direction. If heat is added to the system and the reaction is exothermic, heat should be thought
of as a product and the reaction will shift to the left; if the reaction is endothermic and heat is
added, the reaction will shift to the right. The addition of pressure will cause a shift in the
direction that results in the fewer number of moles of a gas, while if pressure is relieved, the
reaction will shift in the direction that produces more moles of a gas.
Effect of Concentration
• If the concentration of a reactant is increased, the system will react in the forward
direction.
• If the concentration of a reactant is decreased, the system will react in the reverse
direction.
• If the concentration of a product is increased, the system will react in the reverse

80
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

direction.
• If the concentration of a product is decreased, the system will react in the forward
direction.
Examples
In an experiment carried out by Taylor and Krist (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1941: 1377), hydrogen
iodide was found to be 22.3% dissociated at 730.8°K.
Calculate Kc for 2 HI(g) → H2(g) + I2 .
Solution:
No explicit molar concentrations are given, but we do know that for every n moles of HI, 0.223n
moles of each product is formed and (1–0.233)n = 0.777n moles of HI remains. For simplicity,
we assume that n=1 and that the reaction is carried out in a 1.00-L vessel, so that we can
substitute the required concentration terms directly into the equilibrium expression.

Example 2
Phosgene (COCl2) is a poisonous gas that dissociates at high temperature into two other
poisonous gases, carbon monoxide and chlorine. The equilibrium constant
Kp = 0.0041 at 600°K. Find the equilibrium composition of the system after 0.124 atm of COCl2
is allowed to reach equilibrium at this temperature.
Solution:
we will start by drawing up a table showing the relationships between the components:

COCl2 CO Cl2

initial pressures: 0.124 atm 0 0

change: –x +x +x

equilibrium pressures: 0.124 – x x x

Substitution of the equilibrium pressures into the equilibrium expression gives

This expression can be rearranged into standard polynomial form

x2 +.0041 x – 0.00054 = 0 and solved by the quadratic formula, but we will simply obtain an
approximate solution by iteration. Because the equilibrium constant is small, we know that x
will be rather small compared to 0.124, so the above relation can be approximated by

81
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

which gives x = 0.0225.

II.6. CHEMICAL REACTIONS AND STOICHIOMETRY

Molecular weight and molar mass
A molecule is a combination of two or more atoms held together by covalent bonds. It is the
smallest unit of a compound that displays the properties of that compound.. Like atoms,
molecules can also be characterized by their weight. The molecular weight is simply the sum
of weight of the atoms that make up the molecule.
Example : What is the molecular weight of SOCl2?
Solution : To find the molecular weight of SOCl2 add together the atomic weights of each of
the atoms.
1𝑆 = 1 × 32 𝑎𝑚𝑢 = 32 𝑎𝑚𝑢
1𝑂 = 1 × 16 𝑎𝑚𝑢 = 16 𝑎𝑚𝑢
2𝐶𝑙 = 2 × 35.5 𝑎𝑚𝑢 = 71 𝑎𝑚𝑢
Molecular weight = 119 𝑎𝑚𝑢
The calculation is the same for ionic compounds when we wish to obtain their formula weights.
The formula weight of NaCl, for example, is the atomic weight of Na plus the atomic weight of
𝐶𝑙: ( 23 + 35.5) 𝑎𝑚𝑢 = 58.5 𝑎𝑚𝑢.
Remember that a mole of something is about 6.022 x 1023 of that thing. In addition, the atomic
mass of an atom, expressed in units of amu, is numerically the same as its mass in grams per
mole. For example, one mole of an atom with atomic mass x amu has a mass of x grams.
The same relationship holds for molecules. One mole of a compound has a mass in grams
equal to the molecular weight of that compound in amu and contain 6.022 x 1023 molecules of
the compound. For example, the molecular weight of carbonic acid, H2CO3 is ( 2 x 1 + 12 + 3
x 16) =62amu. 62g of H2CO3 represents one mole of carbonic acid and contains 6.022 1023
H2CO3 molecules. In other words the the molar mass of H2CO3 is 62g/mol.
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 = 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 (𝑔) ÷ 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 (𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙).
Representation of compounds
The formula for a chemical compound gives us information about the relative proportions of
the different elements that constitute it .Conversely, knowledge of the composition of a
compound enables us to determine its (empirical) formula.
Law of constant composition (Lavoisier’s Law)
The law of constant composition states that any sample of a given compound will contain the
same elements in the identical mass ratio. For instance, every sample of H20 will contain two

82
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

atoms of hydrogen for every atom of oxygen, or in other words, one gram of hydrogen for every
eight grams of oxygen.
Empirical and Molecular Formulae
There are two ways to express a formula for a compound. The empirical formula gives the
simplest whole number ratio of the elements in the compound. The molecular formula gives
the exact number of atoms of each element in a molecule of the compound, and is a multiple
of the empirical formula (including a multiple of 1 – that is same as the empirical formula).
Given a molecular formula, you can always write the empirical formula just by looking to see
whether the numbers of atoms are already in the smallest whole number ratio. If not, you can
factor out the common factor among them. C2H4 is not an empirical formula because you can
factor out a two form the subscripts to get CH2. CH4, on the other hand, is already an empirical
formula. If you are given an empirical formula however, you need to know the molecular weight
(or molar mass) of the compound to find out the actual molecular formula
𝐼𝑛 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 = 𝑛 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 𝑒𝑚𝑝𝑖𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠
𝑛 is a whole number (subscript)
Percentage composition
The percentage composition by mass of an element is the weight percentage of the element
in a specific compound, the following formula is used is use;
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑋𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑢𝑙𝑎
% composition = 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑢𝑙𝑎 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑜𝑓𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑 × 100%

The percentage composition of an element may be determined using either the empirical or
molecular formula.
Example: what are the empirical and molecular formulae of a compound which contains 40.9%
Carbon, 4.58 hydrogen, 54.52% oxygen and has a molecular weight of 264/mol?
Solution: First assume that we have a sample that weighs 100g total. The percentage then
translates directly (e.g 40.9% by weight means 40.9g in a 100g sample). Then convert grams
to moles by dividing the weight of each element by its atomic mass number of moles C =
40.9𝑔
12𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙
= 3.41𝑚𝑜𝑙

4.58𝑔
Number of moles H = 1𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙 = 4.58 𝑚𝑜𝑙

54.52𝑔
Number of moles O = 16𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙 3.41 𝑚𝑜𝑙

Next, find the simplest whole number ratio of the elements by dividing the number of moles
by the smallest number obtained in the previous step.
3.41 4.58 3.41
C: 3.41
= 1 H: 3.41
= 1.33 O: 3.41 = 1

Finally, the empirical formula is obtained by converting the number (multiplying them by an
integer value). In this case, we want to turn 1.33 into integer; the smallest number we can
multiply it by to make it an integer is
3.1.33 x 3 = 4

83
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

The empirical formula is therefore

3 x C1H1.33 O1 = C3H4O3
For the second part of the question on the molecular formula, we can use he same approach
discussed earlier: divide the molecular weight by the weight represented by the empirical value.
The resultant value is the number of empirical formula units in the molecular formula. The
empirical formula weight of C3 H4 O3
3(12g/mol) + 4(1g/mol) + 3(16g/mol) = 88g/mol
The molecular weight is given to be 264g/mol.
264
Therefore : 3
88

C3H4O3 × 3 = C9H12O9 is the molecular formula

Applications of Stoichiometry
Once an equation has been balanced, the ratio of moles of reactants to moles of products is
known, and that information can be used to solve many types of stoichiometric problems.
Example: How many grams of calcium chloride are needed to prepare 72g of silver chloride
according to the following equation?
CaCl2(aq) + 2AgNO3(aq) Ca(NO3)2(aq) + 2AgCl(s)
Solution: Noting first that the equation is balanced, 1 mole of CaCl2, yields 2 moles of AgNO3.
The molar mass of CaCl2 is 110g, and the molar mass of AgCl is 144g. As the first step in our
calculations, we find out how many moles of AgCl it is that we want
729
Number of moles AgCl = = 0.5𝑚𝑜𝑙
144𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙

0.5
Based on the stiochiometric relationship between AgCl and CaCl2 we know that we need =
2
0.25𝑚𝑜𝑙 CaCl2. This mass of CaCl2 needed is therefore
0.25 mol + 110g/mol = 27.5g

Example; Consider the combustion of isopropyl alcohol. The sample is known to contain only
C, H and O. Combustion of 0.255 grams of isopropyl alcohol produces 0.561 grams of CO 2
and 0.306 grams of H2O. From this information we can quantitate the amount of C and H in
the sample:

Since one mole of CO2 is made up of one mole of C and two moles of O, if we have 0.0128
moles of CO2 in our sample, then we know we have 0.0128 moles of C in the sample. How
many grams of C is this?

84
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

How about the hydrogen?

Since one mole of H2O is made up of one mole of oxygen and two moles of hydrogen, if we
have 0.017 moles of H2O, then we have 2*(0.017) = 0.034 moles of hydrogen. Since hydrogen
is about 1 gram/mole, we must have 0.034 grams of hydrogen in our original sample.

When we add our carbon and hydrogen together we get:

0.154 grams (C) + 0.034 grams (H) = 0.188 grams

But we know we combusted 0.255 grams of isopropyl alcohol. The 'missing' mass must be
from the oxygen atoms in the isopropyl alcohol:

0.255 grams - 0.188 grams = 0.067 grams oxygen

This much oxygen is how many moles?

Limiting Reactants
When reactants are mixed; they are seldom added in the exact stoichiometric proportions as
shown in the balanced equation. Therefore, in most reactions, one of the reactants will be used
up first. This reactants is known as the limiting reactant (or limiting reagent) because it limits
the amount of product that can be formed in the reaction. The reactant that remains after all
of the limiting reactant is used up is called the excess reactant.
Note: If the quantities of two reactants are given, be on the lookout for the possibility that one
of them is a limiting reactant. The given mass (or number of moles) of this reactant is
proportional to that of the product.
Example: If 28g of Fe react with 24g of S to produce FeS, what would be the limiting reactant?
How many grams of excess reactant could be present in the vessel at the end of the reaction?
Solution: First the balanced equation needs to be determined. We are told that Fe and S come
together to form FeS
Fe(s) + S(s) FeS(s)
This is already balanced.
Next, the number of moles for each reactant must be determined
1 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝐹𝑒
28gFe x 56𝑔
= 0.5𝑚𝑜𝑙𝐹𝑒

85
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑆
24g S x 32𝑔
= 0.75 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑆

Since one mole of Fe is needed to react with one mole of S, and there are 0.5 mol Fe versus
0.75 mol S, the limiting reagent is Fe. Thus, 0.5 mol Fe will react with 0.5 mols, leaving an
excess of 0.25 mol S in the vessel. The mass of the excess reactant will be:
32𝑔
0.25 mol S x 1 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑆
8𝑔𝑆

Note that the limiting reactant is not necessary the one with the smallest mass. It depends
also on the molecular (or atomic) weights of all the reactants and also the stiochiometric
relationship. In the example above, for example, there is a higher mass of Fe than S, yet as
we have seen Fe is the limiting reactant.

Consider the following reaction:

Suppose that a solution containing 3.50 grams of Na3PO4 is mixed with a solution containing
6.40 grams of Ba(NO3)2. How many grams of Ba3(PO4)2 can be formed?

1. First we need to convert the grams of reactants into moles:

2. Now we need to define the stoichiometric ratios between the reactants and the product of
interest (Ba3(PO4)2):

2 Na3PO4 Ba3(PO4)2

3 Ba (NO3)2 Ba3(PO4)2

3. We can now determine the moles of product that would be formed if reactant were to be
consumed in its entirety during the course of the reaction:

4. The limiting reactant is the Ba (NO3)2 and we could thus make at most 0.0082 moles of the
Ba3(PO4)2 product.

86
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

5. 0.0082 moles of the Ba3(PO4)2 product would be equal to:

Yields
The term percentage yield is used to express the relationship between the actual yield and the
theoretical yield, and is given by the following equation.
𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑
Percentage yield = × 100%
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑

Example: What is the percentage yield for a reaction in which 27g of Cu is produced by
reacting 32.5g of Zn in excess CuSO4 solution?
Solution: The balanced equation is as follows
Zn (s) + CuSO4 (aq) Cu(s) + ZnSO4 (aq)
Calculate the theoretical yield for Cu. We are told that CuSo4 is in excess, and so the
theoretical yield is dictated by the amount of Zn:
1 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑍𝑛 1𝑚𝑜𝑙𝐶𝑢 63.5𝑔𝐶𝑢
32.5g Zn x 𝑥 𝑥
65.4𝑔𝑍𝑛 1𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑍𝑛 1𝑚𝑜𝑙𝐶𝑢
= 31.6𝑔𝐶𝑢

31.6g Cu = theoretical yield.

This is the most one can ever hope to get. The actual yield, we are told is 27g. the percentage
yield is therefore
27
× 100% = 85%
31.6𝑔

II.7. THERMOCHEMISTRY
The first law of thermodynamics states that the change in internal energy of a system is equal
to the energy added to the system through heating, q minus the work that a system does w:
∆𝑈 = 𝑞 – 𝑤
If work is done on a system, w is negative. Note however, that sometimes w is defined as the
work done on, rather than by, the system, in which case the equation is written as ∆U= q + w,
and work done by the system, its energy would increase. If work is done by the system, its
energy would decrease.
Heat: Heat is energy transfer that occurs as a result of a temperature difference between the
system and its surroundings. This transfer will occur spontaneously from a warmer system to
a cooler system.
Enthalpy
The change in enthalpy (ΔH) of a process is equal to the heat absorbed or evolved by a system
at constant pressure.

87
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

ΔHrxn = Hproducts – Hreactions ΔH positive = endothermic ⇒ heat absorbed.

Note: ΔH negative = exothermic ⇒ heat given off.

Hess’s Law
This is simply the application of the concept of path - Independence to enthalpy. It states that
if a reaction can be broken down into series of steps, the enthalpy change for the overall net
reaction is just the sum of enthalpy changes for each step. The steps need not even
correspond to the actual processes carried out in the real world or in the laboratory, but can
be purely hypothetical for example, consider the reaction;
Br2 (l) Br2(g) ΔH = 31KJ
The enthalpy change of the above reaction will always be 31KJ/mol. Provided that the same
initial and final states Br2(l) and Br2(g) are operative. Instead of direct vaporization, Br2 (l) could
first be decomposed to Br atoms and then combine to form Br2 (g) since the net reaction is the
same (the two sequences share the same initial state and the same final state), the change in
enthalpy will be the same.
Br2 (l) 2Br (g) ΔH1
2Br (g) Br2 (g) ΔH2
Br2 (l) Br2 (g) ΔH = ΔH1+ΔH2 = 31KJ
Standard Enthalpy Of Formation.
The standard enthalpy of formation of a compound, ΔHθf is the enthalpy change that would
occur if one mole of a compound were formed directly form its elements in their standard
states. For example the standard enthalpy of formation of H2O is just the enthalpy change for
the reaction.
H2 (g) + ½ O2 (g) H2 O(l)
Note that ΔHθf of an element in its standard state is zero hence we do not
measure absolute enthalpies. The enthalpy of formation is also referred to as the heat of
formation.
Standard Enthalpy of Reaction.
ΔHØrxn = (sum of ΔHØf of products) – (sum of ΔHØf of reactants)

Properties of enthalpy:

1. Enthalpy is an extensive property. The magnitude of H is dependent upon the

amounts of reactants consumed. Doubling the reactants, doubles the amount of
enthalpy.
2. Reversing a chemical reaction results in the same magnitude of enthalpy but of the
opposite sign. For example, splitting two moles of water to produce 2 moles of H2
and 1 mole of O2 gas requires the input of +483.6 kJ of energy.
3. The enthalpy change for a reaction depends upon the state of the reactants and
products. The states (i.e. g, l, s or aq) must be specified.

CH4(g) + 2O2(g) -> CO2(g) + 2H2O(g) H = -802 kJ

88
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Given the above thermochemical equation for the combustion of methane, how much heat
energy is released when 4.5 grams of methane is burned (in a constant pressure system)?

The negative sign (exothermic) indicates that 225.5 kJ of energy are given off by the system
into the surroundings.

Heat capacity and specific heat

The temperature change experienced by an object when it absorbs a certain amount of energy
is determined by its heat capacity.

 The heat capacity of an object is defined as the amount of heat energy required to
raise its temperature by 1 K (or �C)
 The greater the heat capacity of an object, the more heat energy is required to raise
the temperature of the object

For pure substances the heat capacity is usually given for a specified amount of the substance

 The heat capacity of 1 mol of a substance is called its molar heat capacity
 The heat capacity of 1 gram of a substance is called its specific heat

The specific heat of a substance can be determined experimentally by measuring the

temperature change ( T) that a known mass (m) of the substance undergoes when it gains or
loses a specific quantity of heat (q):

209 J of energy are required to increase the temperature of 50.0 g of water by 1.00 K. What is
the specific heat of water?

89
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Specific heat values of some substances (J g-1K-1)

Al (s) 0.90 CaCO3 (s) 0.85

C (s) 0.71 CCl4 (l) 0.86
Fe (s) 0.45 H2O (l) 4.18
Hg (l) 0.14

We can calculate the quantity of heat that a substance has gained or lost by using its specific
heat together with its measured mass and temperature change:

rearrange:

Entropy
Entropy (S) is a measure of the disorder or randomness of a system. The units of entropy are
energy/temperature, commonly J/K or Cal/K.. At any given temperature, a solid will have
lower entropy than a gas, because individual molecules in a solid are constrained in place (
can only vibrate about their equilibrium positions). Entropy is a state function, so a change in
entropy depends only on the initial and final states.
ΔS = Sfinal - Sinitial
A change in entropy, is also given by:
𝑞𝑟𝑒𝑣
ΔS = 𝑇

Where qrev is the heat added to the system, undergoing a reversible process (a proceeds with
infinitesimal changes in the system’s conditions) and T is the absolute temperature.
A standard entropy change for a reaction, ∆S 0 is calculated using the standard entropies
of reactants and products:
∆S 0rxn = ( sum of S 0products) - (sum of S 0reactants)
The second law of Thermodynamics
the entropy of the universe either increases (spontaneous, irreversible process) or stays the
same (reversible process). It can never decrease
Δ Suniverse = ΔSsystem + ΔSsurroundings > 0
Note that the entropy of a system can decrease, as long as it is compensated for by a larger
increase in entropy in the surroundings.. A system will spontaneously tend toward an
equilibrium state (one of maximum entropy) if left alone.

90
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Spontaneity of Reaction
In the equilibrium state, free energy is at a minimum. A process can occur spontaneously if the
Gibbs function decreases. i.e, ∆ G < 0.
1. If ΔG is negative, the reaction is spontaneous
2. If ΔG is positive, the reaction is not spontaneous
3. If ΔG is zero, the system is in a state of equilibrium, thus, ΔG = 0 and ΔH=TΔS
at equilibrium.
Because the temperature is always positive, that is in Kelvin, the effects of the signs of ∆H
and ΔS and the effect of temperature on spontaneity can be summarized as follows.

∆H ∆S Outcome
- + Spontaneous at all temperatures
+ - Non Spontaneous at all temperatures
+ + Spontaneous only at high temperatures
- - Spontaneous only at low temperatures
Standard Free Energy Change
Standard Free Energy Change ΔGo, is defined as the ΔG of a process occurring under
standard conditions, and for which the concentrations of any solutions involved are 1M. The
standard free energy of formation of a compound, ΔGof, is the free energy change that occurs
when 1 mole of a compound in its standard state is formed from its elements in their standard
states. The standard free energy of formation of any element in its most stable form (and
therefore, its standard state) is zero
Examples
Which ones of the following reactions are endothermic in other words ∆H is positive?

a. H2O(l) + 10,5kcal → H2O(g) ∆H1

b. 2NH3 +22kcal →N2 + 3H2 ∆H2
c. Na + Energy → Na+1 + e- ∆H3

Solution:
When matters change state from liquid to gas, they absorb energy. I is endothermic reaction.
∆H1 is positive.
In decomposition reactions energy (heat) is absorbed. III is endothermic reaction. ∆H2 is
positive.
To remove one electron from atom we should give energy, so III is endothermic reaction
and ∆H3 is positive.
2. The given table shows standard molar enthalpy of formation of some matters.

Matters Molar formation enthalpy kcal/mol

CO2 -94
C308 -25

91
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

H20 -60
Find enthalpy of C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l) using data given in the table below.

Solution:

C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l)

∆H=[3∆HCO2 + 4∆HH2O] - [1∆HC3H8 + 5∆HO2]

Since O2 is element, molar formation enthalpy of it is zero.

∆H=[3.(-94) + 4.(-60)] - [1.(-25) + 5.0]

∆H=-522 + 25

∆H=-497 kcal/mol (it is negative, in other words reaction is exothermic)

II.8. ACIDS AND BASES

Acid-Base Theories
Arrhenius acids and bases are:
acid—a substance that increases the concentration of protons (H+) in water
base—a substance that increases the concentration of hydroxide ions in water (OH-)
These definitions are limited to aqueous solutions.
Bronsted and Lowry acids and bases as:
acid—a substance that donates a proton to another substance
base—a substance that accepts a proton
These definitions can also apply to reactions that are not aqueous, so they are more accurate.
Lewis acids and bases are:
acid—a substance that accepts an electron pair
base—a substance that donates an electron pair
Here are some other terms that you’ll need to be familiar with:
hydronium (H3O+)—H+ riding “piggyback” on a water molecule; water is polar, and the
positive charge of the naked proton is greatly attracted to one of the negative electron pairs on
adjacent oxygen
monoprotic—describes acids that can donate one H+
diprotic—describes acids that can donate two H+ ions
polyprotic—describes acids that can donate more than one H+ ion

92
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

amphiprotic—describes a substance that can act as either an acid or a base. This means it
can either lose a proton or gain one. Water is amphiprotic: it can form either a hydroxide ion or
a hydronium ion. Other examples of amphiprotic substances are , ,
- Acid dissolve in water to give solutions of pH less than 7
- Acid turn blue litmus red
- Acids neutralize bases to give salt and water
The pH Scale pH is defined as the negative logarithm, to base 10, of the aqueous hydrogen
ion concentration H3O+ measured in moldm– 3
pH = -log10 [𝑯𝟑 𝑶+ ]
For the sake of simplicity, this expression is sometimes written as
pH = - log10 [𝑯+ ]
- The pH scale typically ranges from 0 to 14, but these limits are not absolute.
- Acidic solutions have pH values less than 7.
- Basic solutions have pH values greater than 7.
- Neutral water has a pH of 7.
- Indicators and pH meters can be used to measure pH.
- The pH of an acidic solution depends on its concentration in mol/dm3 and on the
chemical properties of the acid itself, thus the acid is described as a strong as a weak
acid
- A strong acid is fully ionized in aqueous solution. The aqueous hydrogen ion
concentration is equal in magnitude to the concentration of the acid.
- A weak acid is only partially ionized in aqueous solution. The aqueous hydrogen ion
concentration is smaller in magnitude than the concentration of the acid.
- A strong acid of concentration greater than 1 mol/dm3 will have a pH value less than
zero. For example, 2mol/dm3. The pH is therefore:
pH = -log10 (H3O+)
--log10 2 = -0.3
- The symbol “ [ ] ”, stands for concentration.
Acid ionization constant Ka
The equilibrium set up when a weak acid HA dissolves in water is
HA(aq) + H2O (l) H3O+(aq) + A-(aq)
The expression for the equilibrium constant is
(𝐻3 𝑂 + )𝑒𝑞 (𝐴− )𝑒𝑞
𝐾𝑐 = (𝐻𝐴)𝑒𝑞 (𝐻2 𝑂)𝑒𝑞
The concentration of water is essentially constant because it is so large compared to the
concentration of the other species present. It may therefore, be omitted from the equilibrium
expression because shifting the equilibrium changes its value insignificantly. The resulting
equilibrium constant is given a symbol Ka, and is called the acid ionization or the acid
dissociation constant:
[𝐻3 𝑂 + ][𝐴− ]
𝐾𝑎 = [𝐻𝐴]
Note that this equilibrium is reached so quickly that the subscript “ eq” may be omitted. We
also define pKa as
pKa = −log10 Ka

93
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

The lower the value of pKa, the larger the value of Ka and the greater the ionization of the acid
in water. For example, at the same concentration, aqueous hydrofluoric acid (pKa 3.2) is
ionized to a greater extend than aqueous ethanoic acid (pKa 4.8)
Calculating the pH of a weak acid
Henderson –Hassel balch equation

 [conjugate base] 
pH = pKa + log10  
 [acid ] 
The pH, pKa and concentration A of a weak acid are also related by the expression:
pH = ½ pKa – ½ log10 A
Its use is straight forward, as shown by the following
Example: suppose that we want to find the pH of a solution of ethanoic acid (pKa 4.8) of
concentration 0.1 mol per dm3. We must substitute the data into the equation above to
obtain:
pH = ½ pka - ½ log 10 A = ½ x 4.8 ) -( ½ log 10 0.1)= 2.9 (1d.p)
Strong bases
The pH of a strong base depends only on its concentration because a strong base is fully
ionized. For example, aqueous NaOH at 1 mol/dm3 has aqueous hydroxide ion concentration
of 1 mol/dm3 i.e OH- = 1 mol/dm3. The aqueous hydrogen ion concentration must equal the
ionic product of water.
Kw = [𝐻3 𝑂+ ][𝑂𝐻 − ] =1 x 10-14 mol²/dm6 at 25°C. Divide both sides of the equation by the
aqueous hydroxide ion concentration.
𝑘𝑤
[𝐻3 𝑂+ ] = = (1 x 10 -14 mol²/dm6) = (1 mol /dm3) = 1 x 10-14 mol/dm3
𝑂𝐻−
Substituting this value into the expression for pH:
pH = -log10 H3O+ = ( - 14.0) = 14.0
this calculation shows that aqueous NaOH at a concentration of 1 mol/dm3 has a pH of 14.
This is the typical upper limit for pH.
Another way of doing pH calculations for bases involves introducing the quantity pOH, which
is defined by analogy with pH as pOH = - log10 [𝑂𝐻 − ]
From the equation on kw above, kw = [𝐻3 𝑂+ ] [𝑂𝐻 − ] taking the negative logarithm of
both sides gives
pKw = pH + pOH
where pKw = -log 10 kw = -log 10 ( 1 x 10-14) = 14.0 (at 25°C)
For a strong base at a concentration of 1mol/dm3, pOH = 0.0
pH = 14.0 - Poh = 14.0 (at 25°C)
Weak bases
A weak base is only partially ionized in aqueous solution. The aqueous hydroxide ion
concentration is smaller in magnitude than the concentration of the base. Just as we have k a,
we also have the base dissociation constant Kb. Consider the general equation
B(aq) + H2O (l) BH+(aq) + OH-(aq)

94
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

[𝐵𝐻 + ][𝑂𝐻 − ]
Kb = [𝐵− ]
where B is any base

The pKb value of a weak base is defined in a similar way to pH, that is
pKb = - log 10 Kb
the lower the value of a weak base is defined in a similar way to pH that is pKb = - log 10 Kb
Note that Ka x Kb = [𝐻3 𝑂+ ][𝑂𝐻 − ] = 1 x 10-14 mol²/dm6 the ionic product of water,
kw
Calculating the pH of a weak base
The method of calculation follows a similar path to the one that uses ka to find the pH of a
weak acid. As an example, we shall calculate the pH value of 0.1 mol/dm3 aqueous ammonia
(Kb = 1.6 x 10-5 mol/dm3)
The chemical equation for the equilibrium is:
NH3(aq) + H2O (l) NH4+(aq) + OH-(aq)
The expression for the base ionization constant is:
[𝑁𝐻4+ ][𝑂𝐻 − ]
Kb= [𝑁𝐻3 ]
Note that for acid- base titration calculations, the equation below may be of help
MA VA = nA
MB VB nB
A and B stand for acid and base respectively
N = number of moles
M = molarity
V = volume
Note: a conjugate acid base pair refers to two species related by the loss or gain of a proton
(H+) e.g H+ and Cl- .

II.9. SOLUTION CHEMISTRY

Solutions are homogeneous (that is everywhere the same) mixtures of substances that
combine to form a single phase, generally the liquid phase.
A solution consist of a solute (e.g. NaCl, NH3, ) dispersed (dissolve) in a solvent. (e.g. H2O or
benzene). The solvent is the component of the solution whose phase remains the same after
mixing. easily in solutions. So,
Solute = substance being dissolved (often solid)
Solvent = substance doing the dissolving (often liquid)
Solution=solvent + dissolved solute.
Solubility and concentration units Solubility of a substance is the maximum amount of that
substance that can be dissolved in a particular solvent at a particular temperature. When this
maximum amount of solute has been added, the solution is said to be saturated.
A solution in which the portion of solute to solvent is small is said to be dilute and one in which
the portion is large is said to be concentrated.. More commonly, however the concentration of

95
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a solution is expressed as a percentage composition. By mass, mole fraction, molarity,molality

or normality.
Percentage composition by Mass.
The percentage composition by mass of a solution is the mass of the solute divided by the
mass of the
Mole Fraction
The mole fraction (x) of a compound is equal to the number of moles of the compound divided
by the total number of moles of all species within the system. The sum of the mole fractions in
a system will always be equal to 1.
Molality(m)
The molality of a solution is the number of moles per kilogram of solvent.

A solution is a homogenous mixture of two or more substances, consisting of

1. The solvent - usually the substance in greater concentration

2. The other component(s) is (are) called the solute(s) - they are said to be dissolved in
the solvent

When a small amount of NaCl is dissolved in a large quantity of water, we refer to the water
as the solvent and the NaCl as the solute.

Molarity

The term concentration is used to indicate the amount of solute dissolved in a given quantity
of solvent or solution.

The most widely used way of quantifying concentration in chemistry is molarity.

The molarity (symbol M) of a solution is defined as the number of moles of solute in a liter
volume of solution:

For example, a 1.0 molar solution (1.0 M) contains 1.00 mol of solute in every liter of solution.

What is the molarity of a solution made by dissolving 20 grams of NaCl in 100 mls of water?

96
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

M solution

If we know the molarity of a solution we can calculate the number of moles of solute in a given
volume. Thus, molarity is a conversion factor between volume of solution and moles of solute:

Calculate the number of moles of CaCl2 in 0.78 liters of a 3.5 M solution:

CaCl2

How many liters of a 2.0 M solution of HNO3 do we need to have 5 moles of HNO3?

Note: we had to invert the stock solution (i.e. convert to liters per mole) to be able to calculate
the needed volume (i.e. to keep the dimensional analysis correct)

Dilution

For convenience, solutions are either purchased or prepared in concentrated stock solutions
which must be diluted prior to use.

When we take a sample of a stock solution we have a certain number of moles of molecules
in that sample. Dilution alters the molarity (i.e. concentration) of the solution but not the total
number of moles of molecules in the solution (in other words, dilution does not create or destroy
molecules).

One of the standard equations for determining the effects of dilution upon a sample is to set
up an equation comparing (concentration)*(volume) before and after dilution. Since
(concentration)*(volume) gives us the total number of moles in the sample, and since this does
not change, this value before and after dilution are equal:

(concentration)*(volume) = (concentration)*(volume)

(moles/liter)*(liter) = (moles/liter)*(liter)

moles = moles

How much of a 5 M stock solution of NaCl will you need to make up 250 mls of a 1.5 M solution?

97
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

X liters = 0.075 liters (or 75 mls)

Thus, we would need 0.075 liters of our 5M NaCl stock solution. The rest of the 0.25 liter
volume is made up by the addition of water:

0.25 liters - 0.075 liters = 0.175 liters

So we would take 0.075 liters of stock 5M NaCl solution and add to that 0.175 liters of water
for a final volume of 0.25 liters with a final concentration of 1.5 moles/liter (i.e. 1.5 M)

What is the concentration of water?

Molecular weight of H2O = 18.0g/mole

Density of H2O = 1g/ml or 1000g/L

Pure water is 55.6M H2O

Solution Stoichiometry

For balanced chemical equations involving solutions we calculate the number of moles by
knowing the concentration (moles/liter, or Molarity) and volume (in liters).

How many moles of water form when 25.0 mls of 0.100 M HNO 3 (nitric acid) solution is
completely neutralized by NaOH (a base)?

1. Let's begin by writing the balanced equation for the reaction:

2. The stoichiometric relationship between HNO3 and H2O is HNO3 H2O, therefore, for one
mole of HNO3 that is completely consumed (i.e. neutralized) in the reaction, one mole of H2O
is produced.

3. How many moles of HNO3 are we starting with?

HNO3

98
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

4. Therefore, we should have 0.0025 moles of H2O produced

II.10. REDOX AND ELECTROCHEMISTRY

Oxidation-Reduction
Oxidation-reduction reactions involve the transfer of electrons between substances. They take
place simultaneously, which makes sense because if one substance loses electrons, another
must gain them.
Electrochemistry: The study of the interchange of chemical and electrical energy.
Oxidation: The loss of electrons. Since electrons are negative, this will appear as an increase
in the charge (e.g., Zn loses two electrons; its charge goes from 0 to +2). Metals are oxidized.
Oxidizing agent (OA) or oxidant: The species that is reduced and thus causes oxidation.
Reduction: The gain of electrons. When an element gains electrons, the charge on the
element appears to decrease, so we say it has a reduction of charge (e.g., Cl gains one
electron and goes from an oxidation number of 0 to -1). Nonmetals are reduced.
Reducing agent (RA) or reductant: The species that is oxidized and thus causes reduction.
Oxidation number: The assigned charge on an atom. You’ve been using these numbers to
balance formulas.
Half-reaction: An equation that shows either oxidation or reduction alone.
Rules for Assigning Oxidation States
A reaction is considered a redox reaction if the oxidation numbers of the elements in the
reaction change in the course of the reaction. The oxidation state of an element is zero,
including all elemental forms of the elements (e.g., N2, P4, S8, O3).
1. The oxidation state of a monatomic ion is the same as its charge.
2. In compounds, fluorine is always assigned an oxidation state of -1.
3. Oxygen is usually assigned an oxidation state of -2 in its covalent compounds.
Exceptions to this rule include peroxides (compounds containing the group), where
each oxygen is assigned an oxidation state of -1, as in hydrogen peroxide (H2O2).
4. Hydrogen is assigned an oxidation state of +1. Metal hydrides are an exception: in
metal hydrides, H has an oxidation state of -1.
5. The sum of the oxidation states must be zero for an electrically neutral compound.
6. For a polyatomic ion, the sum of the oxidation states must equal the charge of the ion.
Voltaic (or Galvanic) Cells
In a voltaic cell (sometimes called a galvanic cell), the transfer of electrons occurs through an
external pathway instead of directly between the two elements.
The anode is the electrode at which oxidation occurs; Reduction takes place at the cathode
.An important component of the voltaic cell is the salt bridge, which is a device used to
maintain electrical neutrality; it may be filled with agar, which contains a neutral salt, or be
replaced with a porous cup.
Standard Reduction Potentials
Each half-cell has a known potential, called its standard reduction potential(Eº). The cell
potential is a measure of the difference between the two electrode potentials, and the potential
at each electrode is calculated as the potential for reduction at the electrode. That’s why they’re
standard reduction potentials, not standard oxidation potentials.
0 0 𝑜
𝐸𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙 = 𝐸𝑐𝑎𝑡ℎ𝑜𝑑𝑒 − 𝐸𝑎𝑛𝑜𝑑𝑒

99
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Remember that the anode is the electrode at which oxidation occurs while the cathode is the
electrode at which reduction takes place.

In an electrochemical cell:
• Oxidation occurs at the anode.
• Reduction occurs at the cathode.
• Electrons move from the negative electrode (anode) to
the positive electrode (cathode) through an external
circuit.
• The electrical circuit is completed in the solution by
movement of ions; anions move from the salt bridge
compartment into the anode compartment, and cations
move from the salt bridge compartment into the cathode
compartment.
• The half-cells can be separated by either a salt bridge or
a porous barrier.

Electrolytic Cells
While voltaic cells harness the energy from redox reactions, electrolytic cells can be used to
drive nonspontaneous redox reactions, which are also called electrolysis reactions.
Examples
1, 0.2964 g of copper was deposited on passage of a current of 0.5 ampere for 30 minutes
through a solution of copper sulphate. Calculate the atomic mass of copper. (1 faraday = 96500
coulomb)
Solution:
Quantity of charge passed
0.5 × 30 × 60 = 900 coulomb
900 coulomb deposit copper = 0.2964 g
96500 coulomb deposit copper = 0.2964/900×96500=31.78 g
Thus, 31.78 is the equivalent mass of copper.
At. mass = Eq. mass × Valency = 31.78 × 2 = 63.56.
2, Consider the reaction,
2Ag+ + Cd → 2Ag + Cd2+
The standard electrode potentials for Ag+ --> Ag and Cd2+ --> Cd couples are 0.80 volt and -
0.40 volt, respectively.
(i) What is the standard potential Eo for this reaction?
(ii) For the electrochemical cell in which this reaction takes place which electrode is negative
electrode?

100
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Solution :
(i) The half reactions are:
2Ag+ + 2e- → 2Ag.
Reduction
Cathode)
EoAg+/Ag =0.80 volt (Reduction potential)
Cd → Cd2+ + 2e-,
Oxidation
(Anode)
EoCd+/Cd = -0.40 volt (Reduction potential)
or EoCd+/Cd2 = +0.40 volt
Eo = EoCd+/Cd2 + EoAg+/Ag = 0.40+0.80 = 1.20 volt
(ii) The negative electrode is always the electrode whose reduction potential has smaller value
or the electrode where oxidation occurs. Thus, Cd electrode is the negative electrode.

II.11. RADIOACTIVITY
Radioactivity is the spontaneous disintegration of an unstable atomic nucleus and the
subsequent emission of radiation
Alpha Decay.
𝛼 decay : Zdaughter = Zparent -2
Adaughter = Aparent -4
The generic alpha decay reaction is then:
𝐴 𝐴−4
𝑍𝑋 → 𝑍−2𝑌 +𝛼
Where 𝛼= 42𝐻𝑒
Beta Decay:
β decay: Zdaughter = Zparent + 1
Adaughter = A parent
The generic beta decay reaction is:
𝐴 𝐴
𝑍𝑋 → 𝑍+1𝑌 + B-
Gamma Decay . γ decay Zparent = Z daughter
Aparent = A daughter
The generic gamma decay reaction is this:
𝐴 𝐴
𝑍𝑋* → 𝑍𝑋 + γ

101
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Where the asterisk on the parent nucleus designates that it is in an unstable, high energy
state.
Radioactive Decay Half- Life (t ½ )
The half life of a radioactive isotope is the time taken for half the number of its atoms
to decay.
 The fraction of original nuclei remaining after n half lives = ( ½ )n
 t = nt1/2 where t is the time after n-half lives
 Exponential Decay

Nt= Noe –λt
 Where No is the number of undecayed nuclei at time t = 0. The
𝑙𝑛2 0.693
decay constant is related to the half – life by λ = 1 = 1
𝑇 𝑇
2 2
Exercises
1. Balance each of the following nuclear equations and indicate the type of nuclear
reaction (-emission, -emission, fission, fusion, or “other”).

a)
239
94 Pu  01n  Sn  ?  301n
130
50 b)
?  36Li  224He

210
84 Po  24He  ? 66
31 Ga  10e  ?
c) d)

U  01n 
235
92
72
30 ?  ?  401n 234
90 Th  ?  234
91 ?
e) f)

U  ?
238
92
234
Th
?
60
29 Cu  Ni  ?
60
28
g) h)
137
2. The isotope 55 Cs undergoes beta emission with a half-life of 30 years.
a. Write a balanced nuclear equation for this reaction.
b. What fraction of Cs-137 remains in a sample of the isotope after 60 years?
c. What mass of Cs will be left in a 24.0 g sample of 137
55 Cs after 90 years?
d. What fraction of Cs-137 has decayed after 120 years?
3. What is the half-life of an isotope that is 75% decayed after 16 days?
4. Explain what makes an isotope radioactive. Why do radioactive isotopes
undergo radioactive decay? How does the energy released by nuclear
reactions compare to that released by ordinary chemical reactions? Why?
5. Write balanced nuclear equations for:
a. positron emission by Sr-83
b. the fusion of two C-12 nuclei to give another nucleus and a neutron.
c. the fission of U-235 to give Ba-140, another nucleus and an excess of two
neutrons.
6. What new element is formed when K-40 decays by -emission? Is the new
element formed likely to be stable? Why or why not?

II.12. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

All organic chemistry is based upon unique properties of the carbon atom.

102
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Carbon, C, hybridization to 3 sp3 orbitals, carbon can now form 4 bonds, may be single,
or in combination of double (sp2) or triple bonds (sp). Carbon forms very strong bonds
with many non-metal atoms, H, O, Cl, N.

I. Hydrocarbons
4 categories: alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, and aromatic compounds

1. Alkanes: carbon atoms are bonded to each other with single bonds. Each C has 4
bonds (sp3 hybrid). Bonds are directed to corners of a tetrahedron (bond
angles of 109.5o). Chains are "zig-zag". The general rule for writing
formulas is 2n+2. Where n represents the number of carbons and 2n+2
equals the number of hydrogens.

methane (1C), ethane (2C's), propane (3C's), butane (4C's), pentane (5C's), hexane
(6C's), heptane (7C's), octane (8C's), nonane(9C's), decane(10C's)

Isomerization- same molecular formula, but different structure. Also creates different
properties for the molecule. The number of possible isomers increases
rapidly as the length of the chain increases.

n-butane 2-methyl propane (iso-butane)

2. Alkenes (unsaturated hydrocarbon, olefin) contains one double bond.

Made by cracking an alkane (heating long-chain alkane in
presence of catalyst). This causes (among other things) a double
bond to form, and the elimination of two H's. General rule: 2n,
creates at least one pi bond. Has sp2 hybridization on the double
bond.

No rotation about the double bond, this leads to the formation of geometric isomers.

cis-2-butene trans-2-butene

103
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

The presence of the double bond makes alkenes more reactive than alkanes. Also can
polymerize.

3. Alkynes contain 1 triple bond. General rule, 2n-2, sp hybridization around the
triple bond.

acetylene 1-butyne
ethyne

The presence of the triple bond makes these very reactive.

4. Aromatic hydrocarbons-all involve the molecule benzene C6H6.

Aromatic compounds are very stable. The double bonds in benzene are delocalized (creates
resonance). Benzene molecules are very carcinogenic.

Hydrocarbon Derivatives

1. Alcohols contain the hydroxide group, OH, substituted for hydrogen. Suffix
is -ol.

methyl alcohol ethyl alcohol propyl alcohol isopropyl alcohol

methanol ethanol propanol 2-propanol

General formula R-OH, where R is an alkyl group. Hydrogen bonding in the -OH group causes
alcohols to have a high boiling point.

2. Ethers -oxygen singly bonded to two carbon atoms.

104
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

dimethyl ether ethyl methyl ether diethyl ether (anesthetic)

General formula R-O-R'

Diethyl ether-anesthetic, good solvent. Vapors highly flammable.
3. Aldehydes have carbonyl group ( ) bonded to at least one hydrogen ato
formaldehyde acetaldehyde
methanal ethanal

General formula:

4. Ketones have a carbonyl on the interior of the chain. Oxidation of an alcohol

with non-terminal -OH. Suffix is an -one ending.

+ O2 + H2O

2-propanone
2-propanol + oxygen acetone + water
dimethyl ketone

General formula:

5. Acids
contain a carboxyl group, ,general form, , suffix
is an -ioc ending.

+ O2 + H2O

acetic acid
ethanol + oxygen + water
(vinegar)

105
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Organic acids ionize by:

+ H+

- -Most are weak acids.

- -As the length of the chain increases, organic acids become less soluble in water and
more soluble in non-polar solvents (remember that the -OH creates high polarity).

6. Esters are produced by a reaction between an acid and an alcohol.

+ + H2O

acetic acid + methanol methyl acetate** + water

- **Note: the alcohol residue comes first, then the acid.

-Most esters have a very pleasant odor.

7. Nitrogen Functional Groups

A. Amines are derivatives of ammonia in which one or more N-H bonds
have been replaced with a N-C bond. The name amine
represents the -NH2 functional group.
Primary amine Secondary amine Tertiary amine

B. Amides have a carbonyl group and an amine (pronounced a-mids). Add

-amide suffix.

C. Amino Acids are organic acids with a amine group directly next to the
carboxyl group.

D. Nitro are a NO2 group. Nitro- prefix.

E. Nitrile a carbon triple bonded to a nitrogen. Add -nitrile suffix.

106
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

General Knowledge
General Knowledge

Regions Headquarter Divisions and

Headquarters
Centre(68 950km2) Yaounde Mfoundi :Yaounde
Nyong et Kelle:Eseka
Nyong et
Mfoumou :Akonolinga
Haute Sanaga:Nanga
Eboko
Lekie:Monatele
Nyong et So’o :
Mbalmayo
Mefou et
Afamba :Mfou
Mefou et Akono :
Ngoumou
Mbam et Kim : Ntui
Mbam et Inoubou :
Bafia
West(13 882km2) Bafoussam Mifi :Bafoussam
Menoua : Dschang
Bamboutos : Mbouda
Nde : Bagangte
Noun :Foumban
Haut-Nkam : Bafang
Koung-Khi :Mbandjoun
Haut-Plateaux :Baham
Extreme North (34 Maroua Diamare :Maroua
263km2) Mayo-Kani : Kaele
Logone et
Chari :Kousseri
107
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Mayo-Sava : Mora
Mayo-Danay :Yagoua
Mayo-Tsanaga:Mokolo
Adamoua(63 701km2) Ngaoundere Djerem: Tibati
Faro et Deo :Tignere
Mbere : Meiganga
Mayo Banyo : Banyo
Vina :Ngaoundere
South-west (25 Buea Manyu : Mamfe
410km2) Ndian : Mundemba
Fako : Limbe
Meme : Kumba
Lebialem : Fontem
Kupe Manenguba:
Bagem
North-west (17 Bamenda Mezam: Bamenda
300km2) Mentchum: Wum
Donga-Mantung:
Nkambe
Bui: Kumbo
Momo: Mbengwi
Ngoketunjia:Ndop
Boyo: Fundong
Littoral(29 653km2) Douala Wouri: Douala
Nkam: Yabassi
Sanaga Maritime:
Edea
Moungo :
Nkongsamba
South(47 191km2) Ebolowa Dja et
Lobo :Sangmelima
Ocean : Kribi
Vallee du Ntem :
Ambam
Mvila : Ebolowa
East(109 002Km2) Bertoua Mboumba et Ngoko:
Yokadouma
Kadey: Batouri
Lom et Djerem :
Bertoua

108
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Haut-Nyong : Abong-
Mbang
North Garoua

A chronology of key events:

500BC - The Carthaginian (present day Tunisia) explorer Hanno visits
Cameroon and sees an eruption on Mt Cameroon, he calls “The Chariot
of the Gods”
200BC - The first inhabitants start centering Cameroon; the Pygmies and
the Bantus
1472 - Portuguese explorers led by Fernando Po sail around River Wouri
and see prawns(njanga), they name the river “Rio dos Camaroes” (River
of prawns)
1520 - Portuguese set up sugar plantations and begin slave trade in
Cameroon.

1700’s – The London Baptist Missionary society creates a colony in

Victoria(Limbe) and start protesting against slave trade

1858 – Victoria is founded by Alfred Saker and named after Queen Victoria
of Britain and Cameroonian kings start requesting British annexation

1884 – Cameroon becomes a German colony and was named Kamerun

1888 – The city of Yaounde is founded by the German explorer Georg

Zenker.

1907 – The first railways, roads, schools and hospitals in Cameroon are
built the German governor Jesko Von Puttkamer

109
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1914 – First world war breaks out in Cameroon

1916 - British and French troops force Germans to leave Cameroon after
world war 1.

1919 - London Declaration divides Cameroon into French (80%) and

British administrative zones (20%). The British zone is divided into
Northern and Southern Cameroons.

1922 - League of Nations confers mandates on Britain and France for their
respective administrative zones.

1924 – The birth of Cameroon’s first president Ahmadou Ahidjo in Garoua

13th February 1933 – Cameroon’s second and present president Paul

Barthelemy Biya bi Mvondo is born in Mvomeka

1939 – Second world war breaks out in the world

1946 - British and French mandates renewed as UN trusteeships.

Independence

1958 - French Cameroon granted self-government with Ahmadou Ahidjo

as prime minister.

1st January 1960 - French Cameroon granted independence and

becomes the Republic of Cameroon with Ahidjo as president.

11th February 1961 - Following a UN-sponsored referendum, the (British)

Southern Cameroons join the Republic of Cameroon to become the
Federal Republic of Cameroon, while Northern Cameroons join Nigeria

20th May 1972 - Cameroon becomes a unitary state following a national

referendum and is renamed the United Republic of Cameroon.

Paul Biya era

1982 – Ahidjo resigns as president and hands over power to Prime

Minister Paul Biya who has a reputation for competence and honesty

1983 – Ahidjo goes into exile after Biya accuses him of masterminding a
coup.

110
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1984 - Cameroon wins its first African cup of Nations in Ivory Coast against
Nigeria

6th April 1984 – Ahidjo masterminds a coup to oust Biya but fails after
three days of fighting in Yaounde

1984 - Biya elected to his first full term as president in an election where
he is the only candidate. He wins 99.98% of votes

21st August 1986 - Discharge of poisonous gases from Lake Nyos kills
about 1,800 people.

30th November 1989 - October - Ahmadou Ahidjo dies in exile and is

buried in Senegal

1990 – The national football team reaches quarter finals in the world cup
in Italy.

1995 – Cameroon is accepted into the Commonwealth of Nations.

1996 - Cameroon and Nigeria agree to UN mediation over Bakassi

Peninsula.

Corruption

1998 - Cameroon classed as the most corrupt country in the world by

business monitor Transparency International

2001 June - Fears for Cameroon's environment increase, with Global

Forest Watch reporting that 80% of the country's indigenous forests have
been allocated for logging.

2001 October - Growing tension between Biya government and

separatists lobbying on behalf of country's 5m English-speakers. Unrest
results in three deaths, several arrests.

2002 October - Ruling by International Court of Justice (ICJ) gives

sovereignty of oil-rich Bakassi peninsula to Cameroon. But Nigeria, whose
forces occupy the area, rejects the ruling.

2003 December - Nigeria hands over 32 villages to Cameroon as part of

the 2002 ICJ border deal. In January 2004 both countries agree to mount
joint border patrols
111
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

2004 November - Paul Biya wins new seven-year term as president.

2006 June - Nigeria agrees to withdraw its troops from the Bakassi
peninsula to settle its long-running border dispute with Cameroon. The
breakthrough comes at a UN-mediated summit.

2006 August - A ceremony marks the transfer of the Bakassi peninsula to

Cameroon after Nigeria completes its troop withdrawal from the area

2007 – A Kenyan airways jet carrying 114 crashes around the rainforest
of Cameroon

2008 February - A nationwide transport strike in protest at fuel costs turns

into a series of anti-government demonstrations in the capital, Yaounde,
leaving at least 17 dead.

2008 April - Parliament amends the constitution to allow President Biya to

run for a third term in 2011. The opposition condemns the move as a
"constitutional coup".

2009 - Pope Benedict XVI visits Cameroon, says peaceful coexistence

between Muslims and Christians in Cameroon should be seen as an
example to other African nations.

2010 – Over 300 people die after a terrible cholera outbreak

2011 January - Cameroon secures Chinese loan to build deep sea port at
Kribi, terminal of an oil pipeline from Chad.

2011 October- Paul Biya wins a landslide re-election as president, officially

taking 78% of the vote. His opponents reject the result, alleging
widespread fraud.

2014 – Cameroon officially declares war on Boko Haram

2017 – Cameroon wins its fifth African cup of Nations in Gabon against
seven time champions Egypt

112
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

 President-------Paul Biya
 Prime Minister and Head of government------Philemon Yang
 Minister of Territorial Administration------Atanga Nji Paul
 Vice Prime Minister Delegate at the Presidency in charge of
Relations with the Assemblies------Amadou Ali
 Minister of Water and Energy-----Eloundou Essomba Gaston
 Minister in charge of Decentralisation and Local Development-----
Elanga Obam George
 Minister of Economy, Planning and Regional Development----
Alamine Ousmane Mey
 -Minister of Secondary Education ---- Nalova Longha Pauline Egbe
 -Minister of Transport – Ngale Bibehe Jean Ernest Massina
 Minister of Forestry and Wildlife – Jules Doert Ndongo
 Minister of Public Service and Administrative Reforms-----Joseph
Lee
 Minister Delegate at the Ministry of Finance-----Yaouba Abdoulaye
 Minister Delegate at the Ministry of External Relations in charge of
Cooperation with the Commonwealth-----Mbayu Felix
 Minister of Finance-----Motaze Louis Paul
 Minister Delegate at the Ministry of Economy, Planning and
Regional Development in charge of Plannification-----Paul Tassong
 Minister in charge of Special Duties at the Presidency-----Sadi
Rene, Dion Ngute Joseph
 Secretary of State at the Ministry of Defence in charge of the
Gendarmerie----Etoga Yves Landry
113
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

 Secretary of State at the Ministry of Public Works in charge of

Roads-----Armand Njoudom
 Assistant Secretary General at the Presidency----Eloung Paul
 Director of Civil Cabinet at the Presidency----Mvondo Ayolo
Samuel
 Assistant Director of Civil Cabinet-----Osvalde Baboke
 Minister of State, Tourism and Leisure------Bello Bouba Maigari
 Minister of State, Minister of Justice and Keeper of the Seals-----
Laurent Esso
 Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development------Henry Eyebe
Ayissi
 Minister Delegate at the Presidency in charge of Defense-------
Joseph Beti Assomo
 Minister Delegate at the Presidency in charge of Supreme State
Control-----Mbah Acha
 Minister of Arts and Culture------Jean Narcisse Mouelle Kombi
 Minister of Commerce----Luc Magloire Mbarga Atangana
 Minister of Communication------Issa Tchiroma Bakary
 Minister of Lands, Survey and State Property------Jacqueline Koum
Abissike
 Minister of Women Affairs and the Family------Abena Ondoa
 Minister of Posts and Telecommunications------Minette Li Libom
Likeng

 Minister of Small and Medium Sized Industries and Social Economies-----

Laurent Serge Etoundi Ngoa
 Minister of Scientific Research and Innovation-----Magdaleine Tchuente
 Minister of External Relations------Lejeune Mbella Mbella

114
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

 Minister of Public Health------Andre Mama Fouda

 Minister of Sports and Physical Education-------Pierre Ismael Bidoung
Mkpatt
 Minister of Public Works------Emmanuel Nganou Djoumessi
 Minister of Labour and Social Security-------Gregoire Owona
 Minister of Youth Affairs and Civic Education-----Mounouna Foutsou
 Minister of Mines, Industries and Technological Development-----Hernest
Ngoua Boubou
 Minister of Basic Education-------Youssouf Adidja Alim
 Minister of Higher Education------Jacques Fame Ndongo
 Minister of Employment and Vocational Training-------Zacharie Perevette
 Minister of Environment, Nature Protection and Sustainable
Development-----Pierre Hele
 Minister of Livestock, Fisheries and Animal Husbandry-------Dr Taiga
 Minister of Social Affairs-------Pauline Irene Nguene Kendeck

Organization Acrony Headquarte Leader Creation Member

m rs Countri
es
United UNO New York, Antonio 24th 193
Nations USA Guterres October
Organization 1945
African Union AU Addis Paul 26 May 55
Ababa, Kagame 2001
Ethiopia
European EU Brussels, Jean 1
Union Belgium Claude Novemb
Juncker er 1993

115
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

National NASA Washingto Jim 29 July

Aeronautics n, USA Bridenstine 1958
and Space
Administratio
n
Northern NATO Brussels, Jens 4 April
Atlantic Belgium Stoltenberg 1949
Treaty
Organization
World Bank WB Washingto Dr. Jim 27
n, USA Yong Kim Decemb
er 1945
Federation FIFA Zurich, Gianni 21st
International Switzerland Infantino May
de Football 1904
Association
Confederatio CAF Cairo, Ahmad 10 56
n of African Egypt Ahmad Februar
Football y 1957
International IOC Lausanne, Thomas 23rd
Olympic Switzerland Bach June
Committee 1894
World Health WHO Geneva, Tedros 7th April
Organization Switzerland Adhanom 1948
Ghebreyes
us
International IMF Washingto Christine 27 189
Monetary n, USA Lagarde Decemb
Fund er 1945
United UNESC Paris, Irina 16 195
Nations O France Bokova Novemb
Educational, er 1945
Scientific and
Cultural
Organisation
United UNICE New York, Anthony Decemb
Nations F USA Lake er 1946
Children’s
Emergency
Fund

116
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Organization OPEC Vienna, Mohamme 1961-62

of Petroleum Austria d Bakindo
Exporting
Countries
Commonwea London, UK Queen 28 April
lth of Nations Elizabeth II 1949
Organisation OIF Paris, Michaelle 20 84
International France Jean March
de la 1970
Francophoni
e
International ICJ The Hague, Ronny 1945
Court of Netherland Abraham
Justice s
Food and FAO Rome, Italy Jose 16th 194
Agricultural Graziano October
Organisation da Silva 1945
International IUPAC Zurich, Zhou 1919
of Pure and Switzerland Qifeng
Applied
Chemistry
International ICRC Geneva, Peter 1863
Committee of Switzerland Maurer
the Red
Cross
Economic CEMAC Bangui Daniel Ona 16 6
and Ondo March
Monetary 1994
Community
of Central
African
States

117
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Country Capital Leader

Algeria Algiers Abdelaziz Bouteflika
Angola Luanda Joao Lourenco
Central African Bangui Faustin-Archange
Republic Touadera
Chad N’Djamena Idriss Deby
Congo Brazzaville Denis Sassou
Nguesso
Democratic Republic Kinshasa Joseph Kabila
of Congo
Egypt Cairo Abdel Fattah el-Sissi
Equatorial Guinea Malabo Teodoro Obiang
Nguema Mbasogo
Ethiopia Addis Ababa Mulatu Teshome
Gabon Libreville Ali Bongo Ondimba
Ghana Accra Nana Akufo Addo
Ivory Coast Yamoussoukro Alassane Ouatarra
Kenya Nairobi Uhuru Kenyatta
Liberia Monrovia George Weah
Morocco Rabat King Mohammed VI
Nigeria Abuja Mohammadu Buhari
Senegal Dakar Macky Sall
South Africa Cape Town Cyril Ramaphosa
Sudan Khartoum Omar al-Bashir
South Sudan Juba Salva Kiir Mayardit
Tunisia Tunis Beji Caid Essebsi
Zambia Lusaka Edgard Lungu
Togo Lome Faure Gnassingbe

China Beijing Xi Jinping

India New Delhi Ram Nath
Kovind(President)

118
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Narendra Modi(PM)
Iran Tehran Hassan Rouhani(PM)
Israel Jerusalem Benjamin
Netanyahu(PM)
Japan Tokyo Shinzo Abe(PM)
North Korea Pyongyang Kim Jong-un
South Korea Seoul Mun Jae-in
Saudi Arabia Riyadh King Salman
Phillipines Manila Rodrigo Duterte
Syria Damascus Bashar al-Assad
Turkey Ankara Recip Tayyip Erdogan

France Paris Emmanuel Macron

Germany Berlin Angela
Merkel(Chancellor)
Greece Athens Alexis Tsipras(PM)
Italy Rome Sergio Mattarella
Spain Madrid King Felipe VI
Mariano Rajoy(PM)
Britain London Queen Elizabeth II
Theresa May(PM)
Russia Moscow Vladimir Putin
Vatican City Vatican City Pope Francis

Canada Ottawa Queen Elizabeth II

Justin Trudeau(PM)
Mexico Mexico City Enrique Pena Nieto
Argentina Buenos Aires Mauricio Macri
Brazil Brasilia Michel Temer
Australia Canberra Queen Elizabeth II
Malcolm Turnbull(PM)
USA Washington DC DONALD JOHN
TRUMP

119
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Company Founder Date Created Head quarter

Google Larry Page and 4th September California, USA
Sergey Brin 1998
Facebook Mack Zuckerberg 4th February California, USA
2004
WhatsApp Jan Koum and 24th February California, USA
Brian Acton 2009
Youtube Chad Hurley, February 2005 California, USA
Steve Chen and
Jawed Karim
Microsoft Bill Gates and Paul 4th April 1975 Washington,
Allen USA
Apple Steve Jobs 11th April 1976 California, USA
Twitter Jack Dorsey, Noah 21st March California, USA
Glass 2006
MTN Phuthuma Nhleko 1994 Johannesburg,
(Chairman) South Africa
Orange Stephane 1988 Paris, France
Richard(Chairman)

120
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

The FIFA world cup is a global sporting event that holds every four years
and brings together the best sport nations around the world.
Year Host Winner
1930 Uruguay Uruguay
1934 Italy Italy
1938 France Italy
1950 Brazil Uruguay
1954 Switzerland Germany
1958 Sweden Brazil
1962 Chile Brazil
1966 England England
1970 Mexico Brazil
1974 Germany Germany
1978 Argentina Argentina
1982 Spain Italy
1986 Mexico Argentina
1990 Italy Germany
1994 USA Brazil
1998 France France
2002 Korea and Japan Brazil
2006 Germany Italy
2010 South Africa Spain
2014 Brazil Germany
2018 Russia
2022 Qatar

Cameroon’s first appearance in the world cup------1982 in Spain

Cameroon’s best performance in the world cup-------Quarter Finals
position in 1990
Cameroon’s success at the African cup of Nations--------5 times (1984,
1988, 2000, 2002, 2017)
Cameroon won gold medal at the Olympic games of Sydney 2000

121
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

21st Edition
RANKING

Rank Institutions Gold Silver Bronze Total

1 INJS 15 4 6 25

2 UY1 11 8 13 32

3 U Douala 9 16 15 40

4 IUG 8 5 6 19

5 UYII 7 10 12 29

6 U Ngaoundéré 7 7 8 22

7 SIANTOU 5 8 10 23

8 U Dschang 5 6 11 22

9 IUC 3 7 6 16

10 ENSTP 2 0 0 2

11 UBa 1 4 10 15

12 UMa 1 1 6 8

13 SUP’TIC 1 0 3 4

14 CUIB 1 0 2 3

15 UB 0 4 5 9

16 IUCSU 0 0 1 1

122
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

16 ex ISTM 0 0 1 1

15 ex UCAC 0 0 0 0

15 ex UdM 0 0 0 0

123
 Past Questions
Past Questions
 7. Calculate the volume created by
the revolution around the axes OX
of D of the plane (OXY) where
1−𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥+𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝐷 = {(𝑥, 𝑦) ∈ 𝑅 2 : 0 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 𝑥, (𝑥 −
1. Calculate lim𝜋 1−𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 2)2 + 𝑦 2 ≤ 4}
𝑥→
2
a) 16 𝜋
a) -1 b) 1 c) indeterminate d)
none 32𝜋
b) 3
1
2. Calculate lim (𝑥 2 + 1)𝑒 𝑥² : c)
20𝜋
𝑥→−∞ 3
1
a) 2 b) +∞ c) none d) 0 d) none

3. Solve the equation : (𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 − The four teachers A, B, C and D proposed

4(𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 + 9𝑙𝑛𝑥 − 2 = log 2 16 two questions each, one for algebra and the
other for analysis to constitute an exam.
a) 1 b) none c) e d) 2.78 The students are to choose randomly any
of these exercises:
4. Solve the following : 32𝑥+3 +
54(3𝑥 ) − 216 = 0 8. Calculate the probability P(a) that a
student chooses two exercises of
a) ln2 b) ln3 c) ln2/ln3 d) none
algebra.
5. Which of the following are solutions
a) P(a)=1/10
of 𝑦 = √𝑥 + 1 + 2√𝑥 − 2 +
b) P(a)=3/14
√𝑥 − 1 − 2√𝑥 − 2 ?
c) P(a)=3/4
a) (x, y) = (2,2) and (x, y) = (3,2)
9. Calculate the probability P(b) that a
b) (x, y) = (2,2) and (x ,y) = (2k+1,2k) student chooses two exercises set
c) (x, y) = (2,2) and (x, y) = (k²+2,2k) by the same teacher:

d) none a) P(b)=1/3
𝜋 b) P(b)=1/4
6. Let 𝐼𝑛 = ∫04 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑥𝑑𝑥 , (𝑛 ∈ 𝑁).
Then c) P(b)=1/7

i) 10. Calculate the probability P(c) that a

student chooses the two exercises
𝑛
a) 𝐼𝑛+2 + 𝐼𝑛 = proposed by teacher A
𝑛+1
1 a) P(c)=1/28
b) 𝐼𝑛+2 + 𝐼𝑛 = 𝑛+1
2
b) P(c)=1/16
c)𝐼𝑛+2 + 𝐼𝑛 = 𝑛+1
c) none
ii) Calculate I8
11. Consider a cubical tank, opened at
𝜋 76 the top, las a side of 900mm. It is
a) 𝐼8 = −
4 105
immobilized on an inclined plane
𝜋 76
b) 𝐼8 = 3 − 105 making an angle 𝛼 with the
1
𝜋 67 horizontal (𝛼 = tan (5)). A and B
c) 𝐼8 = −5 105 are vertices of the tank, as shown
below
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b) 0
c) +∞
d) Does not exist
𝑥² − 𝑦 2 = 12
13. The system {
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑥 − 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔2
has solution (x, y) =
a) (2,4)
a. What is the maximum quantity of b) (6,3)
water that can be contained in this
c) (4,2)
tank?
d) Does not exist
a) 729.0 L
14. The solution (x,y) of the system
b) 583.2 L
𝑥−𝑦 =1
{ 𝑥 is:
c) 656.1 L 2 = 3𝑦
_________________________
b. When the tank, still on the inclined 15. Determine the quadruplet a, b, a’,
plane contains 120 L of water at 𝑥²
b’ such that one has =
rest. How far is the point A from the 𝑥²+1
𝑎𝑥+𝑏 𝑎 ′ 𝑥+𝑏′
free surface of water?
𝑥²+√2𝑥+1
+ 𝑥²− 2𝑥+1 we find:
√
25√26
a) 702
× 103 mm a) (- ½ , 0, ½, 0)
1 1
25√26 b) (0 ,− 2√2 , 0,2√2 )
b) × 103 mm
504
1 1
√26 c) (− 2√2, 0, 2√2, 0)
c) × 103 mm
28
d) Impossible
d) none
16. Determine a primitive of the
c. The tank containing 60 L of water
function f : x → sin 4x :
is now placed on a horizontal
surface. How far is the point B from
the free surface of water?
a) 54 mm
10 3
b) 3 ( 3 ) mm

10 3
c) 2 ( 3 ) mm

d) some other to be précised

12. The limit of the sequence (Un) nϵN
𝑛2 +cos 𝑛
defined by Un=( 3𝑛 +sin 𝑛 ) is:

a) 2/3

126
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) 2,25
b) 2,6 t/m²
c) 1,85
1. Déterminer le moment cinétique
d’un disque animé d’une vitesse de 6. Un homme de masse m=60 kg débout
rotation de 35𝜋rad/mn, de masse dans une pirogue de masse M=200kg
120g et rayon r=10cm : saute sur la rive avec une vitesse initiale
de 5m/s ; la vitesse initiale du
a) 0.21*10-4kgm²rad/s
mouvement de la pirogue est :
b) 2,1*10-3kgm²rad/s
a) 3m/s
c) 0,21kgm²rad/s
b) 1,5m/s
2. Un corps A de masse m=60kg se
c) 15 m/s
déplace d’une distance d=12m sur
un plan incliné d’un angle α=45° 7. Un objet en plombe, de masse 800g est
sur l’horizontale, le travail du poids lâché sans vitesse initiale en un lieu ou
de A sachant que g=10m/s² vaut : g=10m/s² ; après 20m de chute, il écrase
sur un obstacle indéformable. La quantité
a)-5091,17 J
de chaleur dégagée au cours du choc
b) 509,117 J vaut :

c) 5091,17 J a) 160 J

3. Un moteur électrique reçoit une b) 80 J

puissance électrique de 3kW. En 1
c) 80 kJ
heure, il fournit une énergie
mécanique de 7200000 J. La 8. Consider a cubical waterproof tank
puissance mécanique est : whose side is 900mm. It is immobilized
on an inclined plane making an angle 𝛼
a) 3kW 1
with the horizontal (𝛼 = tan (5)). As
b) 2kW indicated in the diagram here below with
c) 7,2kW AB=900mm and A and B represents the
inner coins of the tank.
d) 72kW
4. A quelle profondeur sur une masse d’eau
statique, se trouve un point dont la
pression est 275000 Pa (g=9,807 m/s²) : 8-1. What is the maximum quantity of water
a) 28 m that can be contained in this tank?

b) 32 m a) 729.0 L

c) 34,5 m b) 656.1 L

5. Une pierre de 90N à l’air, immergée c) some other to be précised

dans l’eau, déplace un volume d’eau de 8-2. When the tank, still on the inclined
0,00408 m 3. La densité de cette pierre plane contains 120 L of water at rest, how
est : (g=9,81m/s²) :

127
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

far is the point A with respect to the free

surface of water?
a) 234mm
b) 177mm
c) 206mm
d) Some other information to be
precised
8-3. The tank containing 60 L of water is
now placed on a horizontal surface, how far
is B from the free water surface?
a) 46mm
b) 60mm
c) 74mm
d) none

128
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) Lithium metal is the oxidizing agent.

b) Oxygen gas is the reducing agent.
c) Lithium is oxidized.
1. Un alcène gazeux non ramifié A, a une
d) Oxygen is oxidized.
densité par rapport à l’aire d=1,93.
Quelle est sa masse molaire ? e) Oxygen loses two electrons to
become a -2 ion.
a) 56g/mol
5. Which compound is INCORRECTLY
b) 55g/mol matched to the functional group that it
contains?
c) 19,3g/mol
a) CH3COOH hydroxyl
2. La pression en pascals à une
profondeur de 9m dans un fluide b) CH3OH Hydroxyl
statique (du pétrole de densité c) CH3CH2NH2 Amine
0,750)(g=9,80m/s²) est :
d) CCl3COOH carboxylic acid
a) 54000 Pa
e) C6H5COOH carboxylic acid
b) 66200 Pa
6. . For the reaction: 2A + B → 3C + D
c) 92000 Pa Which of the following does not
3. Which of the following half-cell express the reaction rate?
reactions describes what is happening
at the anode in the diagram a)

b)

c)

d)
7. . Rate of a reaction can be expressed
by Arrhenius equation as:
k = Ae–E/RT
In this equation, E represents
a) the energy below which colliding
a) Zn Zn2+ + 2e- molecules will not react.
b) H2 2H+ + 2e- b) the total energy of the reacting
molecules at a temperature, T.
c) 2Cl- Cl2 + 2e-
c) the fraction of molecules with
d) SO4- S + 2O2 + 6e- energy greater than the activation
energy
e) 2H+ + 2e- H2
d) the energy above which all the
4. Given the following chemical reaction colliding molecules will react
for the formation of lithium oxide, which
of the following statements is true? 8. Which of these does not influence the
rate of reaction?
4Li(s) + O2(g) 2Li2O(s)
a) Nature of the reactants

129
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b) Concentration of the reactants

c) Temperature of the reaction 14) Which salt dissolved in water will give
d) Molecularity of the reaction the highest pH?
9. By what factors does the average a) NaCl b) NaF c) NaNO3 d)
velocity of a gaseous molecule increase NaSO4 e) none
when the temperature (in Kelvin)
is doubled? 15 ).
A) 1.4 Which species, in the above equilibrium,
behave as bases?
B) 2.0
a) HPO42–
C) 2.8
b) H2PO4–
D) 4.0
c) H2O
10) Which of the following events
is least likely to occur with an I only
increase in temperature for the
I and II
reaction given? (With H = -45.9
kJ/mol.) II and III
a) The gas particles will move I and III
more quickly
b) The reaction will produce more III only
ammonia in a shorter time
c) The reaction will reverse and
ammonia will decompose
d) The entropy of the system will
increase
e) The equilibrium constant will
become smaller
11) In which pair of formulas are both
species polar?
(A) CO2 and H2O (B) BF3 and
PCl3(C) SO2 and SCl2(D) CS2 and NO2
12) What is the shape of the ClF3molecule?
(A) trigonal planar(B) trigonal
pyramidal(C) T-shaped(D) tetrahedral
13). Which of the following compounds has
a net dipole moment?
A) CCl4 B) CH4

C) NH3 D) CH2CH2
E) O2

130
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

7. Which of the following is equivalent to

sinh-1 x ?

a) ln( x + √𝑥 2 + 1 )
𝑥 𝑛 −𝑎𝑛
1. Calculate lim , 𝑎𝜖 𝐼𝑅 , 1˂𝑝˂𝑛
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥 𝑝 −𝑎𝑝 b) ln( x - √𝑥 2 + 1 )

c) ln( 2x + √𝑥 2 + 1 )
2. Determine the nature of the curve of
cartesian equation 8. Which of the following is equivalent to
cosh-1 x ?
𝑥2 𝑦2
- =1
𝑎2 𝑏2 a) ln( x + √𝑥 2 + 1 )
a) ellipse
b) ln( x - √𝑥 2 − 1 )
b) hyperbola
c) ln( x + √𝑥 2 − 1 )
c) parabola
9. Calculate I = ∫ (lnx)3 dx
𝑥 2 +3𝑥𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥
3. Calculate lim
𝑥→0 2𝑥𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥+𝑥 2 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 a) x [ (lnx)3 – 3(lnx)2 – 6xlnx + 6 ] +
a) 3/2 c

b) 4/3 b) x [ (lnx)3 – 3(lnx)2 + 6xlnx – 6 ] +

c
c) 3/4
c) x [ (lnx)3 – 3(lnx)2 – 6xlnx – 6 ] + c
3
4. In IR , we consider the affine planes P:
x-y+z+2=0 ; P’: x+y-z-5=0, we have 10. Calculate the area generated by
rotating about the x-axis the parabola
a) P//P’ y2 = 8x between the line x=0 and x=2
b) P perpendicular to P’ a) A = 19.5π
c) none b) A = 19.8π
5. Simplify ∫cos6xcos4xdx c) A = 29.5π
𝑠𝑖𝑛10𝑥 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑥
a) + +𝑐 11. Calculate between θ=0 and θ=π area
20 4
generated by a curve 𝑥 = 𝑎(1 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃),
𝑠𝑖𝑛10𝑥 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑥
b) − +c 𝑦 = 𝑎(1 – 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃) when it is rotated
20 4
completely about the x- axis
𝑠𝑖𝑛10𝑥 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑥
c) – + +c
20 4 a) A = 2𝑎2 𝜋²
6. Simplify I = ∫ cos5xdx, x ϵ IR b) A = 2𝑎2 𝜋
1 4 8
a) 5
cos4 x sinx + 15
cos2x sinx + 15
c) none
sinx + c
12. Calculate the area generated by the
b)
1 4
cos x sinx -
4 2
cos x sinx +
8 curve y = 3t2 , x = 3t² – 2 when
5 15 15 completely rotated about the x-axis
sinx + c from x=0 to x=3
1 4 8
c) 5
cos4 x sinx + 15
cos2 x sinx - 15 a) A = 20√2𝜋
sinx + c

131
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b) A = 21√2𝜋 2 girls and a boy must be in the group

is:
c) A = 22√2𝜋
Answer____________________________
13. lim ( x + 1 + √𝑥 2 + x – 2 ) = L when __________
x→ -∞
20. In how many ways can the group be
a) L = 1/2 formed if all are equally eligible?
b) L = 0 Answer____________________________
__________
c) L = 3/2
𝑛!
14. Given the sequence Pn =𝑛6 ,
𝑃𝑛
comparing 𝑃𝑛+1 and 2
𝑃𝑛
a) ≥2
𝑃𝑛+1
𝑃𝑛
b) ≤2
𝑃𝑛+1

c) none
15. The probability that event A occurs is
0.4. The experience is repeated 10
times, what is the probability that it
occurs 2 times?
a) 0.21
b) 0.24
c) 0.51
𝜋
16. Evaluate ∫0 𝑠𝑖𝑛3𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠7𝑥𝑑𝑥

Answer____________________________
____________
17. The area bounded by the line y=2x+6,
the x-axis and the lines x=-7 and x=10
is:
Answer____________________________
__________

18. Calculate lim (√9𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1 + 3𝑥)

𝑥→−∞

Answer____________________________
__________
19. A group of 5 people is to be selected
from 8 boys and 10 girls. The number
of ways of forming the group if at least

132
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c) 1.8m
d) 2.4m
6. A ray of light moves in the air and
1. A close vessel contains air at reach an air diamant dioptre
atmospheric pressure and a (refractive index of diamond
temperature of 27oC. When the 2.4).The angle of incidence is
vessel is heated to 127oC, the 30°.How much is the angle of
pressure becomes refraction?
a) 4 atm a) 0°
1
b) 33 atm b)12°
1 c)33°
c) 13 atm
d) none d)72°
2. What is the power lost if 10 kilowatts 7. One of the two sides of a lens is
at 200 V is supply with a cable of plane; the other is spherical and
total resistance 0.5Ω convex. The refractive index of
glass is 1.5 and the radius of the
a) 1300W
convex side is 1m. How much is the
b) 1250W focal distance?
c) 1450W a) 0.5m
d) none b) 1m
3. How long will a train take to attain a
c) 1.5m
velocity of 18 km/h if it decelerates
from 75km/h with a uniform d) 2m
acceleration of −2𝑚/𝑠²?
8. If the refraction index of the
a) 7.2s environment is higher than the one
b) 7.3s inside the lens, a convex lens
becomes divergent.
c) 7.4s
a) true b) wrong
d) 7.9s
4. A converging lens of focal length
50cm is placed 80cm from an
object. How far is the image from
the lens?
a) 75cm
b) 133cm
c) 175cm
d) 80cm
5. A telescope has two converging
lenses (f=1.5m and 0.3m).How long
is it ?
a) 1.2m
b) 1.5m

133
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c) Zn2+

D) Cu2+

1. What volume of the acid H3PO4 of 6. The state of hybridization of the

0.200 M will react completely with central atom and the number of
50.00ml of NaOH of 0.200M ? lone pairs over the central atom in
POCl3 are
a) 16.67 ml
a) sp, 0
b) 1.67 ml
b) sp2, 0
c) 1.76x10-2 l
c) sp3, 0
d) 1.66x 10-2 l
d) dsp2, 1
2. The oxidation number of bromine in
BrO3 and Br are ? 7. Trinitrotoluene is a very high
explosive having a molecular mass
a) +3 and -1
of 227 g/mol. What is the
b) +4 and 0 percentage of nitrogen in TNT?
a) 18.50%
c) +5 and -1 b) 6.17%
d) +4 and -1 c) 71.60%
d) 85.10%
3. How many moles of water are in e) None of the above
28.7, 5g of ZnSO4.7H2O (Zn=65.4 8. If 1.50 g of H2C2O4.2H2O were
, S=32.0 , O=16.0 , H=1.0)? heated to drive off the water of
hydration, how much anhydrous
a) 0.5
H2C2O4 would remain?
b) 0.70 a) 0.34 g
b) 0.92 g
c) 0.69 c) 1.07 g
d) 0.65 d) 1.50 g
9. Ammonia is produced in
4. A close vessel contains air at accordance with this equation.
atmospheric pressure and a
temperature of 27oC. When the N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g)
vessel is heated to 127oC, the In a particular experiment, 0.25 mol of
pressure becomes NH3isformedwhen 0.5 mol of N2 is reacted
a) 4 atm with 0.5 mol of H2. What is the percentage
yield?
1
b) 33 atm
a) 75%
1
c) 13 atm b) 50%

5. Mg2+ is isoelectronic with c) 33%

a) Ca2+ d) 25%
10. What is the hydroxide
b) Na+
concentration in a solution which

134
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

results from pouring 100mL of 14. THE lattice energy of rubidium

0.010 M HCl together with 200mL chloride is -674kj mol-1 and the
of 0.030M Ca(OH)2(aq) solution? enthalpy of solution is +19kj
Assume that the liquid volumes are mol-1 .compute the hydration
additive. enthalpy. A.-655KJ MOL-1
B.+655KJ MOL-1 C.-693KJ MOL-
a) 0.020 M 1
D.+693KJ MOL-1 E. NONE OF
b) 0.0183 M THE ABOVE
15. Will Rubidium chloride dissolve
c) 0.0367 M in water endothermically or
d) 0.060 M exothermicaly. explain your
reasoning. Hints, compare the
e) 0.030 M enthalpy of hydration and lattice
enthalpy, then decide.
11. The Nano scale dispersal of energy
16. All of the following are correct
is termed.
statements concerning entropy
a). heat EXCEPT:

b). energy a) All spontaneous processes tend

towards an increase in entropy
c). matter
b) The more highly ordered the
d). enthalpy. system, the higher the entropy
e). entropy c) The entropy of a pure crystalline
12. A perfect crystal at 0 Kelvin is said solid at OK is O
to have . d) The change in entropy of an
a) P.E=O equilibrium process is 0

b) K.E=0 17. According to the Hess law, the

enthalpy change in a chemical
c). P.E = maximum reaction:
d). entropy =0 a) Cannot be determined as an
absolute value
e). K.E =0
b) Is the sum of the enthalpies of
13. Given that the bond enthalpy of
formation of the reactant
atomization of methane is
+1662kjmol-1. The ∆Hθ of (𝐂 − 𝐇) c) Is the sum of the enthalpies of
OF METHANE IS. formation of the products
a). +415.5KJMOL-1 d) Depends just on the amount and
nature of the reactant and products
b). -831KJ MOL-1
E. none of the above
c).+831KJ MOL-1
d).-415KJ MOL-1
e).+1662KJ MOL-1

135
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

7. The derivative of the function

y=arctan(ax2) is
2𝑎𝑥
a) y’=1+𝑎2 𝑡𝑔 𝑎𝑥 2
1 1
1. Consider the series Sn=1∗2∗3 + 2∗3∗4
+ ⋯+
2𝑎𝑥
1
.The limit of Sn when n→+∞ is: b) y’=1+𝑎2 𝑥4
𝑛(𝑛+1)(𝑛+2)

1 1 c) none
a) 2 b) 4 c) 1 d) none
𝑡
8. Calculate l=lim√𝑡 2 when t→ 0
1
1
2. The differential equation y’=𝑥 2 𝑒 𝑥 has
a) l=1
solution
1
b) l=√2
1 1 1
a) y=𝑥𝑒 + 𝑐 𝑥 b) y=𝑥 𝑒 𝑥 +𝑐 c) y=−𝑒 + 𝑥
c) l=0
𝑐
log(𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥)
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥𝑑𝑥 9. Calculate l=lim
3. Calculate I=∫ ∛𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝑥→0 (𝜋−2𝑥)2

1
3 a)l = 8
a) I = 3√𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑥 + c

b) I = 3 3√𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 + c b) l = 0

3 c) l = −∞
c) I = 3 √𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + c (where C is a constant)
10. The number of terms in the series
√1+𝑙𝑛𝑥𝑑𝑥
4. Calculate I =∫
𝑥
∑𝑛𝑟=−2(𝑟 2 + 13𝑟) is:
2 a) n+1 b) n+3 c)n-2
a)I = 3 √(1 + 𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 + 𝑐
1
2 11. 𝐹(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 (𝑥3 +1) =
b)I = 3 √(1 − 𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 + 𝑐
1 1 𝑥+2
2 a) F(x) = 𝑥 3 - 3(𝑥+1) + 3(𝑥2 −𝑥+1)
c)I = - 3
√(1 + 𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 𝑐 (where C is a
constant) 1 1 𝑥−2
b) F(x) = 𝑥 3 − 3(𝑥+1)
+ 3(𝑥2 −𝑥+1)
5. The sum of three integers is 19, their
1 1 𝑥−2
product is 140 and the difference between c) F(x) = 𝑥 3 + 3(𝑥+1) + 3(𝑥 2 −𝑥+1)
the largest and the smallest is 8. Find the
integers. 1 2
12. Given M=( ) a real-coefficient matrix.
3 4
a) 4,5 and 7 b) 5,5 and 9 c) 2,7 and 10 M2 is equivalent to:
d) 2,4 and 10
a) 2M+5I
𝜋
𝑡𝑔𝑥
6. Calculate J=∫0 𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4
b) 5M+2I
𝜋
a) J = 4 c) 3M+2I
1
𝜋 𝑥2
b) J = 1- 4 13. Simplify I=∫ 𝑥 3 +1 𝑑𝑥
1 2 3
c) J = 2 a) none b) 3 arctan(𝑥 3 )+k c) 2 ln(𝑥 3 +
1)+k

136
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1 𝑥−1 1+𝑡²
14. If f(x)=2 √ , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛: b) 1−𝑡²
𝑥
2𝑡
a) Df = ]-∞, 0] ∪]1, +∞[ c) 1+𝑡²
2𝑡
b)Df = ] − ∞, 1] d)
1−𝑡²
c)Df = ]0,1] 21. The area bounded by the curves y=x and
d)Df = ]−∞, 0[∪ [1, +∞[ y=x² in the first quadrant is:
1
15. ∀𝑥 ≠ 𝑘𝜋, 𝑓(𝑥) = 1 + 𝑐𝑜𝑡²𝑥 has a primitive a) 5
F, given by :
1
b) − 6
a) F(x)=-2cotg(x)
1
b) F(x)=cotg(x) c) 6

c) F(x)=-cotg(x) 5
d) 6
d) F(x)=-tg(x) ln(𝑥 2 −3𝑥+7)
22. lim 𝑥
𝑙𝑜𝑔(𝑥+1) 𝑥→+∞
16. The domain of the function 𝑓(𝑥) = (𝑥−2)²
:
a) 0+
a) Df=]−1, +∞[
b) 0-
b) Df= ] − 1,2[𝑈]2, +∞[
c) -∞
c) Df =]2,+∞[
d) + ∞
d) Df=[1,+∞[
1 1
23. Given the matrix A=( ), calculate the
17. How many even multiples of 12 are there 0 0
between 5 and 700 exclusive matrix An(n be a whole number greater
than or equal to 2)
Answer___________________________
𝑛 1
1 2
a) An=( )
18. Given: Zn+1=3 𝑍𝑛 + 𝑖 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛 ≥ 0, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁, 0 1
3
Zo=1 1 𝑛
b) An= ( )
Calculate Un in terms of n and i, given that 0 1
Un=Zn-i 1 1
c)An= ( )
0 0
a) Un=(1-2i)(1/3)n
24. The area of a square whose side is the
b)Un=(2-i)(1/3)n diagonal of the rectangle of sides 12 and
c) Un=(1-i)(1/3)n 5.

19. One primitive of 1/(u²+1) is a)13 b)169 c) none d) 119

𝑥+3
a) tanu b) cotu c) arcosu d) arctanu 25. Evaluate I=∫ 2𝑥−4 𝑑𝑥

20. If tan (x/2) = t, calculate tan x as a function 1 5 1 5

a) 2
𝑥 − 2 𝑙𝑛|𝑥 − 2| +k b) 2
𝑥 + 2 𝑙𝑛|𝑥 −
of t:
2|+k c) 3𝑙𝑛|2𝑥 − 4|+k
1−𝑡²
a) 1+𝑡² 26. Let f be a continuous function on R and c∈
𝑅, then ∀𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑅:

137
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑏 1 𝑏𝑐+𝑑 35. Find the area A enclosed between the

a) ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑐𝑥 + 𝑑)𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎𝑐+𝑑 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡
𝑐
curve y=25-x² and the straight line y=x+13
𝑏 1 𝑏𝑐 (units in cm.)
b)∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑐𝑥 + 𝑑)𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎𝑐 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡
𝑐
𝑏 1 𝑎𝑏−𝑑
a) 57,2cm²
c)∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑐𝑥 + 𝑑)𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎𝑐−𝑑 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡
𝑐
b) 54,8cm²
1
27. Calculate L= lim (1 + )𝑥 c) 57,8cm²
𝑥→+∞ 𝑥

a) L = 1 d) 57,5cm²
b) L = e e) 57,3cm²
c) L = 0
28. How many 5 digit even numbers can be
formed from 2,3,4,6,8 and 9 with repetition
a) 480 b) 5184 c) 120
29. The probability of selecting a jack of hearts
or a spade from a pack of 52 well
schuffled cards is
1 1 7
a) b) c)
208 5 26

30. Solve the inequality √𝑥² − 1 < 𝑥

a) ℝ b) x≥ 1 c) ℝ+ d) none
31. There is a total of 40 rabbits and chicks in
a farm all having a total of 104 legs. How
many rabbits and chicks are there in the
farm?
Answer____________________________
__

32. Calculate lim (√𝑥² + 1 − 𝑥):

𝑥→+∞

a)+ ∞
b)- ∞
c) 0
33. Find the asymptotes of the curve of
equation 𝑦 = 𝑥𝑒 −𝑥
𝑥
34. The derivative of 𝑓(𝑥) = ln |𝑥+1|, on its
domain of definition:
1 1 𝑥(𝑥−1)
𝑎) |𝑥+1| 𝑏) 𝑥|𝑥+1| 𝑐) (𝑥+1)²

138
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

d) more information is needed

7.
8.
1. We pass between A and B an a.c. current
of frequency 50Hz, such that the effective
voltage between A and B is of 120V.
Knowing that L=0.25H, R=500Ω and
C=4𝜇𝐹
1-1. Calculate the impedance of this circuit:
a) 975Ω
b) 875Ω
c) 775Ω
d) 675Ω
1-2. Calculate the quality factor of this 9.
circuit:
a) 0,3
b) 0,85
c) 1
d) 0,8
2. A ray of light has an incidence of 60° on
an air-glass surface. What is the angle of
refraction in the glass? (the refraction index
of the glass is n=1.5)
a) 𝜃 = 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑠𝑖𝑛√3
1
b) 𝜃 = 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑐𝑜𝑠√
2
1
c) 𝜃 = 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑠𝑖𝑛√3
3. A radioactive substance has half-life 20
hours. Its initial number of atoms is 6.1020.
How many atoms will have disappeared
after 60 hours?
a) 7,5.1019
b) 5,25.1020
c) 4,25.1020
d) 5,25.1019
4. If a stone is throne vertically upwards,
the speed at highest point is:
a) v= 2ms-1
b) more information is needed
c) v= 0ms-1
d) v= 9.8ms-2
5. Two resistors in series have the same…
a) current
b) voltage
c) resistance
d) more information is needed
6. Two resistors in parallel have the same?
a) current
b) voltage
c) resistance

139
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a)0.2mol
b)0.4mol
c)1.6mol
1. Which is the pH of pure water with 50°C
(the ionic product of water at this d)1.9mol
temperature is 5,5.10-14)
2. the following fusion reaction 21H +21H ------- 6. The pH of rainwater is
>X + 11P…..releases an energy of a)1.5 and 3.5
4.03Mev.Which is the nuclide?
b)7 and 8
a)1 1 H
c)5.5 and 6.5
b)4 2 He
7. What is the value of the pH of an aqueous
c)3 2 He solution at 25°C, whose concentration of
d)3 1H OH ions is 4.3 x 10-5 mol/l ?

3. 20ml of a sulphuric acid solution a)4.36

(M=0.1mol.l-1) exactly react with 25ml of a b)9.64
soda solution.
4. c) 14
4-1)a)Which quantity of sulphuric acid has
8. 100cm3 of dry air at a pressure of 1atm
been used ?
and temperature 27℃ is compressed to 5
a)0.002mol atmospheres and heated to 77℃. The new
volume is
b)0.02
300
a) cm3
c)2mol 7
700
d)5mol b) 3
cm3

4-1)b) Balance the reaction: 125

c)7
cm3
H2 SO4 + 2NAOH-----------> NA2 SO4 +2H2O 70
d) 3 cm3
4-1) c) which is the concentration of soda ?
a)0.05mol.L-1
9. When 4.0g of methanol were completely
b)0.08
burnt in oxygen, the heat produced raised
c)0.1mol.L-1 the temperature of 300g of water by 40oC.
Assuming there was no heat loss the heat
d)0.16mol.L-1 of combustion of methane is
5. the following reaction a) -403.2KJ
4HCL + O2----------> b) -12600KJ
2CL2 + 2H2O
c) +403.2KJ
|5.1) USE THE MOLES OF HCL and two
moles of O2.Which quantity of O2 remains at d) +12600KJ
the equilibrium, if the quantity of CL2 is
e) 201KJ
0.2MOL?

140
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

10. How many Na+ are present in 25cm3 of 1.00cal/g/o C the quantity of energy
0.05M sodium carbonate? evolved in the process will be
a) 1.51x1021 a) -3.5x102cal
b) 7.53x 1020 b) -5.9x103cal
c) 1.51x1021 c) -7.0x102cal
d) 7.53x1021 d) +14x102cal
e) None e)+7.0x102cal
11. Carbon tetrachloride does not hydrolyze in 15. At 0C the ionic product of water Kw is
water because 1.2x10-15. What is the pH of water at
0C?
a) Carbon cannot expand its octet
a) 6088
b) the inert pair effect
b) 7.46
c) carbon is a non-metal
c) 7.00
d) carbon lacks a d orbital
d) 7.56
e) carbon does not like water
e) 5
12. When CL is bubbled through a hot alkaline
solution the main products are : 16. Which of the following statements is
correct
a) Cl-(aq), H2O
a) the enthalpy of combustion of a
b) ClO-,H2O
substance is positive
c) Cl-,H2O
b) enthalpy of is always positive
d) Cl-, ClO3-, H2O
c) the enthalpy of neutralization between
e)None weak acid / weak base is always more
exothermic than that between a strong acid
13. Haemoglobin contains 3.33% by mass of and a strong base
iron. There are 2 atoms in one molecule of
haemoglobin. What is the RMM of Hb? d) the enthalpy change of a reaction
between HCl and NaOH is about -
a)112g 113KJ/mol
b) 36.9g e) none of the above
c) 102g 17. The different enantiomers of a racemic
d)56.2g can be separated by a method known as

e) 339.4g a) resolvation

14. If 0.10mol of NH4Cl is what produces a b) differentiation

200g solution, the water’s temperature c) distillation
decreases from 25o to 18o C. given the
specific heat of the resulting solution is d) crystal method
e) resolution

141
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

18. Predict the bond angle of NO2:

a) 180o
b)120o
c) 107o
d) 104.5
19. Concerning hydrolysis of an ester, which
of the characteristics that follow
concerning the reaction are correct
a) Rapid
b) Limited
c) Equimolar
d)Athermic

142
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

(where n is an integer greater than 1), the

intensity of the sound measured after the
crossing of 𝑛 sound insulating plates, taking
into account that each insulating plate
Question 1: If 𝑈 = 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑥 + 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑦 absorbs 10% of the intensity of the sound
x+y
and = 1−xy , determine the functional received.
relationship between U and V. 6-1) Determine a relationship between 𝑢𝑛
Answer _________________________ and 𝑢𝑛+1 .
𝑎
Question 2: Evaluate ∫0 𝑥 4 √𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 Answer _____________________
𝑎∈ℝ 6-2) Express 𝑢𝑛 as a function of 𝑢𝑜 and 𝑛.
Answer _________________________ Answer _____________________

Question 3: Calculate the modulus and 6-3) Determine the value of n from which
argument of the complex 𝑧 = −1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎 − the intensity of the sound will be less than
𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎, where a is a real number in the 1dB.
interval ] − 𝜋; 𝜋[
Answer _____________________
Answer _________________________
Question 7: Calculate lim (2𝑥 + 3𝑥 −
𝜋 𝑥→1
𝜋𝑥
Question 4: Let 𝐼𝑛 = ∫04 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 , 𝑛 ∈ 5)tan 2
ℕ. Find a relationship between 𝐼𝑛 et 𝐼𝑛−2
Answer _____________________
Answer _________________________
Question 8: The probability of occurrence
Question 5: In the space reported in the of an event is 0.4. A test of A is carried out
orthogonal land mark (𝑂 ; 𝑖 ; 𝑗 ; 𝑘), we 10 times. What is the probability that A
consider the straight line (𝐷) defined as the occurs twice?
intersection of the 2 following planes : 𝑥 +
Answer _____________________
𝑧 = 2 and 𝑥 + 𝑦 – 𝑧 = 0
Question 9: In an orthonormal plane
5-1) Determine the directing vector 𝒖 of the
𝑃 (𝑂 ; 𝑖 ; 𝑗), the set of points 𝑀(𝑥 ; 𝑦) is
straight line (D).
t t²
defined by 𝑥 = 1+t
and 𝑦 = 1+t
describe
Answer ________________________
the curve 𝛤, t describes ℝ ∖ {−1}.
5-2) Determine the coordinates of a point A
9-1) Find the equation of the tangent and
belonging to (D) which has 0 as the x-
normal at the point 𝑡 = 1.
coordinate.
Answer ________________________ Answer _____________________

5-3) Deduce a parametric formulation of the 9-2) Find the cartesian equation of 𝛤. (Put
c
straight line (D). into the form 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 + x−1).

Answer ________________________ Question 10: Calculate the integral I =

π

Question 6:The sound unit used in this ∫02 sin4 θ cos2 θ dθ

exercise is the decibel (symbol dB). A
sound emitter emits a sound of intensity
100 decibels (𝑢𝑜 = 100). We call 𝑢𝑛

143
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Answer Answer____________________________
__________________________________ _______________________
_________________
Question 15: The probability of
π π
cos( +h)−cos
2 2 occurrence of an event A is 0,4. The event
Question 11: Calculate lim
h→0 h is carried 3 times. What is the probability
that A occurs 3 times?
Answer____________________________
_______________________ Answer
__________________________________
Question 12: Solve for x the equation :
_________________
f(x) = cos x − cos 3x − 2 cos 2x = 0
Question 16: A one-day summit has 6
Answer
heads of states as speakers. In how many
__________________________________
ways may two of them speak ?
_________________
Answer
Question 13: The space is reported of the
__________________________________
orthogonal land mark (O, i, j, k). Let t be a
_________________
real number. We give the point A(−1, 2, 3)
and the straight line (D) defined by the Question 17: Given (Zn ) ∈ ℕ, a series of
following parametric system of equations complex numbers defined by : Z0 = 1 for all
1
x = 9 + 4t n ∈ ℕ, Zn+1 = (Zn + i). Mn is associated to
2
(D): { y = 6 + t two real numeric series (X n ) and (Yn ) for all
z = 2 + 2t n ∈ ℕ, Zn = X n + iYn : express X n+1 and Yn+1
13-1) Given a cartesian equation of the in function of X n and Yn
plane (P) which is perpendicular to the Answer____________________________
straight line (D) and passing through A _______________________
Answer____________________________ 1 dx
Question 18: Let In = ∫0 (1+x2 )n
where n ∈
_______________________
∗
ℕ . Find the relation between In and In+1 .
13-2) Calculate the distance dB between
the point B(1,1, −1) and the plan P Answer
__________________________________
Answer____________________________ _________________
_______________________
Question 19: Find the asymptotes of the
13-3) Express the distance, d from A to the 1
curve of equation y = x2 +1
projection of B on the plane P in terms of
dB and the distance AB Answer
Answer____________________________ __________________________________
_______________________ _________________
1+x x
13-4) Deduce the exact value of d Question 20: Calculate lim (1+2x)
x→+∞
Answer____________________________
Answer
_______________________
__________________________________
Question 14: Solve the following _________________
differential equation, (E): y ′′ − 6y ′ + 9y =
0.

144
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 21: The coordinates with Question 28: The Euler expression of the
respect to time t, of a mobile particle in the complex number 1 is given by:
x = 2t 2 − 4t + 1
space are given by : { y = −2t 4 .Find Answer__________________________
2
z = 3t Question 29: Solve in ℝ. tan2(2) +
𝑥
the velocity of the particle.
𝑥
(1 − √3) tan (2) − √3 = 0 :
4t − 4 4
a) Ve ( −8t 3 ) b) Ve (−64)
Answer__________________________
6t 12
−4 4
Question 30: Find the relationship
c) Ve ( 64 ) d) Ve (64) 𝑧+1
12 12 between 𝑥 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 given that | | =2 and 𝑧 =
𝑧−1

Answer 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦.
__________________________________ Answer__________________________
_________________
Question 31: On the 01/01/2009, a new
Question 22: Find the solutions of the employee in an enterprise is offered two
equation: x²-8x+12=32 possible evolutions of his salary: for the first
a) 2 and 6 b) 10 and -3 c) possibility A, there is an increase of
none d) -2 and 10 1300Frs every year on the 1st of January; in
the second B, there is an increase of 1.5%
Question 23: In which number system do every year on the 1st of January. His initial
we have the equality: (132)² = 21054 salary during the year 2009 is 78000Frs.
We note 𝑈𝑛 (respectively 𝑉𝑛 ) the annual
a) 3 b)5
salary according to possibility
c)7 d)9
A(respectively B) during the year.
Question 24: In the three dimensional 31-1) Give the nature of the sequence 𝑈𝑛
space, with orthogonal reference (𝑂, 𝑖, 𝑗, 𝑘). and precise its characteristics.
Consider the line D of parametric
representation (1 + 𝜆, 5 − 2𝜆, −𝜆), 𝜆 є Answer__________________________
ℝ and the plane P of equation 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑧 =
31-2) Give the nature of the sequence 𝑉𝑛
0. Find the intersection of D and P.
and precise its characteristics.
a) (2,3,-1) b) (4,-1,-3) c) (3,1,-2)
Answer__________________________
d) (1,5,0)
31-3) Express 𝑈𝑛 as a function of 𝑛.
Question 25: The function f defined by
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥𝑙𝑛(𝑥𝑙𝑛|𝑥|) is: Answer__________________________
a) even b) odd c) has an oblique 31-4) Express 𝑉𝑛 as a function of 𝑛.
asymptote d) neither even nor odd
Answer__________________________
sin(𝑥 2 )
Question 26: lim 𝑒 2𝑥 −1 Question 32: Given the integral 𝐼𝑛 =
𝑥→0
𝑒
a) 1 b)+∞ c)0 d)none ∫1 𝑥 2 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛 𝑑𝑥 with 𝑛 ∈ ℕ.

Question 27: Determine a primitive of the 32-1) Calculate 𝐼0.

function 𝑥 → 𝑠𝑖𝑛4𝑥: 𝑒3
a)
3
Answer__________________________

145
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑒3 1 Answer__________________________
b) 3
−3
34-2) What is the probability that a student
𝑒3
c) 2
−1 knows the right answer that he has given?
Answer__________________________
𝑒3 1
d) 2
−2
Question 35: The sum of 5 consecutive
32-2) Calculate 𝐼1 integers in 30. Find the third integer in this
sequence.
𝑒 3 −1
a) 9 Answer__________________________
2𝑒 3 +1
b) Question 36: Graph the locus of the
9
points 𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦 that satisfy the condition:
𝑒 2 −1
c) 4 36-1) |𝑧 + 𝑖| = |𝑧 − 1|.
𝑒 2 −2
d) Answer__________________________
16

32-3) what relationship exists between 36-2) |𝑧| > 2.

𝐼𝑛 and 𝐼𝑛+1 for 𝑛 ≥ 1? Answer__________________________
a) 3𝐼𝑛+1 − (𝑛 + 1)𝐼𝑛 = −𝑒 3 Question 37: Given that 𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦 and
b) 2𝐼𝑛+1 + 𝑛𝐼𝑛 = 𝑒 2 𝑧 2 = 𝑝 + 𝑖𝑞, where 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑝, 𝑞 are real
numbers. We can show that:
c) 3𝐼𝑛+1 + (𝑛 + 1)𝐼𝑛 = 𝑒 3
a)2𝑥 2 = √𝑝2 + 𝑞 2 + 𝑝
d) 𝐼𝑛+1 + 𝑛 = 𝑒 3
b) 2𝑥 2 = √𝑝2 + 𝑞 2 + 𝑞
32-4) the sequence 𝐼𝑛 is:
a) Increasing c) 2𝑥 2 = √𝑝2 + 𝑞 2 − 𝑝

b) decreasing d) 2𝑥 2 = √𝑝2 + 𝑞 2 − 𝑞

c) neither increasing nor decreasing Question 38: Let g be the numerical

function given on ]0; +∞[ by 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 −
d) others
𝑥 − 2𝑙𝑛𝑥 + 1.
Question 33: Find the probability of 38-1) The function 𝑔 is derivable and for all
obtaining a 4 digit even number using
𝑥 ∈ ]0; +∞[ and…
2,3,4,5,7 and 9 without repetition
(𝑥−1)(3𝑥 2 +3𝑥+1)
Answer__________________________ a)𝑔′ (𝑥) =
𝑥

Question 34: A questionnaire of MCQ (𝑥+1)(3𝑥 2 +3𝑥+2)

b) 𝑔′ (𝑥) = 𝑥
proposes 𝑛 answers to each question.
Given 𝑝 the probability that the student (𝑥−1)(3𝑥 2 +3𝑥+2)
c) 𝑔′ (𝑥) =
knows the answer for a question given. If he 𝑥
ignores the answer, he chooses at random d) the function 𝑔(𝑥) is not derivable
any of those proposed answers.
38-2) Does g increase or decrease or both.
34-1) What is the probability that a student Specify the case and elaborate on it.
does not know the answer but gives the
right answer?

146
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 39: Determine the limits of

1 𝑙𝑛𝑥
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥2
at 0 and at +∞.

147
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

(Answer) ____________________

Question 7: The total mass of a building

is 100 tons. What will be the total area of
Question 1: A container filled with air has the foundation if the pressure transmitted to
2 atm of pressure at the temperature of the soil is 50kN/m²? Acceleration of free
27°C. The temperature of that container is fall, g = 10m/s².
brought to 127°C. Determine the new
(Answer)________________________
pressure of the container if the volume
remains contant. Question 8: A wave has a frequency f =
a) 9,4 atm b) 4 atm 20 Hz and a wave length of 0,5 m. When it
c) 9 atm d) 14 atm moves in water, its wave length diminishes
and becomes 0,25 m. Calculate the new
Question 2: An electric kettle of power speed of the wave.
150 W carries 30g of a liquid to the boiling
(Answer)
point. The boiling point is reached after 5
__________________________________
minutes. Determine the latent heat of
_________________
vaporization of that liquid.
a) 2.106 J/kg b) 1,5.106 J.kg Question 9: A body of mass 100 kg is
c) 3.106 J/kg d) 106 moving at a constant speed on a horizontal
J/kg plane such that the friction ratio is μ = 0,5.
What is the friction force that the plane
d²q 3dq exerts on that body?
Question 3: 5 dt² + dt
+ 4q = 0
(Answer)
The above differential equation
__________________________________
characterizes the variation of the electric
_________________
charge through an RLC circuit which is
submitted to the action of an external Question 10: Let us consider the
voltage with R=2000ohms. Find q as a following differential equation of a
function of t. mechanical system in a rectilinear
sinusoidal motion on a horizontal rough
Question 4:. What is the free oscillation
plane, the friction being 𝐟 = −𝛄𝐕 where 𝛄 is
frequency associated to that electric
the friction ratio and 𝐕 the speed of the
system?
system.
Answer ____________________
a) The unit of γ in the international system
Question 5:. Determine the condenser is kg/s
capacitance associated to that circuit.
b The unit of γ in the international system
Answer ____________________ is m/s

5-1. Determine the period of the c). The unit of γ in the international system
external oscillator. is m/s2
(Answer) ____________________ c) The unit of γ in the international system
is kg. m/s2
Question 6: If the density of ice is ρ1 = 920
kg.m-3, while that of water is ρ2 = 1000 kg.m- Question 11: What kind of movement
3
, what volume of water does one obtain by does R′ carry out compared to R? If
complete fusion of one cubic meter of ice? R=2sinA and R’=4t where t= time

148
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) Rotation movement
b) Some sort of movement
c) Helicoidal movement
d) Translational movement
(Answer)
__________________________________
_________________

149
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

7. (Hot water at 100 °C is added to

300 g of water of 0 °C until the final
temperature is 40 °C. The mass of
hot water added must be at least?)
1. (What quantity of oxygen (O2 molar
(Answer)
mass = 32g/mol) is necessary for
____________________________
the combustion of 5g of wood coal?
_______________________
(given that the charcoal is pure
8. (what is the P H of pure water at
carbon molar mass = 12g/mol))
50 °C (the ionic product of water at
(Answer) _______________________
this temperature is 5,5 × 10−14)?)
2. (What mass of sulfuric acid is
(Answer)
necessary to prepare a molar
____________________________
solution of the acid if the pure
_______________________
crystal dissolved in 2l of pure water
(H = 1g/mol ; S = 32g/mol ; O =
16g/mol)).
(Answer) _______________________
3. ( What is the concentration of Na+
ions contained in a solution of
sodium sulphate (Na2SO4)
obtained by dissolving 3.5g of the
compound in 200cm3 of water?)
(Answer)
______________________
4. (What is the value of the PH of an
aqueous solution at 25 °C, whose
concentration of OH − is 4,38 ×
10−5 mol/l ?)
(Answer)
____________________________
_______________________
5. (What quantity of oxygen is
necessary of the combustion of
5kg of wood coal? (Given that the
charcoal is pure carbon).)
(Answer)
____________________________
_______________________
6. (100 cm3 of dry air at pressure of 1
atmosphere and temperaature
27 °C is compressed to 5
atmosphere and heated to 77 °C.
The new volume is?)
(Answer)
____________________________
______________________

150
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) Some students who play the flute

are under eighteen
b) Some students who play the flute
are over eighteen
Question 1: The number (73 )5 is equal to:
c) Some students who play piano are
a) 78 b) 715 c) 735 d) 7243 under eighteen
Question 2: 𝒂 and 𝒃 are the two sides of d) None of the previous answers is
a right angled triangle, 𝒄 is the hypotenuse correct
and h the height related to the hypotenuse. Question 6: Let a and b greater than zero
The correct expression of h is: log𝑎 (𝑎𝑏)
and different from 1. Then log𝑎 𝑏
=
a) ℎ = 𝑎 + 𝑏 − 𝑐
𝑎+𝑏 a) a
b) ℎ =
√𝑎²+𝑏²
b) log 𝑎 (𝑎𝑏)
𝑎𝑏
c) ℎ = 𝑐 c) 1
d) None of the previous answers is d) none
correct Question 7: How many real solutions are
Question 3: An observer stands at 50m there to the third degree equation 𝑥 3 − 𝑥² +
distance from the base of a building. With a 𝑥 − 1 = 0?
goniometer, he sees the top of the building a) Three
with an angle α in relation to the earth’s
b) Two
surface. The height of the building
expressed in meters is: c) One

a) 50 𝑡𝑔𝛼 d) We can’t say because the degree is

greater than two
b) 50 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼
Question 8: In a shop A, a t-shirt costs x
c) 50 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 FCFA. In shop B, the same t-shirt costs
d) None of the previous answers is 20% more. During sales, shop A offers a
correct 40% discount, while shop B offers a 60%
discount. If we buy this t-shirt during sales,
Question 4: Today is Martin’s birthday.
we can say that:
He’s double the age of his sister Adama. In
the future, may this situation happen again? a) It’s more convenient to buy the t-
shirt in shop A, whatever the initial
a) Yes, every two years price is;
b) Yes, within the next two years b) It’s more convenient to buy the t-
c) No shirt in shop B, whatever the initial
price is;
d) We can’t answer without knowing
Martin’s age. c) The shop with the lowest price
depends on the initial price x;
Question 5: 20 students perform a
concert for piano and flute. Considering that d) During the sales the 2 shops will
60% of the students play piano and that half offer the same price.
of them have over eighteen, it is necessary
that:
Question 9: The set of solutions of the
system:

151
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

(𝑥 − 1)2 + 𝑦 2 ≤ 1 d) None of the previous answers is

{
|𝑥| ≤ 1 correct

a) Is symmetric about the 𝑦 axis; Question 13: For every natural number n >
0, we consider the number 𝑎𝑛 = 5𝑛 + 1 −
b) Is symmetric about the 𝑥 axis; 5𝑛. We can say that:
c) Contains only points with a non-
negative 𝑦-coordinate; a) 𝑎𝑛 is always an even

d) None of the previous answers is b) 𝑎𝑛 is always an odd

correct. c) The parity of 𝑎𝑛 depends on 𝑛
Question 10: The volume of a regular d) The sign of 𝑎𝑛 depends on 𝑛
cylinder with hexagonal base, having as
Question 14: Which of the following
side l and height h, can be calculated as
statements applied to a triangle is false:
follows:
a) Being equilateral is a sufficient
a) 2√3𝑙²ℎ condition for being an isosceles
3√3𝑙 2 ℎ triangle
b) 2
b) Not being isosceles is a sufficient
√3𝑙 2 ℎ condition for not being equilateral
c) 4
c) Being isosceles is necessary
d) 6𝑙²ℎ
condition for being equilateral
Question 11: AB is a 25cm long segment.
d) Being equilateral is a necessary
We choose an internal point C such that the condition for being isosceles.
area of the plane figure consisting of two
squares, situated in the same part with Question 15: In the Cartesian plane
respect to the line segment AB and having (𝑥, 𝑦), the equation 𝑥² + 𝑦² − 2𝑦 = 0,
AC and CB as sides, is equal to 337cm². represents:
This perimeter of the figure obtained is:
a) A circumference with center (0, 2)
a) 75cm b) A circumference passing through
b) 82cm (2, 0)
c) 100cm c) A circumference passing through
(0,2)
d) 132cm
d) A circumference with center (2,0)
Question 12: 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 and 𝑎’𝑥 +
𝑏’𝑦 + 𝑐’ = 0 are equations of two straight Question 16: The side of an equilateral
lines of the plane. Both lines pass through triangle inscribed in a circumference with
the point 𝑃𝑜 with coordinates (𝑥0 , 𝑦0 ). What radius 1 measures:
can we say about I, the set of points that √3
satisfy the equation: 2(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐) + a) 2
3(𝑎’𝑥 + 𝑏’𝑦 + 𝑐’) = 0
b) 2√3
a) I is the straight line which passes c)
1
through 𝑃𝑜 2

b) I is the straight line, but which d) √3

doesn’t always pass through 𝑃𝑜 Question 17: We consider the functions,
c) 𝑃𝑜 belongs to I but it is not always a 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛(3𝑡), 𝑔(𝑡) = 𝑥² + 𝑥. So 𝑔(𝑓(𝑡))
straight line equals to:

152
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) 𝑆𝑖𝑛²(3𝑡) + 𝑠𝑖𝑛(3𝑡) a) Always true for all x

b) 𝑆𝑖𝑛²(3𝑡² + 3𝑡) b) For every 𝑥 ≠ −1,3,1
c) 𝑆𝑖𝑛(3𝑡) + 𝑡² + 𝑡 c) For every 𝑥 > 1
d) 9𝑠𝑖𝑛²(𝑡) + 3𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑡) d) None of the previous answers is
correct
Question 18: The solutions of the
equation 2𝑠𝑖𝑛²𝑥 − 3𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 − 2 = 0, for 0°< x Question 22: Consider the following
<360° are: inequalities
𝑥 2 −5𝑥+4
a) -180°, 30°, 60°, 720° 1) 𝑥√𝑥
≥0 2) 𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 4 ≥ 0
b) 30°, 120° 3) 𝑥 − 3 = 0
c) 210°, 330° Which statement is TRUE?
d) None of the previous answers is
correct a) Every solution of 1) is solution of 2)
b) Every solution of 2) is solution of 1)
Question 19: In the Cartesian plane, the
equation 𝑥² + 4𝑦² + 4𝑦 = 3 represents: c) Every solution of 3) is solution of 1)
1 d) none
a) An ellipse with center (0, − 2 ) and
Question 23: We consider Q a square, I
semi axes 𝑎 = 2, 𝑏 = 1
1 the circle inscribed inside the square and C
b) An ellipse with center (0, 2) and the out scribed circle. Which statement is
semi axes 𝑎 = 2, 𝑏 = 1 correct:
1
c) An circle with center (0, − ) and a) The radius of C is double the radius
2
radius √2 of I
1 b) The area of C is double the area of
d) A circle with center (0, ) and radius I
2
√3 c) The perimeter of C is double the
Question 20: We consider the system of one of I
two equations with three variables x, y, z d) None of the previous answers is
correct
𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑧 = 0
𝑥+𝑦+𝑧 =0 Question 24: Consider the folloing
system
Which statement is correct?
𝑥 + 𝑎𝑦 = 1
a) The system has an infinite number { in two variables 𝑥 and 𝑦.
𝑥 + 𝑦 = −1
of solutions a) Has solutions for every 𝑎
b) The system doesn’t have any b) Has solutions for every 𝑎 ≠ 1
solution
c) Has solutions for every 𝑎 ≠ −1
c) The system has one solution
d) None of the previous answers is
d) It is not possible to solve the system
correct
Question 21: For which real 𝑥, can we Question 25: The set of solutions of the
have the inequality 2𝑥 2 +3𝑥
inequality: 5𝑥
<0
|4𝑥−𝑥 2 −3|
> 0?
√𝑥+1 a) 2𝑥² + 3𝑥 < 0

153
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b) 𝑥 < −3/2 Question 30: We consider the regular

2
c) 2𝑥 + 3𝑥 < 0 and 5𝑥 > 0 tetrahedron VABC. VH is the height of the
face VAB. Between the straight lines VH
d) None of the previous answers is and VB,
correct.
a) Only the straight line VH forms a 60⁰
Question 26: The set of solutions of the
cos 𝜋𝑥 – 1
angle with the plane ABC
inequality: 𝑥+1
< 0 , contained in the
b) Only the straight line VB forms a 60⁰
interval [−2, 2] are: angle with the plane ABC
a) 𝑥 ≠ −2, −1, 0, 1, 2 c) Both VH and VB straight lines are
inclined at 60⁰ with respect to the
b) −1 < 𝑥 < 2, 𝑥 ≠ 0
plane ABC
c) 𝑥 ≠ 0
d) None of the previous answers is
d) −2 < 𝑥 < −1 correct
Question 27: The equation |1 − 𝑥 2 | = 2
a) Has exactly one real solution
b) Doesn’t have any real solutions
c) Has exactly two real solutions
d) Has more than two real solutions
Question 28: 150 students of a class took
three exams: exams X, exam Y and exam
Z. A group of 50 students passed the
examination X, 80 students passed the
examination Y and 32, the exam Z. 15
students passed exactly two exams and 10
students passed all the exams. How many
students didn’t pass any exam?
a) 3
b) 13
c) 23
d) 35
Question 29: The three real numbers 𝑥 <
𝑦 < 𝑧 are different from zero. Which of the
following statements is correct?
1 1 1
a) 𝑧2
< 𝑦2 < 𝑥 2
1 1 1 1
b) 𝑦
< 𝑥 𝑜𝑟 𝑧 < 𝑦
1 1 1 1
c) 𝑦
< 𝑥 and 𝑧 < 𝑦

d) None of the previous answers is

correct

154
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 37: A lorry is making a turn on

the highway. The speed indicated by the
tachymeter remains constant. The vehicle’s
acceleration is:
Question 31: If the kinetic energy of a body a) Proportional to the square of the
doubles, its velocity: velocity
a) Decreases b) Equals to zero
b) Quadruples c) Tangent to the taken trajectory
c) Increases by √2 d) Proportional to the radius of the
d) Doubles curve.
Question 32: The number of moles n and Question 38: An object with mass 𝑚 =
the temperature of an ideal gas remain 1𝑘𝑔, is in equilibrium and suspended by a
constant. If its volume doubles, the vertical string. The force exerted by the
pressure of the gas: string is:
a) Remains constant a) 1 N
b) Halves b) 9.8 N
c) Decreases in quantity which c) 0.102 N
depends on the nature of the gas d) None of the previous answers is
d) Doubles correct
Question 33: A conductor is run by a Question 39: Inside a conductor in
current 𝑖 = 800𝑚𝐴. In the lapse of time of electrostatic equilibrium:
two seconds, the section of the conductor a) The electric field is equal to zero
is passed by (electron’s charge: 𝑒 = −1.6 × b) The electrostatic potential is equal
10−19 𝐶) to zero
a) 4 × 1020 electrons c) The electric field is constant and
b) 10−19 electrons different from zero
c) 2 × 1022 electrons d) None of the previous answers is
d) 1019 electrons correct
Question 34: To heat 20 g of coffee Question 40: A stone is thrown vertically
(specific heat is equal to 4.18 𝑗. °𝐶 −1 . 𝑔−1 ) upwards. At the highest point of its
from 20°𝐶 to 70°𝐶 are necessary: trajectory, which of the following
a) 313.5 J combinations of acceleration and velocity is
b) 8360 J correct?
c) 4180 J a) 𝑎 = −9.8𝑚/𝑠², 𝑣 = 9.8𝑚/𝑠
d) 209 J b) 𝑎 = −9.8𝑚/𝑠², 𝑣 = 0
Question 35: The energy consumed in one c) 𝑎 = 0, 𝑣 = 9.8𝑚/𝑠
minute, by an 80𝑊 lamp is equal to: d) 𝑎 = 0, 𝑣 = 0
a) 4.8 kJ Question 41: In basin, we mix 20L of water
b) 80 J at 60°C with 60 L of water at 20°C without
c) 1.33kWh considering heat losses, what will be the
d) None of the previous answers is equilibrium temperature of water?
correct a) Greater than 50°C
Question 36: A stone is falling from rest b) Less than 20°C
from the top of a building. After the time 𝑡, c) 30°C
from the beginning of the fall, its velocity is d) 40°C
10 𝑚/𝑠. What about its velocity at the Question 42: The work done by a
instant 2𝑡? conservative force on a particle to move it
a) 20 m/s from position A to position B:
b) 50 m/s a) Depends on trajectory path
c) 100 m/s b) Depends on particle’s velocity
d) 10 m/s c) Is equal to zero
d) Depends only on A and B

155
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 43: The potential difference

between the armature of a condenser, with
capacity C=1mF, is 200V. How much is the
charge at the armatures of the condenser?
a) 500mC
b) 2 × 105 𝑚𝐶
c) 200mC
d) 5mC
Question 44: The electric force between a
proton and an electron is:
a) Equal to the gravitational attraction
between their masses
b) Opposed to gravitational attraction
c) Much larger than the gravitational
attraction
d) None of the answers are correct
Question 45: A body moves under the
action of a constant force. Among the
following quantities, which one remains
constant during the motion?
a) The quantity of motion
b) The velocity
c) The acceleration
d) The kinetic energy

156
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c) They are all zero concentration

d) None of the above
Question 6: From the situation above,
Question 1: Which of the following pairs what will be the relationship between 𝑝𝐻
represents two atoms with the same and 𝑝𝑘𝑎?
number of neutrons?
1
12 24
a) 𝑝𝐻 = 2 𝑝𝐾𝑎
a) 6C and 12Mg
19 b) 𝑝𝐻 = 𝑝𝐾𝑎 = 0
b) 9F and 2010Ne
23 c) 𝑝𝐻 = 𝑝𝐾𝑎
c) 11Na and 3919K
d) 59
and 5928Ni d) 𝑝𝐻 ≠ 𝑝𝐾𝑎
27Co

Question 2: Atoms of the same element Question 7: What is the number of moles
having the same atomic number but of calcium hydroxide that will react with 4
different mass numbers due to difference in moles of ammonium chloride according to
the number of neutrons is called: the following chemical equation?

a) Nuclides 2𝑁𝐻4 𝐶𝑙 + 𝐶𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 → 2𝑁𝐻3 + 𝐶𝑎𝐶𝑙2 + 2𝐻2 𝑂

b) Isotopes a) 4 moles
c) Electrodes b) 2 moles
d) Nucleons c) 1 mole
Question 3: What is the pH of aqueous d) 8 moles
hydrogen in concentration of 1 𝑚𝑜𝑙/𝑑𝑚3? Question 8: What is the mass of 0.5
moles of magnesium oxide?(The molar
a) -1
mass of magnesium oxide is 24 g/mol-1)
b) 1
a) 24kg
c) 0
b) 12g
d) None of the above
c) 24g
Question 4: From the answer in question
3 above, what description can be given to d) 12kg
the aqueous solution? Question 9: The four classes of
hydrocarbons are:
a) Basic
b) Acidic a) Ethane, ethane, ethyne and
benzene
c) Neutral
b) Alkanes, alkenes, alkynes and
d) None of the above benzenes
Question 5: When half the acid in a c) Alkanes, alkenes, alkynes and
solution is neutralized by a base. What will aromatics
be the relationship between the
d) Methane, ethane, propane and
concentration of the acid and its conjugate
butane
base?
Question 10: What is the volume
a) They are not equal occupied by 1.00𝑚𝑜𝑙 of an ideal gas at 20°𝐶
b) They are equal

157
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

and a pressure of 1.00 × 105 𝑃a, the gas

constant 𝑅 = 8.31 𝑃𝑎 𝐾 −1 𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1?
a) 0.0831m3 b) 0.0243m3
c)0.1243m3 d) 1.243m3

158
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑙
a) 𝑟 = 2
𝑙 √3
b) 𝑟 = 3
Question 1: Let 𝑓: ℝ → ℝ be the function 𝑙 √3
2
c) 𝑟 = 4
defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 − 3𝑥 − 10. Determine
for which of the following range, 𝑓 assumes d) 𝑟 =
𝑙 √3
only values less than zero. 2

Question 6: Given a, a real number the

a) −2 < 𝑥 < 5
system
b) 0 < 𝑥 ≤ 5
𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 𝑎
c) 4 < 𝑥 < 6 {
2𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 4
d) None of the above possibility is a) A unique solution for 𝑎 = 1 and no
correct solution for a=0
Question 2: 𝑚 and 𝑛 are two positive b) Infinite solutions for a=2 and no
integers such that 𝑚 < 𝑛. Which of the solution for a=0
following inequalities is true?
c) Two pairs of distinct solutions for
−𝑚 −𝑛 a=1 and infinitely many solutions for
a) 2 <2
a=0
b) 2𝑚−𝑛 < 0
d) None of the above possibility is
c) 2−𝑛 < 2−𝑚 correct
d) 2𝑛−𝑚 < 0 Question 7: The polynomial 𝑥 3 + 3𝑥 2 −
Question 3: Let 𝑎 = 210 37 59, 𝑏 = 29 38 510 4𝑥 is divisible by
11 10 9
and 𝑐 = 2 3 5 . Which of the following is
a) 𝑥 + 2
correct?
b) 𝑥 + 4
a) 𝑏 < 𝑎 < 𝑐
c) 𝑥 2
b) 𝑐 < 𝑎 < 𝑏
d) 𝑥 + 1
c) 𝑎 < 𝑏 < 𝑐
Question 8: The value of the sum
d) 𝑎 < 𝑐 < 𝑏 cos(35°) + cos(145°) is
2
Question 4: Given the equation 𝑥 −
a) Negative but different from -1
3.27 𝑥 + 215 = 0, then
b) Positive
a) 𝑥 = 26 and 𝑥 = 28 are solutions;
c) 0
b) 𝑥 = 25 and 𝑥 = 29 are solutions;
d) Irrational
c) The equation has one and only one
solution; Question 9: Let A be the set of natural
numbers multiples of 20 and B the set of
d) None of the above possibility is natural numbers divisible by 15. What is the
correct
set 𝐴⋂𝐵?
Question 5: Let ABC be an equilateral
a) The natural numbers multiples of
triangle of side l. Let M be the midpoint of
60,
side AB. The radius r of the circle with
center M and tangent to the sides AC and b) The natural numbers multiples of 5,
CB is

159
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c) The natural numbers multiples of Question 14: Two marketing companies

300, offer two different mathematical models to
d) The natural numbers multiples of predict revenue y, in euro, obtainable from
30, the sale of x thousand unit of an article
(where 0 < 𝑥 < 12). The formulas that
Question 10: The ratio between the areas
define the two models are:
of a square and a triangle with sides of
equal length is Model A: 𝑦 = 12𝑥 − 𝑥 2
a) 2 Model B: 𝑦 = 4𝑥
√3
b) For what values of 𝑥, the model B has a
4
higher income than the model 𝐴?
4√3
c) 3 a) 0 < 𝑥 < 3
d) 2/√3 b) 0 < 𝑥 < 12
Question 11: The length ℓ of the c) 3 < 𝑥 < 8
perimeter of a regular polygon of 20 sides
d) 8 < 𝑥 < 12
inscribed in a circle of radius r can be
computed using the formula Question 15: n and m are two natural
numbers, such that the sum 𝑛2 + 𝑚2 is
a) ℓ = 20𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑛9°
even. What can we deduce about 𝑛, 𝑚?
b) ℓ = 20𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑛18°
a) The numbers n and m are both odd,
c) ℓ = 40𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑛9°
b) The numbers n and m are both even
d) ℓ = 40𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑛18°
c) The numbers n and m are one even
Question 12: The solutions of the and one odd
√𝑥(𝑥−5)
inequality |𝑥−7|
> 0 are 𝑥 ∈ ℝ, such that d) The numbers n and m are both even
or both odd
a) 𝑥 > 0 and 𝑥 = 7
Question 16 : In the Cartesian plan 𝑂𝑥𝑦
b) 𝑥 > 5 and 𝑥 ≠ 7 equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 0 is
c) 0 < 𝑥 < 5 a) A circle whose center is the origin
d) None of the above possibilities is b) A circumference passing through
correct. the origin,
Question 13: In a televised game, anyone c) A circle of radius 5;
more than 50 years old with blue eyes is not
allowed to participate. Then: d) None of the above possibility is
correct
a) A 60 years old person with brown
Question 17: The number of real
eyes can participate,
solutions of the equation √𝑥 − 1 = log1/2 𝑥
b) A 55 years old person with brown is
eyes cannot participate
c) A 40 years old person with blue a) 0
eyes cannot participate b) 1
d) Can only participate those under 50 c) 2
years old and does not have blue
eyes d) Greater than 2

160
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 18: Which of the following b) 22,5%

proposition is equivalent to: “If it rains, then c) 25%
I open my umbrella?”
d) None of the above possibility is
a) If I open the umbrella, then it rains correct
b) If it does not rain, then I open the Question 22: The set of real solutions of
umbrella the inequality (log10 𝑥)2 ≤ 0 is
c) Open the umbrella if it’s raining a) Empty
d) If I don’t open my umbrella, then it b) {1}
does not rain
c) {𝑥 ∈ ℝ; 0 < 𝑥 ≤ 1}
Question 19: A marble cube is immersed
into a cylindrical vessel with a diameter of d) {𝑥 ∈ ℝ; 𝑥 < 0}
16 cm containing water, it is noted that, Question 23: A bicycle’s back wheel has
following the complete immersion of the a diameter of 44 cm and the front 40 cm. If
cube, the water level increased by 1 cm. the front wheel turns at 1100 turns/min, the
How long is the side of the cube? back wheel turn at?
a) 4 3√𝜋 cm a) Less than 1000 turns/min
b) 64𝜋 cm b) 1000 turns/min
c) 2 𝑐𝑚 c) 1010 turns/min
d) Depends on the height of the d) 1331 turns/min
container
Question 24: Let 𝑓: ℝ → ℝ be a function
Question 20: Paul reaches home at such that 𝑓(𝑥) < 0 if 𝑥 < 5. Then we have:
midnight, having spent the evening with
Francesca, but he realizes he has left the a) 𝑓(6) > 0
keys at Francesca’s home which is 10km b) 𝑓(6) ≥ 0
away. He warns her on phone and walks
c) 𝑓(5) = 0
towards her house with a speed of 6km/h.
Francesca goes to meet him immediately, d) None of the above possibility is
walking sleepy at 2km/h. Paul meets her by correct
the road, take the keys and goes back to his Question 25: The sum of two irrational
house still at 6 km/h. At what time did he numbers always yield a result
finally get in?
a) A rational
a) 4h:00
b) An irrational
b) 3h:00
c) A number whose square is rational
c) 2h:30
d) None of the above possibility is
d) 2h:00 correct
Question 21: On 01/01/2008 Mr. Franco Question 26: Let A be a square of side ℓ ,
buys 100 shares of XYZ Company. In late 𝐶1 and 𝐶2 are respectively the circles
January 2008, the title XYZ has lost 20%. circumscribed and inscribed to A. The ring
How should you increase the title XYZ in obtained by removing 𝐶1 from 𝐶2 has area
February to recover its initial value at the equal to:
end of the month?
a) 𝜋ℓ2 /2
a) 20%

161
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b) 𝜋ℓ2 /4
c) 𝜋ℓ/4
d) None of the above possibility is
correct
Question 27: In the Cartesian plan 𝑂𝑥𝑦,
determine for which value of the parameter
𝑐 > 0 the points of intersection of the
parabola 𝑦 = −9𝑥 2 + 𝑐 with the coordinate
axes form a right angled triangle
a) 1
b) 3
1
c) 9

d) None
1
Question 28: If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥−3, then 𝑓𝑜𝑓(1) is

a) −2/5
b) −1/2
c) −2/7
d) −1/2
Question 29: Let ABCD be a square of
side ℓ. 𝐶1 and 𝐶2 are two circles of equal
radius, inside the square and tangent to
each other, in addition 𝐶1 is tangent to the
sides AB and AD, while 𝐶2 is tangent to the
sides BC and CD. What is their radius?

a) 𝑟 = ℓ√2/4
b) 𝑟 = ℓ√2/8
c) 𝑟 = ℓ√2 − 1/4
ℓ(2−√2)
d) 𝑟 = 2

Question 30:The equation of the circle

whose center belong to the half-plane
{(𝑥, 𝑦) ∈ ℝ2 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0}, and is at distance 2√2
from the chord with extremities the points
𝐴(−1, −2) and 𝐵(3,2) is

a) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 11 = 0
b) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 − 7 = 0
c) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 6𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 3 = 0
d) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 3 = 0

162
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 35: One cubic centimeter of iron

and one cubic centimeter of aluminum are
dropped into a pool full of water. In which of
the two is the buoyancy force greater?
Question 31: What effect has the action of
a force of intensity different from zero on a) Iron
the motion of a body that is moving in the b) Aluminum
direction not perpendicular to the force, with c) The two forces are identical
constant velocity 𝑣? d) There is not buoyancy force on the
two bodies
a) The velocity of the body remains Question 36: What is the volume
constant occupied by 10 moles of an ideal gas at a
temperature of 200 K and a pressure of 2
b) The velocity of the body remains
constant, but the direction of atm?
motion changes a) 0.055 𝑚3
c) The velocity of the body changes b) 0.082 𝑚3
c) 5533𝑚3
d) None of the above possibility is d) 8315 𝑚3
correct
Question 37: Two charges 𝑞1 and 𝑞2 are at
Question 32: What is the weight of a body a distance d apart. If the distance d is
of 2.0 kg near the earth’s surface? doubled, the force between the two charges
a) Increases by a factor of 2
a) 4.9 N b) Decreases by a factor of 2
c) Increases by a factor of 4
b) 2 N
d) Decreases by a factor of 4
c) 19.6 N Question 38: The plates of a capacitor
have a circular shape with radius r = 10cm.
d) 64 N The distance between the plates is 1 mm. If
the capacitor is connected to a 12 V battery,
Question 33: A car starts from rest with a the charge on the capacitor plates is worth
constant acceleration equal to 2.0𝑚/𝑠 2 . ( 𝑞0 = 8.85.10−12 𝑁 −1 . 𝑚−2 ):
After 5s, the car: a) 3.34 × 10−9 𝐶
b) 2.5 × 10−12 𝐶
a) has traveled 10 meters c) 1 × 10−6 𝐶
b) has final speed of 10 m/s d) 12 × 10−12 𝐶
c) has come a long stretch 50 meters Question 39: The bulb of a lantern has a
d) has traveled with a mean velocity of resistance of 4 ohms and allows the
10 m/s passage of a current of 1.5 A when
Question 34: Two balls, A and B are connected to a certain battery. What
thrown vertically upward at the same time. potential difference does the battery
provide?
The initial speed of A is half that of B. What
a) 1.5 V
is the ratio of the maximum height of B to
b) 2.7 V
that of A? c) 4 V
a) 8 times d) 6 V
b) 4 times Question 40: An appliance has a power of
c) 2 times 1000W is used 10 hours per day for 28 days
d) There is not enough information to per month. If the cost of electrical energy is
answer the question 0.10 Euro per kilowatt-hour, how much is
the monthly electrical bill of the appliance?

163
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) 10 Euro
b) 28 Euros
c) 67 Euro
d) 200 Euro
Question 41: A billion of electrons cross
the section of an electric cable in 10−6
seconds. What is the current flowing in the
cable? (𝑒 = 1.6 × 10−19 )
a) 169 𝑛𝐴
b) 169 𝜇𝐴
c) 1.10−5 𝐴
d) None of the above possibility is
correct
Question 42: Two resistors of resistance 2
ohm each can be connected in series or in
parallel. In both cases, the potential
difference is supplied from the same
battery. What can be said about the
currents flowing in the two circuits?
a) The current in the circuit with
resistors in series is greater
b) The current is greater in the circuit
with the resistors in parallel
c) The current in the two circuits is the
same
d) The current in the circuit with the
resistors in series is half that in the
circuit with the resistors in parallel
Question 43: Peter and Paul are forcefully
pushing a wall. Peter pusher for 10
minutes, while Paul pusher for another 5
minutes. Comparing the mechanical work
done by both, what one can say?
a) Peter makes 50% of work more
than Paul
b) Paul makes 50% of work more than
Peter
c) Peter makes 75% of work more
than Paul
d) The work done by both is zero

164
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 1: Assuming that the following

reaction, already balanced
𝐶𝐻4 + 2𝑂2 → 𝐶𝑂2 + 2𝐻2 𝑂
Determine the number ofmoles of 𝐶𝑂2
formed by reacting three moles of 𝐶𝐻4 and
5 moles of 𝑂2 :
a) 2moles
b) 2.5 moles
c) 5 moles
d) 7 moles
Question 2: Consider the following
equilibrium dissociation of ammonium ion in
water:
𝑁𝐻4+ + 𝐻2 𝑂 ⇋ 𝑁𝐻3 + 𝐻3 𝑂+
It is expected that following an increase in
PH:
a) The equilibrium moves to the right
b) The equilibrium moves to the left
c) Decreases the amount of 𝑁𝐻3
d) Increases in the quantity of 𝑁𝐻4+
Question 3: The chemical formula of
calcium carbonate is:
a) 𝐶𝑎𝐶2
b) 𝐶𝑎𝑂
c) 𝐶𝑎(𝐻𝐶𝑂3 )2
d) 𝐶𝑎𝐶𝑂3

165
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 6: Consider the numbers

log10(1000) , log 2 64 , log 3 81. Then
a) Their least common multiple is 24
Question 1: Let T be a triangle and a, b and their greatest common divisor is
and c the lengths of its sides. Then 2
b) Their least common multiple is 6
a) 𝑎2 = 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2
and their greatest common divisor
b) 𝑎2 > 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 is 1
c) 𝑎2 < 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 c) Their least common multiple is 12,
and their greatest common divisor is
d) None of the above statements is
1
exact
d) None of the above answers is
Question 2: log1/2(log10 (1/2)) correct
a) Is a positive real number Question 7: Which is the correct equality:
b) Is a negative real number 1 1
a) 𝑥 2 −1
= 𝑥2 − 1
c) None of the above statements is
1 1 1
correct b) = 2𝑥−2 − 2𝑥+2
𝑥 2 −1
Question 3: The inequality 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 3 < c)
1 1
= 𝑥+1 + 𝑥−1
1
0 has 𝑥 2 −1

d) None of the above is correct

a) Infinite negative solutions
Question 8: The expression (𝑥 2 + 1)(𝑥 +
b) No positive solution
2)(𝑥 + 1)(𝑥 + 3)
Question 4: Let C be a circle of radius 5
cm and T an isosceles trapezoid inscribed a) Is positive for every real number 𝑥
in it, with the larger base and height 10 cm b) Is negative for all real x
long and 3 cm respectively. The area of T
c) Is positive for 𝑥 > −1 and −3 < 𝑥 <
is −2
a) 27 𝑐𝑚2 d) None of the above possibilities is
b) 27/2 𝑐𝑚 2 correct

c) 24 𝑐𝑚2 Question 9: The inequality sin2 𝑥 ≥ 1

d) 45/2 𝑐𝑚2 a) Has infinitely many solutions
Question 5: A trauma center wrote in its b) Has one and only one solution
rules the following sentence: “at all times c) Has no solutions
there must be at least one doctor on call in
d) None of the above possibilities is
the ER (Emergency Room).” The
correct
consequence of this statement is that:
Question 10: Consider the circle of center
a) There is a certain doctor always on (1,0) tangent to the y-axis and a ray starting
call in the ER
from the origin, forming an angle 𝛼 greater
b) There are no two doctors on call in than −𝜋/2 and less than 𝜋/2 with the semi
the ER major axis of 𝑥 > 0, then the length of the
c) On August 18 at 12:01 there is a part of ray contained in the circle is
doctor on call in the ER
a) 2 cos 𝛼

166
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b) sin 𝛼 Question 16: The statement “ if A is

c) −2 cos 𝛼 yellow, then B is green “ has the following
consequences:
d) None of the above possibilities is
correct a) If A is blue, the B is not green
Question 11: The function sin(𝑥 + 1) b) If B is green, then A is yellow

a) Is periodic with period 2𝜋 + 1 c) If B is blue, then A is not yellow

b) Is periodic with period 2𝜋 d) None of the above

c) Is not periodic Question 17: The solutions of the

inequality |𝑥| ≤ 2𝑥 2 are
d) Is periodic with period 2𝜋 − 1
1+cos 𝛼
a) 𝑥 ≤ √2
Question 12: The expression √ 2 b) 𝑥 ≥ 1/2
𝛼
a) Is equal to cos ( 2 ) for every 𝛼 c) 𝑥 ≥ 1/2 and 𝑥 ≤ −1/2
d) None of the above is correct
𝛼
b) Is equal to cos ( ) for an infinite 𝛼
2 Question 18: The equation 𝑥 4 + 𝑥 2 − 2 =
c) None of the above possibilities is 0
correct
a) Has two positive and no negative
Question 13: Points in the plan different solution
from the point (0,1) are all and only those
b) Has two positive and two negative
for which solutions
a) 𝑥 ≠ 0 and 𝑦 ≠ 1 c) Has two negative and no positive
b) 𝑥 ≠ 0 or 𝑦 ≠ 1 solutions

c) 𝑥 ≠ 0 d) Has a positive and a negative

solution
d) 𝑦 ≠ 1
Question 19: Let 𝑘 be a real number.
Question 14: What is the exact negation Then 𝑥 2 + 2𝑘𝑥 + 5 > 0 for all real 𝑥
of the proposition: “All the girls in this room
are blondes”? a) If and only if 𝑘 ≥ √5

a) There is no blonde girl in this room b) If and only if 𝑘 < √5

b) Somewhere there is a brunette girl c) If and only if 𝑥 > 0
c) No girl in this room is blonde d) None of the above possibilities is
correct
Question 15: Which of the following
statements is logically equivalent to the Question 20: The sum of the interior
proposition “if you come, I do not come” angles of a pentagon is

a) If you do not come, I come a) Always greater than 360°

b) I come if and only if you do not come b) Always equal to 360°
c) If I come , you do not come c) Always less than 360°
d) None of the above is correct d) None of the above possibilities is
correct

167
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 21: Let Q be a square inscribed d) None of the above is correct

in a circle C. Then the area of Q Question 26: Let us denote by 𝑥 the
2 measure of an angle in radians and 𝑥° the
a) Is greater than the area of C
3 measure in degrees. Then
2
b) Is less than √2 the area of C a) sin 1 > sin 1°
2
c) Is equal to times the area of C b) sin 1 < sin 1°
𝜋

d) None of the above possibilities is c) sin 1 = sin 1

correct d) sin 1 and sin 1 ° are not comparable
Question 22: Let Q be an arbitrary Question 27: The number
quadrilateral. Then the center of the circle log 2 [(−8)(−2)] is equal to
circumscribed to Q
a) log 2 (−8) + log 2 (−2)
a) Always belongs to Q
b) log 2 (−8) log 2 (−2)
b) Belongs to Q if Q is convex
c) log 2 8 + log 2 2
c) Never belongs to Q
d) None of the above
d) None of the above possibilities is
correct Question 28: the inequality log10 𝑥 < 3
has solutions for all real numbers x such
Question 23: In a Cartesian plane the that
equation 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏, with a and 𝑏 real
variables, represents a) 𝑥 < 103

a) All the straight lines of the plane b) 0 < 𝑥 < 1000

b) All the straight lines of the plane not c) 𝑥 > 103

parallel to the axes d) None of the above possibilities is
c) All the straight lines of the plane that correct
have for slope a real number Question 29: The function cos(𝑥 + 𝜋)
d) None of the above possibilities is
correct a) Is periodic with period 2π
b) Is periodic with period π
Question 24: The exact negation of the
proposition “All students are promoted” is c) Is periodic with period 3π

a) No one is promoted d) It’s not periodic

b) Someone is promoted Question 30: points (𝑥, 𝑦) of the plane for

which 𝑥 ≠ 1 and 𝑦 ≠ −1 are all and only
c) Someone is rejected
d) None of the above statements is a) The different points from the point
correct (1, −1)
b) The points different from
Question 25: The number √(−1)2 is (1,1), (1, −1), (−1,1) and (−1, −1)
equal to
c) The points that are neither on the
a) ± 1 right nor on the line 𝑥 = 1, 𝑦 = −1
b) 1 d) None of the above possibilities is
correct
c) −1

168
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝜋
Question 31: Let k be a real number. a) 𝑥 = 4 + 𝑘𝜋, 𝑘 integer
Then 𝑥 2 + 2𝑘𝑥 + 1 ≥ 0 for all real x
b) 𝑥 = 𝜋𝑘, 𝑘 integer
a) If and only if 𝑘 ≤ 1 c) 𝑥 = −𝑘𝜋, 𝑘 integer
b) If and only if |𝑘| ≤ 1 d) None of the above possibilities is
c) If and only if 𝑘 ≥ 0 correct
d) None of the above possibilities is Question 37: The number 2𝜋
correct
a) Is comprised between 2 and 4
Question 32: Let T be an arbitrary triangle
b) Is comprised between 4 and 8
with sides 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧. So one always has
c) Is between 8 and 12
a) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 ≠ 𝑧 2
d) Has no meaning
b) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 > 𝑧 2
Question 38: Mark the only true
c) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 < 𝑧 2 statement among the following
d) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑧 2
a) The intersection of the set of
e) None of the above possibilities is rational numbers and that of the
correct integers is empty
1
Question 33: The expression is b) The intersection of the set of real
𝑥 2 −4
numbers and that of irrational
equal to:
numbers is empty
1 1
a) + c) The intersection of the set of
𝑥−2 𝑥+2
1 1
rational numbers and the set of
b) − natural numbers is empty
𝑥2 4
1 1 d) The intersection of the set of
c) 𝑥 2 −2
+ 𝑥 2 +2
integers and that of irrational
d) None of the above possibilities is numbers is empty
correct
Question 39: Let x be a real number.
Question 34: Let x be a real number, with Then the expression |𝑥 + 1| − |𝑥| is always
5/4𝜋 < 𝑥 < 3/2𝜋. Then
a) > 0
a) cos 𝑥 > sin 𝑥 b) < 1
b) cos 𝑥 < sin 𝑥 c) ≥ −1
c) 𝑡𝑔𝑥 < 0 d) 𝑛𝑜𝑛𝑒
d) None of the above possibilities is
Question 40: The function 𝑓(𝑥) = cos(𝑥 +
correct
1) is
Question 35: Let 𝑟1 and 𝑟2 be straight
lines in space with no points in common. a) Periodic with period 2𝜋 − 1
Then b) Periodic with period 𝜋
a) They are parallel c) Periodic with period 2𝜋
b) They are not necessarily parallel d) not periodic
Question 36: Equality sin 𝑥 = cos(𝑥 −
22𝜋) is true for

169
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

of a highway. The total force acting on the

car is:
a) Constant, directed towards the
Question 1: A body moves with constant center of the curve
velocity if: b) Constant, direct long 𝑣
a) A constant force acts on it c) Proportional to the product 𝑚𝑣
b) The resultant of the force acting on d) Zero
it is zero
Question 6: The kinetic energy of a ball of
c) Subjected to the strength of it’s mass 𝑚 = 10𝑔 and speed 𝑣 = 4 𝑚/𝑠 is
weight
a) 0.08 𝐽
d) Its acceleration is uniform
b) 40 𝑁
Question 2: An ideal gas is maintained at
a constant temperature and its volumes is c) 4.10−2 𝑁𝑚
doubled. The pressure of the gas: d) 20 𝐽
a) Remains constant Question 7: The Earth-sun distance is
b) Double about 150 million km. The time taken by
light from the sun to reach the Earth is:
c) Value is Reduced to a quarter of the
initial a) Zero
d) Is halved b) About 10ms
Question 3: An electric charge q moving c) 500 s
with velocity v in a magnetic field B not d) None of the above possibilities is
parallel to v. The force exerted on it is: correct
a) Parallel to v Question 8: The atmospheric pressure is
b) Parallel to B approximately equal to:

c) Perpendicular to v and B a) 105 𝑃𝑎

d) None of the above possibilities is b) 10 𝑁/𝑚2
correct
c) 760 𝐽
Question 4: A man pushes a cart through d) The pressure exerted by a 1m
a distance 𝑑 = 10𝑐𝑚 with a constant force column of water
𝐹 = 100𝑁, and for a time 𝑡 = 4𝑠 to covers
the distance. The average power is Question 9: The wave length d in vacuum
developed: of an electromagnetic radiation with a
frequency of 1 GHz is:
a) 103 𝐽/𝑠
a) 30 cm
b) 400 𝐽. 𝑠
b) Less than the wavelength of visible
c) 400 𝐽. 𝑚 light
d) 250 𝑊 c) 10−3 𝑚
Question 5: A car of mass 𝑚 moving with d) 0.3 km
constant velocity 𝑣 along a curve in the form
Question 10: Between the plates of a
capacitor there is an electric field 𝐸 =

170
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1000 𝑉/𝑚. If the distance between the c) The heat absorbed is greater than
plates is 𝑑 = 1𝑐𝑚, then the potential the work product
difference between them is: d) The heat absorbed is equal to zero
a) 10 𝑉 Question 15: The magnetic flux through a
b) 100 𝐾𝑉 coil of conductive flat area 𝑆 is 𝜙𝑛 = 𝑆. 𝐵,
where B is a uniform magnetic field in the
c) 1000 𝑉 space directed perpendicularly to the plane
d) 1𝜇𝑉 of the loop. An e.m.f is induced in the loop
if:
Question 11: A dielectric material is
inserted between the plates of a capacitor, a) The coil is put in rotation around an
while keeping constant the charge on them. axis parallel to B
The electric between the plates: b) The magnitude of B varies over time
a) Increases c) The coil is put into translational
b) Decreases motion

c) Remains unchanged d) None of the above possibilities is

correct
d) Vanishes
Question 12: Two forces of intensities
𝐹1 = 3 𝑁 and 𝐹2 = 4𝑁 are simultaneously
applied along directions which are
perpendicular to a body of mass 𝑚 = 1 𝐾𝑔.
The acceleration of the body is:

a) 𝑎 = 7𝑚/𝑠 2
b) 𝑎 = 4𝑚/𝑠 2
c) 𝑎 = 5𝑚/𝑠 2
d) 𝑎 = 5𝑁/𝑘𝑔
Question 13: For the value of refractive
index of light in a material medium, which of
the following statements is true:
a) Its depends on the frequency v of
the light
b) Is independent of the wavelength 𝜆
c) Is equal to 𝜆 × 𝑣
d) Is independent of the medium
Question 14: In a heat engine that
performs a cyclic transformation producing
work:
a) The heat absorbed is equal to the
work product
b) The heat lost is equal to zero

171
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) Cr
b) Mn
c) Mo
Question 1: An element consists of three d) S
isotopes in the relative abundance given
below. What is the atomic mass of this e) Se
element? Question 5: Complete the equation
below.
30.00% = 40.00 𝑎𝑚𝑢
14 10
50.00% = 41.00 𝑎𝑚𝑢 6𝐶 → 4𝐵𝑒+?
0
20.00% = 42.00 𝑎𝑚𝑢 a) −1𝛽
0
b) 1𝛽
a) 40.90
4
c) 2𝐻 𝑒
b) 41.00
0
c) 41.90
d) 0𝛾
1
d) 42.20 e) 0𝑛

e) 42.90 Question 6: oxygen-15 has haft-life of

9.98 minutes. How much of a 20.0 g sample
Question 2: The total number of electrons of oxygen-15 remains after 60.0 minutes?
that can be accommodated in the fourth
principal energy level is a) 0.156 g

a) 2 b) 0.312 g

b) 8 c) 0.625g

c) 18 d) 1.25 g

d) 32 e) 3.10 g

e) 60 Question 7: Which of the following atoms

would have the largest second ionization
Question 3: If the set of quantum energy?
numbers 𝑛 = 3, 𝑙 = 1, 𝑚𝑙 = 0, 𝑚𝑠 = Â ± 1/2
represents the last electron to be added to a) Mg
complete the ground configuration of an b) Cl
element, which one of the following could
c) S
be the symbol for the element?
d) Ca
a) 𝑁𝑎
e) Na
b) 𝑆𝑖
c) 𝑇ℎ
d) 𝑉
e) 𝑍𝑛
Question 4: Which element has the
following electronic configuration?
1𝑠 2 2𝑠 2 2𝑝6 3𝑠 2 3𝑝6 4𝑠 2 3𝑑4

172
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c) Their sum is 0
d) Their product is 1
Question 12: The solution to the
Question 1: Simplify the following: inequality √2𝑥 + 3 > |𝑥| is
1
(2−1 )2
2 a) 𝑥 > −2 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < 3
Question 2: The solution set to the b) −1 < 𝑥 < 3
2|
inequality |4 − 𝑥 > 0 is
c) 𝑥 < −1 or 𝑥 < 3
a) 𝑥 > −2 ⋃ 𝑥 < 2 d) 𝑥 > −1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < 3
b) 𝑥 < −2 ⋃ 𝑥 > 2 Question 13: “All black cats bring bad
c) −2 < 𝑥 < 2 luck” and “All black cats have been
exterminated”. These two statements imply
d) 𝑛𝑜𝑛𝑒
Question 3: Given that a) All the cats that bring bad luck have
been exterminated
log 2 (log 3 (log 2 𝑥)) = 0 , find 𝑥.
b) Only black cats bring bad luck
Question 4: Find the value of 𝑘 for which
c) All cats are black
the two curves 𝑦 = 2𝑥 + 𝑘 and 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 meet.
d) None of the above is correct
Question 5: Find the domain of 𝑓(𝑥) =
1 Question 14: Given 2cos 3𝑥 = −1 , solve
log(𝑥 2 ) for 𝑥.
Question 6: Find the equation of a line Question 15: The inequality 𝑒 𝑥 ≤ 2 − 𝑥 2 ,
perpendicular to 𝑦 = −2𝑥 + 1 has
Question 7: Solve the inequality (𝛼 + a) Two solutions
2)𝑥 < 𝛼 − 3 by finding values of 𝛼 for every b) Cannot be solved
real 𝑥 such that the inequality holds.
c) 𝑥 < −2 and 𝑥 > 2
Question 8: What is the solution to the
d) No solution
inequality, |𝑥|3 ≤ 𝑥 2 ?
2 −3𝑥 1
Question 16: The equation 2𝑥 =4
Question 9: In a set of colors, the number
has
of reds is three times the number of greens.
Blues are three times yellows which is half a. Two positive roots
of the greens. How many yellows make up
b. Two negative roots
the reds?
c. One negative root and one positive
Question 10: Solve the inequality, root
𝑥 2 +𝑥−2
≥ 0. Question 17: A geometric sequence has
𝑥+1
the following terms: 5, 𝑥, 𝑦, 135. Find 𝑦.
Question 11: Given the expressions
2 2
log 2 3 and log 3 2, which of the following is Question 18: 𝑆∞ = 6 + 2 + 3 + 9 + ⋯
correct? Simplify 𝑆∞
a) Their sum is 1
Question 19: Given 𝑦 = 5𝑥 4 − 4𝑥 3 then
b) Their product is 0 𝑑𝑦
is?
𝑑𝑥

173
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 20: Consider two positive d) None of the above

numbers X and Y such that X-Y is even. Question 26: We consider in the plane
Which of the following is not correct? the set A of couples (𝑥, 𝑦) where the
a) X and Y are odd minimum between |𝑥| and |𝑦| is less than
or equal to 1. So A is the set of couples
b) X and Y are even
(𝑥, 𝑦) so that
c) X is even and Y is odd
a) |𝑥| ≤ 1 𝑜𝑟 |𝑦| ≤ 1
d) none
b) |𝑥| ≤ 1 and |𝑦| ≤ 1
Question 21: Given 𝑥 2 + 𝑘𝑥 + 𝑘 = 0. For
c) |𝑥| ≥ 1 and |𝑦| ≤ 1
what value of 𝑘 does the equation have
equal roots? d) |𝑥| ≤ 1 and |𝑦| ≥ 1

Question 22: Given the line 𝑦 = −2𝑥 + 5, Question 27: What is the solution of the
which of the following lines is perpendicular equation √𝑥 2 + 5 = 2𝑥 − 1
to the line above? 2
a) 𝑥 = −2, 𝑥 = −
3
a) 6𝑦 + 3𝑥 + 1 = 0
2
b) 𝑥 = 2, 𝑥 =
b) −3𝑥 + 6𝑦 − 1 = 0 3
2
c) 𝑦 = 3𝑥 − 1 c) 𝑥 = 2, 𝑥 = − 3
d) 6𝑦 + 2𝑥 = 1 d) None of the above
Question 23: The solution of the Question 28: The curves 𝑥 − 4 = 𝑦 2 and
2
inequality 𝑥 + 𝑥 − 2 ≥ 0 is 𝑥 2 + 4𝑦 2 = 4
a) 𝑥 > −2 and 𝑥 < 1 a) Intersect at four points
b) 𝑥 < −2 or 𝑥 > 1 b) Intersect at two points
c) 𝑥 > −2 or 𝑥 < 1 c) Cannot be solved
d) 𝑥 < −2 and 𝑥 > 1 d) Do not intersect
Question 24: What is the value of 𝑥 in the Question 29: What is the solution to the
2 |𝑥|
equation log 2 𝑥 − log2 𝑥
+1=0 inequality 𝑥 2 + 1 ≤
1+|𝑥|
1
a) 𝑥 = 2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 2 Question 30: A right angled triangle has
1
sides 4 and 5 units long, and an angle of
b) 𝑥 = − 4 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 2 3
tan−1 (4). How long is the other side?
1
c) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 2
4 a) < 2
d) No solution b) > 5
Question 25: The inequality 𝑥 ≤ √𝑥 + 2 is c) Between 5 and 6
equivalent to:
d) < 5
2
a) 𝑥 ≤ 𝑥 + 2 Question 31: What is the value of 𝑘 in
2 𝑘
b) 𝑥 ≤ |𝑥 + 2| ∫0 (2𝑥 + 3)𝑑𝑥 = 4
c) (−2 ≤ 𝑥 < 0)𝑜𝑟 (𝑥 ≥ 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 2 −
𝑥 − 2 ≤ 0) Question 32: Given 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑎𝑦 = 0 a
Cartesian equation

174
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) All circles with center on y-axis Question 39: √𝑥 + 2 has solutions for
b) All circle with center on the y-axis a) 𝑥 ≥ −2
and passing through the origin
b) 𝑥 ≤ −2
c) none
Question 40: Solve √3 cos 𝑥 + sin 𝑥 = 0
Question 33: The equation √2𝑥 − 1 =
with 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 𝜋.
2𝑥 − 3 has
Question 41: Solve log 3 (𝑥 + 2) −
a) One solution
2 log 3 (𝑥) = 1. Find 𝑥.
b) Three solutions
Question 42: Given 𝑚2 = 2𝑛2 then
c) Two unequal solutions
d) Four solutions a) When 𝑚 is even, 𝑛 is odd

Question 34: The value of 𝑥 in the b) When 𝑛 is even, 𝑚 is odd

equation 4 sin4 𝑥 + sin2(2𝑥) = 0 is c) When 𝑛 is odd, 𝑚 is even
Question 35: Let there be in the plane a d) None of the above
circle with radius r and a chord AB on it at a Question 43: If the roots of the equation
𝑟
distance 2 from the center. Let there be C, 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 3 = 0 are 𝛼 and 𝛽, form the
1 1
a point on the minor arc AB. Find ∠𝐴𝐶𝐵 equation whose roots are 𝛼 and 𝛽.
Question 36: We consider the statement
Question 44: |𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 2| ≤ |𝑥| . Solve for
“If Jane goes to school, then her mother will
𝑥.
not go to the market.” This implies that if:
a) Jane does not go to school, her Question 45: 𝑥 ≤ √𝑥 + 2 is equivalent to
mother will not go to the market a) 𝑥 2 ≤ 𝑥 + 2
b) her mother went to the market, so b) 𝑥 2 ≤ |𝑥 + 2|
Jane did not go to school
c) (−2 ≤ 𝑥 < 0)or(𝑥 ≥ 0 and 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 −
c) her mother went to the market, so
2 ≤ 0)
Jane went to school
d) None of the above
d) none
Question 37: The graph of the function
𝑦 = log 1 (𝑥) and 𝑦 = 4−𝑥 are
4

a) Symmetric to each other with

respect to the y-axis
b) Symmetric to each other with
respect to the bisectrix of the
second and fourth quadrant
c) Symmetric to each other with
respect to the bisectrix of the first
and third quadrant
d) None of the above
Question 38: A right isosceles triangle
has largest side 1 unit. Find the other sides.

175
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b) Increase by 2
c) Increase by 4
d) None of the above
1: A bullet was projected at 45° to the
horizontal. Find the maximum height? 9: The force between two charges is
1N. If the distance between them is
2: What is meant by “conservation of reduced by a factor of 3, the new force
energy”? is
3: If an object is moving at a constant 1
a) 9
velocity, then its acceleration is
1
b)
a) 9.8 3

b) 0 c) 9
c) 2.4 d) 13
d) 6
4: A record of displacement vs time was 10: What is the unique similarity
carried from an experiment as shown between the electrostatic and the
below gravitational force?
𝑥(𝑚) 0 25 100 200 300 11: Which of the laws of
𝑡/𝑠 0 10 20 30 40 thermodynamics explains the fact that a
a) Velocity is constant change in enthalpy of the surrounding is
equivalent to a change in the enthalpy
b) Acceleration is constant of a closed system but opposite in sign?
c) Velocity and acceleration are
12: Which of the laws of
constant
thermodynamics talks about the
d) Cannot be determined conservation of energy?
5: State the first law of thermodynamics
13: In a closed system in which two
6: Water is filled in a cylinder and there bodies interact, what remains
is a hole midway in which water is unchanged?
flowing at a speed 𝑣 𝑚. 𝑠 −1 , what will be a) Linear momentum
the speed of water flowing through a
hole at the bottom? b) Internal energy
14: Consider en pendulum bob of
7: A person standing on a bridge throws
length 10 𝑐𝑚 hung from a ceiling. What
a stone into a river beneath and hears
should we do the length in order to vary
the sound after 2s. Find the height of the
the period by 2?
bridge above the water surface.
15: Pressure and volume at constant
8: A gas undergoes an isothermal
temperature vary pressure by doubling,
change. If its pressure drops by half, the
what happens to volume?
volume will
a) Decrease by half

176
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

16: Two bodies 𝑚1 and 𝑚2 and 𝑚2 >

𝑚1 fall in a vacuum
a) They reach the ground
simultaneously
b) 𝑚2 reaches the ground before
𝑚1
c) 𝑚1 reaches the ground before
𝑚2
17: An ice cube is floating on a glass full
of water. When the ice melts the height
of the water in the glass
a) Remains the same
b) Increases
c) Decreases
d) None of the above
18: Which law of thermodynamics
states that energy can neither be
created nor be destroyed.
19: In a mechanical system, which of
the following is conserved?
a) Potential energy
b) Kinetic energy
c) Total Energy
d) None of the above
20: A body moves and undergoes a
displacement of +3 units in the x-
direction and -4units in the y-direction in
5s. Find the average velocity.
21: The half-life of iodine is 8 days.
What fraction of radioactive iodine is left
after 24 days?

177
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 12: Write the equilibrium

expression 𝐾𝑒 for the reaction 𝑎𝐴 +
𝑏𝐵 → 𝑐𝐶 + 𝑑𝐷
Question 1: Find the pH of nitric acid Question 13: Which law of
with concentration 10−3 𝑀 thermodynamics states that energy can
Question 2: Name the compound neither be created nor be destroyed.
𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻2 𝐶𝐻(𝐶2 𝐻5 )𝐶𝐻(𝐵𝑟)𝐶𝐻3 . Question 14: What is the 0 − 𝐻 bond
Question 3: Given 20 𝑐𝑚3 of 0.01 M energy for this reaction 𝐻2(𝑔) + 𝑂2(𝑠) →
𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2, find the number of hydroxide 𝐻2 𝑂𝑔
ions. 𝑂𝐻 = 242, 2𝐻 = 436, 2𝑂 = 500
Question 4: A sample of a compound Question 15: Arrange the following in
contains 4.8 𝑔 𝐶, 1.2 𝑔 𝐻, 2.8 𝑔 𝑁 and order of increasing acidity 𝐻𝐵𝑟𝑂4,
the atomic weights 12, 1 and 14. Find 𝐻𝐼𝑂, 𝐻𝐶𝑙𝑂 from least to most powerful
the molecular formula. (acid strength).
Question 5: 0.01 M of 𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 is
dissolved in 10 𝑐𝑚−3 of a solution, what
is the number of 𝑂𝐻 − ions?
Question 6: When 𝐶𝐻4 or 𝐶4 𝐻10 burns
in air it produces 𝐶𝑂2, causing an effect
which leads to global warming. What is
that effect called?
Question 7: Which of the laws of
thermodynamics explains the fact that a
change in enthalpy of the surrounding is
equivalent to a change in the enthalpy
of a closed system but opposite in sign?
Question 8: Which of the laws of
thermodynamics talks about the
conservation of energy?
Question 9: What is the name of the
phenomenon where the same element
naturally exhibits different forms ?
Question 10: 𝐻𝑁𝑂3 → 𝐻 + + 𝑁𝑂3− . The
concentration of a nitric acid is 1.0 ×
10−3 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑑𝑚−3 . What is the pH?
Question 11: Pressure and volume at
constant temperature vary pressure by
doubling, what happens to volume?

178
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

[Which of the following set of 3

numbers CAN'T represent the lengths
of triangle sides]
a. 10, 7, 5
1. Pour quelles valeurs réelles est b. 7, 9, 12
définie la fonction f(x)=log2((x-2)²) ? c. 11, 4, 5
[For which real values of x is d. 9, 5, 6
defined the function f(x)=log2((x- 5. On considère la fonction F(x) =
2)²) ?]
√4𝑥² − 3𝑥 − 1 .parmi les
a. Seulement pour x>0
[only for x>0] expressions suivantes laquelle est
b. Seulement pour x<0 correcte ?
[only for x<0] [We consider the function F(x) =
c. Pour toutes les valeurs réelles √4𝑥² − 3𝑥 − 1 .which of the following
différentes de 2 [for all statement is correct]
real values different from 2] a. La fonction est définie par
d. Seulement pour x=2 x>1/2.[the function is defined by
[only for x=2] x>1/2]
2. Soit k un nombre réel et on b. La fonction est définie par 0 ≤ x
considère l’équation tgx=k .Alors ≤1/4. [the function is
[Let k be a real number and we assume defined by 0 ≤ x ≤1/4]
the equation tgx=k .so ] c. La fonction est définie par -1/4 ≤ x
a. L’équation a des solutions rée lles ≤1. [the function is defined
infinies [the solution has by -1/4 ≤ x ≤1]
infinite real solutions] d. La fonction est définie par x≤ -1/4
b. L’équation a des solutions réels et par x≥ 1. [the function is defined
seulement si k≠0 [the équation by x≤ -1/4 and by x≥ 1]
has real solutions only if k≠0] 6. Soit x un nombre réel parmi les
c. L’équation a des solutions si affirmations suivantes laquelle est
seulement k≠π/2 [the equation FAUSSE ?
has real solutions only if k≠π/2] [Let x be a real number which of the
d. L’équation a une solution réelle following statements is false ?]
[the equation has one real solution] a. (2x+2)2 = 2x²+4x+4
3. L’ensemble {xϵR / x<2 et x>3} b. (2x+2)2 = 22x+4
représente c. (2x+2)2 = 4x+2
[The set {xϵR / x<2 and x>3} d. (2x+2)2 = 16.42
represents] 7. Soit une parabole et une ellipse
a. (-∞,2) U (3, +∞) dans un plan cartésien 0XY.la
[(-∞,2) U (3, +∞)] quelle des expressions suivantes
b. (2,3) est correcte.
[(2,3)] [We consider a parabola and an ellipse
c. L’ensemble est vide in a cartesian plane OXY .which of the
[the set is empty] followin statements is correcte]
d. Aucune réponse n’est correcte a. Elles ont un maximum de 2 points
[none of the above] en commun [they have a
4. Parmi les ensembles suivant de 3 maximum of 2 points in common]
nombres, lequel NE PEUT PAS b. Elles ont un maximum de 4 points
représenter les longueurs des en commun [they have a
cotes d’un triangle? maximum of 4 points in common]

179
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c. Elles peuvent avoir de points infinis 1

c. log46 = log26
2
en commun [have infinitely many
d. log46 = ½ + log 4 3
points in common]
12. Soit x un nombre entier. Parmi les
d. Aucune des propositions
affirmations suivantes laquelle est
précédentes n’est correcte [none
la négation de x est un nombre pair
of the above]
ou un nombre entier positif.
8. Les solutions de l’équation e2x –
[Let x be a whole number.which of the
2ex – 3=0 sont
following sentences is the negation of x
[Solutions to the equation e2x – 2ex –
is an even number or a positive whole
3=0 are]
number ?]
a. x= log3
a. x est un nombre entier
[x=log3]
inpair ,negatif ou nul [x is an odd,
b. x= log3 et x= log (-1)
negative or zero number]
[x=log3 and x=log(-1)] b. x est un nombre entier inpair
c. x=log3 et x=-log1 negatif [x is an odd, negative whole
[x=log3 and x=-log1 number]
d. aucune réponse n’est correcte c. x est un nombre entier impaire ou
[none of the above] negatif [x is an odd or
9. Soit xϵ [0,2π] et on considère negative whole number]
l'inégalité ǀsin(x)ǀ≥ ½.parmi les d. cest un nombre entier impair ou
negatif ou encore nul [x is an odd or
alternatives suivantes, laquelle est
negative or zero whole
correcte number]
[We consider xϵ [0,2π] and the 13. l’inégalité x - ǀx+2ǀ ≥ 0 est vrai
inequality ǀsin(x)ǀ≥ ½. Which of the [the inequality x - ǀx+2ǀ ≥ 0 is true]
following expression is correct] a. pour chaque x ≥ 0
π 5π
a. [6 , 6 ] [for every x ≥ 0]
b. [ ,
π 5π
]U[ ,
7π 11π
] b. pour chaque x ≤ 0
6 6 6 6 [for every x ≤ 0]
π 5π 7π 11π
c. [0, [U[ , ] U [ ,2π] c. pour chaque x ≤ 1
6 6 6 6
d.
π 2π 4π 5π
[3 , 3 U [ 3 , 3 ] [for every x ≤ 1]
d. aucune réponse n’est correcte
10. Soit 0 < α < π/4 la quelle des
[none of the above]
expressions suivante est correcte ?
14. Soit un nombre réel qui satisfait les
[We consider 0 < α < π/4 which of the
inégalités ½ ≤ (e1/x)2 < 1. Alors on
following statements is correct ?]
sin2α cos2α
a:
a. sinα
> cosα [let x be a real number satisfying the
b.
sin2α
=
cos2α inequalities ½ ≤ (e1/x)2 < 1 .so we
sinα cosα have :]
sin2α cos2α
c. < a. log(1) – log(2) ≤ x < 1
sinα cosα
sin2α 2
d. < 1 b. x ≤ − log2
sinα
11. La quelle des relations suivante est c. log(2) > x ≥ 0
FAUSSE ? 2
d. − log2 ≤ x < 0
[Which of the following relationships is
FALSE ?] 15. A parti de l’affirmation « si on tir au
sors le numéro 13, Bruno devient
a. 2log4 6 = √6
riche », on peut déduire que :
b. 8log46 = 64

180
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

[We consider the statement « if the [The real solutions of the inequality
number 13 is raffled, bruno becomes log2(x2-1) – log2(x-2) > 2 are :]
rich » then we can deduce that :] a. x > 2 [ x>2]
a. Si le numéro 13 n’est pas tiré au b. x <-1 ou x > 2 [x < -1 or x > 2]
sort, Bruno devient pauvre c. x < -1 [x < -1]
[if the number 13 is not raffled then d. x > 1 [x > 1]
Bruno becomes poor] 19. Soit x ϵ 0 [0,π] . nous considérons
b. Etant donné que Bruno n’est pas le système d’inéquations
devenu riche, alors le numéro 13 √2
sinx ≥
n’a pas été tire [since { 2 . Parmi les
1
bruno never became rich that 0 ≤ cosx <
2
means the number 13 has not propositions suivantes laquelle est
been raffled] correcte ?
c. Si le numéro 13 n’est pas tiré au [let be x ϵ 0 [0,π]. We consider the
sort, Bruno ne devient pas riche √2
[if the number 13 is not raffled, sinx ≥ 2
inequalities { 1
Which of
Bruno doesn't becomes rich] 0 ≤ cosx < 2
d. Aucune des réponses précédentes
the following statements is correct ?]
n’est correcte π π
[none of the above] a. x ϵ [ , [;
4 3
1
16. Soit a = 2 5 .laquelle des π 3π
+ b. x ϵ ] , [
3 7 4 4
expressions suivante est correct π
1 c. x ϵ ] , π]
[We consider a = 2 5 .which of the 3
+ π π
3 7
d. x ϵ ] , ]
following statements is correct] 3 2
a. 0.5 < a < 0.7 20. Les solutions de l’inéquation
b. 0.7 < a < 1 √4x 2 − 3x − 1 ≥ 2x-3 sont :
c. 1 < a < 1.2 [Solutions of the inequality
d. 1.2 < a < 1.5 √4x 2 − 3x − 1 ≥ 2x-3 are :]
17. Soit a,b,x trois nombres réels avec a. x ≤ 3/2.
a > b et x > 0. Parmi les [x ≤ 3/2]
affirmations suivantes, laquelle est b. x ≤ -1/4 et x ≥ 10/9.
correcte : [x ≤ -1/4 and x ≥ 10/9]
[Let a,b,x three real numbers with a > b c. x ≤ -1/4 et x ≥ 1.
et x > 0. Which of the following [x ≤ -1/4 and x ≥ 1]
statements is correct : d. aucune Ans nest correcte.
a. xa > xb si a,b > 1et pour tout x > 0 [none of the above]
[xa > xb if a,b > 1 and for every x > 21. Soit un quadrilatère quelconque.
0] La somme de ses angles internes,
b. xa < xb si xϵ (0,1) exprimee en degres ,est :
[xa < xb if xϵ (0,1)] [Let's consider any quadrilateral. The
c. xa < xb si a,b > 0 pour tout x > 1 sum of it's interior angles in degrees
[xa < xb if a,b > 0 and for every x is :]
>1] a. 360°
d. xa > xb si a,b,x > 0 [360°]
[xa > xb if a,b,x > 0] b. 180°
18. Les solutions réelles a l'inégalité [180°]
log2(x2-1) – log2(x-2) >2 sont :

181
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c. 90° a. Tous les nombres n1 ,

[90°] n2……..doivent être supérieure ou
d. Dépendante de la forme du égaux a 1
quadrilatère [depending [all the numbers n1 , n2…….. have to be
on the form of the quadrilateral] greater or equal to 1]
22. Monsieur Oreste investit 10,000 b. Si un des nombres n1,n2 ,…… est
FCFA dans un fond avec intérêt inferieure ou égal a -100, alors au
mensuel de 1% après 12 mois. il moins un des nombres restant doit
recevra : être supérieure a 2
[Sir Oreste invest 10,000 FCFA in a [if one of the numbers n1 , n2……..is
fund with a monthly rate of 1%. After 12 lower or equal to -100,so atleast one of
months he will recieve :] the remaining numbers must be greater
a. 10,000 FCFA than 2]
[10,000 FCFA] c. Si parmi les nombres n1,n2 ,…… il
b. 11,200 FCFA ya 99,alors tous les autres devront
[11,200 FCFA] être supérieurs ou égaux à -1
c. Plus de 11,200fcfa mais mois d [if between numbers n1 , n2…….. there
12,000fcfa [more than 11,200 fcfa is 99, then all others must be
but less than 12,000 FCFA] greaterthan or equal to -1]
d. Aucune réponse n’est correct d. Aucune réponse n’est correcte
[none of the above] [none of the above]
23. Soit A l’ensemble des nombres 25. Dans un échiquier 4 x 4, combien
naturels multiples de 20 et B peut on former de carrés ?
l’ensemble des nombres naturels [In a 4 x 4 checker board ,how many
multiples de 15. Quel est squares can be formed ?]
l’ensemble A ∩ B ?
[Let A be the set of natural numbers Réponse/Answer…………………………
multiples of 20 and B the set of natural ……………………………………………
numbers multiples of 15 . which is the …………………
set A ∩ B ?] π
26. Soit f(x) =sin (x + ) cos +
π
4 4
a. Les nombres naturels multiples de π π
60 ; [natural cos (x + ) sin ∀xϵ R. Parmi les
4 4
numbers multiples of 60] alternatives suivantes, laquelle est
b. Les nombres naturels multiples de correcte ?
5; [natural π π
[Assume f(x) =sin (x + 4 ) cos 4 +
numbers multiples of 5] π π
c. Les nombres naturels multiples de cos (x + 4 ) sin 4 ∀xϵ R.Which of the
300 ; [natural following statements is correct ?]
numbers multiples of 300] a) f (x) = - cos (x)
d. Les nombres naturels multiples de b) f (x) = sin (x)
30 ; [natural c) f (x) = cos(x)
numbers multiples of 30] d) f (x) = -sin (x)
24. Supposons la somme de 100 27. Un cube de marbre est immerge
nombres entiers relatifs n1 , n2 ,….. dans un récipient cylindrique d’un
soit supérieure a 100. Alors diamètre de 16cm contenant de
[Assume that the sum of 100 integers l’eau. On note qua, a la suite de la
n1 , n2 ,…… is greater than 100. So ] totale immersion du cube, le niveau
de l’eau a augmenté d'un cm.

182
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Quelle est la longueur du coté du with a as real parameter. Which of the

cube ? following statements is true]
[A marble cube is immersed in a a. il existe une valeur unique de a
cylindrical container of diameter 16cm pour laquelle les droites sont
.it is noted that after the immersion of parallèles et distinctes
the cube the level of the water was [there exist a unique value of a for
reasen by 1cm. How long is the side of which the lines are parallel and distinct ]
the cube ?] b. il existe une valeur de a pour
a. 4 cm laquelle les droites sont
[4 cm] coïncidentes
b. 64π cm [there exist a unique value of a
[64π cm] exists for which the lines are coincident
c. 2 cm ]
[2 cm] c. il existe 2 valeurs de pour
d. Cela dépend de la hauteur du lesquelles les droites sont
récipient [depends on parallèles
the height of the container] [there exist two values of a exist
28. Soit e le nombre népérien et on for which the lines are parallel]
considère également log le d. il n’existe pas de valeurs de a pour
logarithme de base e. ensuite, on laquelle les droites sont parallèles
e 2 elog2 [there exist no value of a for which
considère α : = log√ 2
. Parmi
the lines are parallel]
les expressions suivantes, laquelle
est correcte ? 30. Soit trois points du plan non aligné.
[Let e be Nepero's number and we Combien existe-t-il de droites qui
assume log the logarithm with base e.
sont exactement à la même
e 2 elog2
Next we consider α : = log√ 2
. distance de ces trois points ?
Which of the following statements is [We consider 3 non-aligne points in
correct ?]
a. On ne peut pas calculer α the plane. How many line scan one find
[we cannot calculate α] that are exactly at the same distance
b. α > 1 from these three points ]
[α > 1]
c. α < 1 a. avec les informations fournies il
[α < 1] n’est pas possible de répondre de
d. α = 1 manière univoque
[α = 1]
[given informations don’t allow us to
29. Dans le plan cartésien 0XY, on
considère les droites d’équations answer in an unambiguous way]
ax+3y+4 = 0 et x+2ay+7 = 0 avec a b. 6
comme paramètre réel. Parmi les
expressions suivantes, laquelle est [6]
correcte ? c. 3
[In the cartésien plane 0XY, we
[3]
consider the lines with equations
ax+3y+4=0 and x+2ay+7=0 d. Aucune réponse n’est correcte
[none of the above]

183
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

31. Soit la fonction y = x3 + 2x2 + 3x + c. x = -1⁄3

4. Déterminer la pente de la courbe
[x = - 1⁄3 ]
àx=5
d. ne peut pas être résoudre
[Given the function y = x3 + 2x2 + 3x +
[cannot be solved]
4. Determine the gradient of the curve
35. Quel est la distance entre deux
at x = 5]
points A (2,5) et B (7,17) dans un
système de cordonnés
Réponse/Answer :………………………
rectangulaire ?
……………………………………………
[What is the distance between two
……………………………………….
points A (2,5) and B (7,17) in a
32. Une fonction multipliée par son
rectangular coordinate systeme ]
inverse est toujours égale a :
Réponse / Answer :
[A fucntion multiplied by its inverse is
……………………………………………
always equal to :]
……………………………………………
Réponse / Answer :
…………………
……………………………………………
36. Laquelle des paires de lignes
……………………………………………
suivante sont parallèles ?
……………………….
[Which of the following paires of lines
33. Quel est le nombre de chiffres
are parallel ]
significatif dans le résultat
a. y =2x – 4 et y = 3x + 5
numérique de 7576.77
[y =2x – 4 and y = 3x + 5]
[What is the number of significant
b. 6x + 3y =1 et 4x + 2y = 1
figures in the numerical result ]
[6x + 3y =1 and 4x + 2y = 1]
Réponse / Answer :
c. x = 3 et y = -4
……………………………………………
[x = 3 and y = -4]
……………………………………………
d. 3x – 2y = 5 et 2x + 3y = 4
…………….
[3x – 2y = 5 and 2x + 3y = 4]
34. Résoudre ǀ 3x – 7 ǀ = 8
37. Quel est le différentiel pour xy + x
[Solve ǀ 3x – 7 ǀ = 8 ]
-2y = 5
a. x = 5
[What is the differential for xy + x -2y =
[x = 5]
5]
b. x = 5 ou x = - 1⁄3 dy x−2
a. dx
= − y+1
[x = 5 or x = -1⁄3]
dy x−2
b. dx
= y+1

184
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

dy y+1 b. S = R
c. dx
= − x−2
dy y+1 [S = R]
d. dx
= x−2
c. S est plus grande ou plus petite
38. Le rectangle montré dans la figure que R en fonction de son arrête
a une aire de 35 et a les côtés [ S is higher or smaller than R
parallèles aux axes cartésiens. according to its edge]
Calculer a,b ,c,d et e. d. L’information n’est pas suffisante
[The rectangle shown in the figure pour établir un rapport entre S et R
below has an area of 35 and sides [information is not sufficient to
parallel to the cartesian axis. Calculate establish a relationship between S
a,b,c and e. and R]
a. a = 2, b = 9, c = 7, d = 9, e = 3 x−3
40. Calculer [Calculate] lim
x→3 x2 −9
b. a = 1, b = 9, c = 8, d = 8, e = 2
a. 1/6
c. a = 2, b = 9, c = 8, d = 9, e = 3
b. 0
d. a = -2, b = 11, c = 8, d = 6, e =
c. 1
3
d. ∞
y

(a,8) (b,c)

41. Soit l’équation x2 – 3.27x + 215 = 0,

alors
(2,3)
(d,e) [Let be the equation x2 – 3.27x + 215 = 0,
so]
x
a. x = 26 et x = 28 sont des solution

39. S est l’aire d’un carré de coté 5 et [x= 26 and x = 28 are solutions]

R est l’aire d’un rectangle ayant un b. x = 25 et x = 29 sont des solutions

périmètre égal a 12. Laquelle des [x = 25 and x = 29 are solutions]

affirmations suivantes est c. l’équation a une et une seul

correcte ? solution [the equation

[S is the area of a square of side 5 and has one and only one solution]

R the area of a rectangle of perimeter d. aucune des réponses n’est

equal to 12. Which of the following correcte [none of the

statements is correct ?] above]

a. S < R 42. Le polynôme x3 - 3x2 – 4x est

[S < R] divisible par :

185
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

[The polynomial x3 - 3x2 – 4x is divisible d. Aucune réponse n’est correcte

by :] [none of the above]
a. x + 2 45. La fonction f(x) = x²sin(x/2) est :
b. x + 4 [The function f(x) = x²sin(x/2) is :]
c. x² a. Périodique de période 4π
d. x + 1 [periodic with period 4π]
43. Dans un plan cartésien, la droite b. Périodique de période 2π
passant par l’origine et [periodic with period 2π]
perpendiculaire a la droite c. Périodique de période 4π
d’équation 5x – 3y – 1= 0 a pour [periodic with period 4π]
équation d. N’est pas périodique
[In a cartesian plane xy. The line which [is not periodic]
passes through the origin and is 46. Les graphiques des deux fonctions
perpendicular to the line of equation 5x y = 2x et y = (1/2)x
– 3y – 1 = 0 has for equation] [Graphs of the two functions y = 2x and
a. 3x – 5x = 0 y = (1/2)x]
[3x – 5x = 0] a. Se croisent au point d’abscisse
b. 3x + 5x = 0 négative [intersect at a point
[3x + 5x = 0] of negative abscissa]
c. 5x – 3y = 0 b. Se croisent au point d’abscisse
[5x – 3y = 0] positive [intersect at a point
d. Aucune Ans nest correcte of negative abscissa]
[none of the above] c. Ne se croisent jamais
44. Les solutions de l’inéquation [don't intersect]
√x(x−5)
> 0 sont les xϵR tels que d. Se croisent a un point d’abscisse
|x−7|
nulle [intersect at a point of
[The solutions to the inequality
zero abscissa]
√x(x−5)
|x−7|
> 0 are all the xϵR such as] 47. Combien de solutions a l’équation
a. x > 0 et x ≠ 7 x – 4 = 3√2 − x ?
[x > 0 and x ≠ 7] [The solutions to the equation x – 4 =
b. x > 5 et x ≠ 7 3√2 − x ?]
[x > 5 and x ≠ 7] a. Aucune
c. 0 < x < 5 [none]
[0 < x < 5] b. Exactement une
[exactly one]

186
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c. Exactement deux
[exactly two]
d. Plus de deux
[more than two]
48. L’ensemble des solutions de
l’inéquation √2x + 3> ǀxǀ
[The solution to the inequality √2x + 3 >
ǀxǀ]
a. L’intervalle -3/2 < x < -1
[the interval -3/2 < x < -1]
b. L’intervalle – x > 3/2
[the interval – x > 3/2]
c. L’intervalle -3/2 < x < 3
[the intervalle -3/2 < x < 3]
d. Aucune des réponses n’est
correcte
[none of the above]
49. Soit dans le plan un cercle de
rayon r et sur celui-ci une corde AB
r
à distance 2 du centre. Soit C un
point de l’arc mineur AB. Alors
̂
l’angle ACB
[Let’s consider a circle in the plane
with radius r and on it a rope AB at a
r
distance 2 from the center. Let C be a
point of the minor arc AB. So the angle
̂
ACB
a. mesure 60 degrés
[measures 60 degrees]
b. mesure 120 degrés
[measures 120 degrees]
c. a une mesure qui dépend de la position
de C [measure that depends on the
position of C]
d. Aucune réponse n’est correcte
[None of the above]

187
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a. v1 = v2
1
b. v1=√2 𝑣 2
1
c. v1= 𝑣2
2
1.Si le cuivre est un métal. On peut donc d. j’ai besoin de connaitre la masse
dire que : du corps pour fournir une réponse
[Copper is a metal, therefore it is:] [ I need to know the mass of
the body to provide an answer]

a. C’est un pauvre conducteur 4.Un gaz parfait, contenu dans un cylindre

d’électricité [a poor parfaitement calorifuge, se repand
conductor of electricity] lentement comme le resultat du
mouvement du piston. Quelles quantites
b. Il n’est pas réactif avec les autres decrivent l’etat de gaz ne changent pas?
sub. [Non-reactive with other
substances] [An ideal gas, contained inside an ideal
thermally insulated cylinder, slowly
c. C’est un bon conducteur de expanding as a result of the mouvement of
chaleur [a good conductor of the piston. Which of the quantities
heat] describing the gas status do not change?]
d. Il devient liquide a température a. Sa temperature [its
ambiante [Liquid at room temperature] temperature]
b. Son entropie [its entropy]
2.Argon est un gaz noble. On peut donc
c. Les deux changent [They both
dire que :
change]
[Argon is a noble gas; therefore, it is:] d. Aucune d’elles ne change [none
of them changes]
a. C’est un bon conducteur
d’electricite [a good conductor of 5.Quel est le mecanisme qui produit de
electricity] l’energie a l’interieur du soleil ?
b. Il n’est pas réactif avec les autres
[ What is the mecanism producing energy
substances [Non-reactive with
in the sun]
other substances]
c. c. C’est un bon conducteur de a. La fission nucleaire [nuclear
chaleur [a good fission]
conductor of heat] b. La fusion nucleaire [nuclear
d. d. Il devient liquide à température fusion]
ambiante [Liquid at room c. La force du vent [Wind power]
température] d. L’électricité [Electricity]
3.un corps tombe dans le vide étant au 6.La quantite de travail necessaire pour
repos au début. Sa vitesse v est mesurée à comprime un ressort d’une longueur x est :
une profondeur h1 mètres (v1), et h2= 2h1
mètres (v2). Quelle relation entre v1 et v2 ? [ The amount of work needed to compress
a spring by a length x is?]
[ A body falls in vacuum, starting from rest
its speed v is measured at depth h1 in a. Independent de x [Independent
meters (v1) and h2=2h1 meters (v2). What is of x]
the relation between v1 and v2?] b. Proportionnelle a x [proportional
to x]

188
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c. Proportionnelle a x2 [proportional d. La mesure de la densité d’un corps

to x2] [A measure of a body
1 density]
d. Proportionnelle a 𝑥 [proportional
1
to 𝑥 ] 9.Le volt-électron est une unité de mesure
de :
7.Quelle est la difference entre la force du
coulomb et le force graviitationnelle ? [The electron volt is a unit for measurement
of]
[ What’s the difference between coulomb
and gravitational force?] a. Charge electrique
[Electric charge]
a. Il n’y a pas de différence, excepte b. Potential electrique [Electric
leurs intensités [There are no potential]
differences, appart thier intensities] c. Difference de potentiel elictrique
b. La force de coulomb s [Electric potential difference]
proportionnelle a 1⁄ 2 alors que la d. Energie [Energy]
𝑟
force gravitationnelle ne l’est pas 10.Un homme marche, partant de l’origine
[coulomb force is d’un système de référence. Il se déplace
1
proportional to 𝑟2 gravitation is not d’une quantité de mouvement représentée
] par le séquence des vecteurs suivants : (7,-
c. La force gravitationnelle est 2), ensuite (-15,13) successivement (8,5),
proportionnelle a 1⁄𝑟 2 alors que la et enfin (2.4). Quel déplacement fait
force de coulomb ne l’est pas l’homme?
[gravitation force is
[A man walks starting from the origin of a
proportional to 1 ∕ 𝑟 2 , coulomb reference system. He displaces by an
force is not] amount represented by the following
d. La force gravitationnelle est vectors in sequence: (7, -2) then by (-15,13)
seulement attractive, alors que la subsequently by (8, 5) and finally by (2, -4).
force de coulomb peut aussi etre What is the vector representing the total
répulsive [Gravitation is only displacement of the man?]
attractive, coulomb force may also
be repulsive] a. (-4,16)
b. (5,15)
8.Le nombre d’Avogadro est en fait : c. (2,12)
[Avogadro number is in fact] d. (-8, -18)

a. L’inverse de la masse d’un 11.Dans un mouvement circulaire

nucléon, mesurée en grammes uniforme, la force est
[The inverse of a nucleon [In a uniform circular motion the force is]
mass in grams]
b. L’inverse de la charge d’un proton, a. Tangente a la circonference
mesurée en coulomb [The [tangent to the
inverse of a proton charge, in circumference]
coulombs] b. Dirigee vers le centre
c. Un constant numérique inspire de [directed towards the center]
la géométrie [A numerical c. Dirigee loin du centre
constant inspired from geometry] [directed away from the center]
d. Nulle [zero]

189
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

12.Un homme se trouve debout sur une b. c.10000kg d.100000kg

balance a l’intérieur d’un ascenseur. Quand
15.Un ballon d’aire avec une masse de 2kg
l’ascenseur est à l’arrêt, la balance indique
est lancé dans l’atmosphère. Il
72kg. Quand l’ascenseur monte, la balance
atteint 2000 mètres et ensuite se stabilise
mesure :
(sans jamais monter ou descendre
[A man is standing on a weight scale placed davantage). Quelle est la force totale qui
inside an elevator. When the elevator is at agit sur le ballon après sa stabilisation ?
rest the scale indicates 72kg. when the
[An air balloon with a mass of 2kg is
elevator accelerates upward the weight
launched in the atmosphere. It rises for
scale measures ]
2000meters then it levels off (neither rises
a. Un poids plus grand nor lowers). What is the total force acting on
[a bigger weight] the balloon after it levels off?]
b. Un poids plus petit
Answer/Réponse :
[ a smaller weight]
...…………………………………………
c. Le meme poids
……………………………………………
[the same weight]
…………………
d. Il n’est pas possible de repondre
[it cannot be determined] 16.Une pièce de glace flotte dans un
container rempli d’eau et le niveau d’eau
13.Dans une collision entre 2 corps libres,
est enregistré : Apres que la glace ait
qu’est-ce qui est toujours conserve ?
fondu, le niveau de l’eau est de nouveau
[ In a collision between 2 free bodies what enregistré. Le nouveau niveau d’eau
is always conserved?] s’avère être :
a. L’energie du systeme [A piece of ice floating in a container filled
[the energy of the system] with water and the water level is recorded.
b. L’elan lineaire duu systeme [the After the ice has melted the level of the
linear momentum of the system] water is recorded again. The new water
c. La somme des vitesses level is found to be:]
[the sum of the velocities]
a. Superieur
d. Aucune Ans n’est correcte [none
[higher]
of the above]
b. Inferieur
14.La pression atmospherique de l’aire au [lower]
niveau de la mer est equivalente au poids c. Egal
de 104kg uniformement distribue sur un [equal]
metre carre. Quelle est la masse d’une d. On ne peut pas répondre car cela
colonne d’aire atmospherique ayant une dépend de la densité de la glace
surface de base rectangulaire de [it cannot be determined because it
10cmx10cm ? depends on the density of the ice]
[The atmospheric air pressure at the sea 17.Un gaz parfait effectue une expansion à
level is equivalent to about the weight of une température constante. L’énergie
104kg uniformly distributed on a square interne:
meter. What is the mass of a column of
[An ideal gas makes an expansion at
atmospheric air with a rectangular base
constant temperature. The internal energy:]
surface 10cmx10cm]?
a. Augmente [increases]
a. 100kg b.1000kg

190
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b. Diminue [decreases]
c. Reste constante [remains
constant]
d. On ne peut pas répondre car cela
dépend de la pression
[it cannot be said because it depends
on the pressure]
18.Dans un métal, le champ électrique est :
[In a metal the electric field is?]
a. Maximal près de la surface
[maximal near the surface]
b. Minimal près de la surface
[minimale near the surface]
c. Nul [zero]
d. La réponse dépend de la position
au sein du corps [the answer
depends on the position inside the
body]
19.L’intensite de la radiation reçue par la
terre, et émise par le soleil, est 1353W/m2.
Quelle est la puissance totale reçue a la
surface de la terre ?
[The intensity of the electromagnetic
radiaion recieved by the earth from the sun
is 1353W/m2. What is the total power
received on the earth surface?
(Rearth=6370km)]
a. 1.7x1017W
b. 6.9X1017W
c. 5.5X1016W
d. 5.4X1010W

191
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

b. La loi de vitesse depend de la

concentration des produits, tout comme
celle des réactifs

70. 30ml d’une solution introduit dans une [A rate law depends on the
seringue de 5g s’avère avoir une masse concentration of products as well as those
combinée de 80g.Déterminez la densité of reactants]
de la solution.
c. La loi de vitesse depend de la
[30ml of a solution drawn into a 5g syringe concentration des réactifs dans une
is found to have a combined mass of 80g. reaction chimique
Determine the density of the solution.]
[A rate law depends on the
a. 2.97g/ml concentration of reactants in a chemical
reaction]
b. 2.83g/ml
d. Aucune réponse n’est correcte
c. 2.50g/ml
73. Dans la cinétique chimique,les
d. 3.29g/ml réactions d’ordre zéro sont appelées de la
71. La mesure de la tendance d’un sorte car :
élément pour attirer des électrons vers lui [In chemical kinetics,the zéro order
est appelée : reactions are so called because]
[The measure of the tendency of an a. Taux=K°[concentration]=[concentration]
element to attract electrons to itself is [Rate=K°[concentration]=[concentration] ]
called]
b. Taux=K[concentration]°=K
a. électropositivité [Rate=K[concentration]
[electropositivity]
c. Taux=0
b. électronégativité [Rate=0]
[electronegativity]
d. Taux<0
[Rate <0]
c. covalence
[covalency] 74. Un échantillon de gaz dans un
système de volume de 600ml à 2T Kelvin
d. électromagnétisme
a été trouvé pour exercer une pression de
[electromagnetism]
92KPa.Quelle pression exercera cette
72. Parmi les propositions suivantes échantillon lorsqu’il sera compressé a
laquelle est correcte ? 200ml et refroidi à T Kelvin ?

[Which of the following statements is [A sample of a gas in a system of volume

true ?] 600ml at 2T Kelvin was found to exert a
pressure of 92KPa.What pressure will the
a. La loi des vitesses depend de la sample exert when it is compressed to
concentration des produits dans une 200ml and cooled to T Kelvin ?]
reaction chimique
Réponse/Answer----------------------------------
[A rate law depends on the ---------------------------------------------------------
concentration of products in a chemical -------
reaction]

192
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

75. La séparation des composants d’un 400g of water at 25°C.If the final
mélange grâce à l’utilisation de leur temperature of the water is 45°C,what is
différente volatilité est appelée : the heat gained by the water?No heat is
lost to the surroundings.Specific heat of
[The separation of the components of a
water=4.2J/g°C.]
mixture by making use of their different
volatilities is called :] a. 37200J
a. Crystallisation b. 36000J
[Crystallisation]
c. 33600J
b. Diffusion
d. 32000J
[Diffusion]
79. A partir de la question 78 ci -
c. Distillation
dessus,calculez la chaleur spécifique du
[Distillation]
métal.
d. Ionisation
[From question 78 above,calculate the
[Ionization]
specific heat capacity of the metal.]
a. 2,1J/g°C
77. Le schéma de la réaction d’un
b. 3,6J/g°C
échantillon est illustré ci-dessous :
H+
CH2=CH2 + H2O → X(…). Qu’est-ce que c. 3,2J/g°C
X(…) ? d. Aucune réponse n’est correcte
[A sample reaction scheme is shown [None of the above]
H+
below: CH2=CH2 + H2O → X(…). What is 80. Quel est le nombre d’oxydation pour le
X(…)?] carbon dans l’ion oxalate C2O4² - ?

a. 2CH2OH(Phénol) [What is the oxidation number for carbon

[2CH2OH(Phenol)] in the oxalate ion C2O4² - ?]

b. CH3CH2OH(Ethanol) a. -3
[CH3CH2OH(Ethanol)] b. -4
c. CH2CHO(Butanol) c. 4
[CH2CHO(Butanol)]
d. 3
d. Aucune réponse n’est correcte
[None of the above] 81. Dans l’électrolyse, l’oxidation a
toujours lieu à l’anode et la reduction à la
78. L’échantillon d’un metal d’une masse cathode. Que dire de cette affirmation?
de 2OOg est chauffé à 125°C et est
ensuite plongé dans 400g d’eau à 25°C.Si [In electrolysis, oxidation always occurs at
la température de l’eau est de 42°C,quelle the anode and reduction at the cathode.
est la chaleur gagné par l’eau ?Aucune What does this statement represent ?]
chaleur n’est dispersée qux alentours.La
a. Cette affirmation est fausse
chaleur spécifique de l’eau=4,2J/g°C
[A false statement]
[A sample of a metal with a mass of 200g
b. Cette affirmation est correcte
is heated to 125°C and then dropped into
[A true statement]

193
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c. Cette affirmation est ambiguë b. 0,8M K+ et 0,4M SO42 -

[An ambiguous statement] [0.8M K+ and 0.4M SO42 -]
d. Aucune réponse n’est correcte
[None of the above] c. 1,6M K+ et 0,8M SO42 -
[1.6M K+ and 0.8M SO42 -]
82. La demi-vie de l’iode (I-131,53) est 8
jours. Combien d’iode d’un échantillon de
d. O,8M K+ et 0.8M SO42 -
32g reste t’il après 3 demi-vies ?
[0.8M K+ and 0.8M SO42 -]
[The half-life of iodine is 8 days. How
much iodine from a 32g sample remains 85. Quelle est le pH d’une solution avec
after 3half-lives?] un [H+] de 1.0x10° mol/L ?

Réponse/Answer:--------------------------------- [What is the p H of a solution with an [H+]

--------------------------------------------------------- of 1.0x10° mol/L?]
-----------
Réponse/Answer----------------------------------
83. Dans une réaction radioactive, une ---------------------------------------
particule beta (β) est perdue. Laquelle des
réactions suivantes est correcte?

[In a radioactive reaction,a beta (β)

particle is lost. Which of these equations is
correct?]

210 209
a. 82Pb → 82Pb + β

210 209
b. 82Pb → 81Pb + β

210 210
c. 82Pb → 81Pb +β

210 209
d. 82Pb → 83Pb + β

84. Quelle est la molarité de chaque ion

dans une solution de 0,4M K2SO4? Nous
considérons une dissolution complète.

[What is the molarity of each ion in a

solution of 0,4M K2SO4? Assume complete
dissolution.]

a. 0,4M K+ et 0,8M SO42 -

[0.4M K+ and 0.8M SO42 -]

194
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑥𝑦−1
a. 𝑦
𝑦−𝑥
b. 𝑥𝑦
− 1
𝑥
c. 𝑦
−1
𝑥−1
1. How many real solutions are there d. 𝑦
in the equation 52𝑥 = 4(5𝑥 − 1) 8. What is the quadrilateral formed by
a. Only 1 the lines y=3x+1 ; y=x+4 ; y=3x-
b. 2 1 ;y=x-1
c. Infinitely many a. Trapezium
d. None b. Rectangle
2. The remainder of the division of c. Parallelogram
567 by 123 is d. Square
Answer 9. In a circle of raduis 1, what is the
…………………………………………… length of the cord at a distance 0.5
…………………………………………… from the centre
………………………….. 3
3. Let T=ABC, T’=A’B’C’ be 2 similar a. √
2
triangles, such that A’B’=0.5AB, b. √3
what is the ratio between the area
c. 3√3
of T’ and T
d. 3√2
a. 2
10. How many real solutions are there
b. 0.25
in the equation 32𝑥 = 2. 3𝑥 − 1
c. 0.5
1 a. Infinitely many
d.
√2 b. No solution
1
4. log 2 5 + log 2 = c. 2
5
a. -1 d. 1
5 2 11. How many angles found in
b. 2
+5
between 0 and 2𝜋 satisfies the
5 2
c. 2
−5 equation |𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥| = 5
d. 0 Answer
3
5. 𝛼 = log 2 √10 is equivalent to ……………………………………………
……………………………………………
a. 23𝛼 = 10
…………………..
b. 32𝛼 = 10
12. Let the volume of a cube be
c. 3𝛼 = 5
10
27𝑐𝑚3 , then the length of the line
d. 2𝛼 = 3 joining the upper back left edge to
6. log 3 (2 log 3 𝑥) = 1, find x the lower front right end is
a. 36 a. 3 cm
b. 33 b. 3√3 cm
3
c. √3 c. cm
√3
d. 3√3
d. 2√3 cm
7. Let x and y be 2 real numbers with
13. Let E be the set of points external
y different from zero then 𝑥 − 𝑦 −1
to the circumference C in a plane,
is equal to
which statement is correct

195
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a. For all p,q ∈ E, the segment pq b. Mario did not go to work with
is in E the car
b. For every p ∈ C, the tangent to c. Mario did not go to work with
C contains a finite number of the car and did not comme
points in E back home for lunch
c. For every p ∈ E, a d. It rained
perpendicular line to C passes 18. Find the solutions to the inequality
𝑥
via p ≥2
𝑥+1
d. Tangent lines to C passing via a. 𝑥 ≤ −2
p ∈ E forms between them an b. −2 ≤ 𝑥 < −1
angle which does not depends c. 𝑥 ≥ −2
on the choice of p d. −2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ −1
14. Among the answers given to a 19. Let there be a population of blond
questionnaire, 8 are wrong, 80% hair and brown hair individuals, that
correct. How many answers were can either be fat or thin. By what
there way can you make the following
a. 88 statement wrong « amongst this
b. 72 population, all fat individuals have
c. 48 blond hair or there exists a thin,
d. 40 brown hair individual »
15. The solution set to the inequation a. By finding a fat, brown hair
1 𝜋
𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 − ≥ 0 in the interval − ≤ individual and showing that and
2 2
𝜋 thin individuals have blond hair.
𝑥≤ 2
is
𝜋 b. By showing that all fat
a. |𝑥| ≤
4 individuals have brown hair and
𝜋
b. |𝑥| ≥ find a thin, blond hair individual.
4
𝜋 c. By finding a fat, brown hair
c. 𝑥 ≥ 4
𝜋 individual and a thin, blond
d. 𝑥 ≤ 4 individual.
16. For which real value of the d. By showing that all fat
parameter k, the equation 𝑥 2 + individuals have brown hair and
2𝑥 + (𝑘 + 3)2 = 0 that all thin individuals have
a. No real value of k blond hair.
b. 𝑘1 = −1, 𝑘2 = −5 20. A right angle triangle has sides
c. 𝑘1 = −2, 𝑘2 = −4 respectively 3 ;4 ;5cm, let 𝜃 be the
d. 𝑘1 = −1, 𝑘2 = −4 angle opposed to the longest side
17. In the morning, Mario says to his and 𝜑 opposing the shortest side.
wife « if it rains, i will go to work Which of the following statement is
with the car and not come back wrong
home for lunch » In the evening, a. sin 𝜃 =
4
his wife, who always says the truth 5
b. cos 𝜑 = sin 𝜃
says this morning Mario lied ! what 4
can you say about that day ? c. tan 𝜑 = 5
a. Mario went back home for d. tan 𝜑 . tan 𝜃 = 1
lunch

196
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

21. How many solutions are there in height.what is the lateral surface
this equation 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 − 6 = 0 area ?
a. Infinitely many a. 8𝑚2
b. 2 b. 16𝑚2
c. 1 c. 32𝜋𝑚2
d. None d. 16𝜋𝑚2
22. How many real solutions are there 27. 3𝑥+1 + 3𝑥−2 = 1 is equivalent to
in this equation ||𝑥 + 1| − 1| = 1 a. (x+1)+(x-2)=0
a. 3 b. 28. 3𝑥−2 = 1
b. 4 c. 32𝑥−1 = 1
c. 1 d. None of the above
d. None 𝑥 + 𝑎𝑦 = 1
28. The system {
23. What are the zeros of the equation 𝑥 + 𝑦 = −1
(𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 1)(𝑥 2 − 1)(𝑥 − 8)(𝑥 4 + a. Has solutions for every a
1) b. Has solutions for a≠1
a. 2 c. Has solutions for a≠-1
b. Cannot be calculated because d. Has solutions for each a≠0
the degree is greather than 4 29. The solutions to the inequation
c. 6 𝑥²(𝑥 − 5) ≥ 0 are
d. 3 a. 𝑥 = 0
24. In the circumference of raduis 1, b. 𝑥 ≥ 5
we consider the length, 𝛼 of the arc c. 𝑥 ≥ 0
and c of the chord, subtended at an d. None of the above
angle of 𝛼 in radians with 0 < 𝛼 < 30. The solutions to the inequation
𝛼
𝜋. What is the ratio 𝑐 |𝑥 + 3| − √𝑥² − 2𝑥 > 0
𝛼
2
a. All x such that 𝑥 ≥ 2
a. 𝛼 9
sin b. All x such that 𝑥 > − 8
2
tan 𝛼
b. 9
𝛼 c. All x such that − 8 < 𝑥 ≤ 0 or
𝛼
c. 𝑥≥2
sin 𝛼
𝛼
d. d. All real numbers
√1−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼
31. Let yx-2y+x=5, calculate the
25. The statement « if it’s hot, i put on
differential of y with respect to x
the air conditionner » is equivalent 𝑥−2
to ? a. − 𝑦+1
a. If i don’t put on the air b.
𝑥−2
𝑦+1
conditionner, then it it is not hot 𝑦+1
b. If it’s cold then i don’t put on the c. −
𝑥−2
air conditionner 𝑦+1
d. 𝑥−2
c. If i put on the air conditionner,
32. Let n be a natural number, then
then it’s hot
(𝑛 + 3)3 − 𝑛3 is divisible by 3
d. If i put on the air conditionner,
a. If n is divisible by 3
then it is not cold
b. For all n
26. In a cylinder of volume v=32𝜋 , the
c. Only if n is odd
base raduis is twice the
d. None of the above

197
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

33. The value of a share in a company b. 7 ; 9 ; 12

is 100 on day 1. On day 2, it looses c. 11 ; 4 ; 5
20% of its value and the same d. 9 ; 5 ; 6
thing happens on day 3. On day 4, 39. The real solutions to the equation
by how much % does it has to 𝑒 2𝑥 − 2𝑒 𝑥 − 3 = 0 are the following
increase to come nack to it’s a. X= log3
original value of day 1 b. X= log3 and x=log-1
a. 36% c. X= log3 and x=-log1
b. 40% d. None of the above
c. 56.25% 40. Solve in ℝ log 2 (𝑥² − 1) − log 2 (𝑥 −
d. 66.66% 2) > 2
34. Let there be a cylinder of diametre a. X>1
d=16cm in which is immersed a b. X<-1 and x>2
cube of side h and we notice a rise, c. X>-1
1cm, in the height of water inside d. x>2
the cylinder. Determine the
dimensions of the cube
a. 4 3√𝜋𝑐𝑚
b. 64 𝜋𝑐𝑚
c. 2cm
d. It depends on the height of the
cylinder
35. Resolve in ℝ, |3𝑥 − 7| = 8
a. X=5
b. X=5 and x=-1/3
c. x=-1/3
d. Cannot be solved
36. Let n be a natural number, then
(𝑛 + 3)3 − 𝑛3 is divisible by 3
a. If n is divisible by 3
b. For all n
c. Only if n is odd
d. None of the above
37. Let there be 3 non colinear points
in a plane. H*ow many lines are
found exactly at the same distance
from these 3 points ?
a. Not enough information
b. 6
c. 3
d. None of the above
38. Amongst the set of 3 numbers
below, which one cannot represent
the sides of a triangle
a. 10 ; 7 ; 5

198
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

6. A ball full of helium is placed inside

a car that travels at 100km/h. The
driver applies breaks. In which
direction will the ball go with
respect to the car
1. The units of torque in SI units is a. Towards the front of the car
a. Newton metre b. Towards the back of the car
b. Joule c. Will not move with respect to
c. Pascal the car
d. none of the above d. None of the above
2. A body moves on the 7. A nuclear bomb explodes
circumference with constant speed. producing 1.6 ∗ 1019 𝑘𝑐𝑎𝑙 of energy
La speed and acceleration vectors and a ball of fire which expands
are adiabatically (no exchange of heat
a. Parallel with the same with the environment) against
orientation atmospheric pressure. What is the
b. Parallel with opposite work done by the fire ball against
orientattions atmospheric pressure during its
c. Orthogonal expansion (1kcal=4184J) ?
d. None of the above a. 1.6 ∗ 1010J
3. In a time interval of 3.3secs, a b. 6.7 ∗ 1013J
particle undergoes a displacement c. 3.2 ∗ 1012J
of -1metre in the x direction and d. None of the above
+3metres in the y direction, 8. In normal conditions, a human
+4metres in the x direction and body emits about 1kW of infrared
+1metre in the y direction. What is radiation. A distance of 1m, the
its average speed ? electric field associated with the
a. 5m/s radiation has a magnitude of
b. 6 m/s E=245V/m. what is the magnitude
c. 7 m/s of the field at a distance of 3m ?
d. None of the above a. 27V/m
4. A man stands on rolling stairs that b. 82V/m
moves at a constant speed. With c. 735V/m
respect to the case when the rolling d. None of the above
stairs is at rest, the rolling stairs 9. How can the period of a simple
has pendulum be doubled
a. A higher weight a. By doubling the mass of the
b. A lower weight body oscillating
c. The same weight b. By increasing the mass of the
d. None of the above body by a factor of 4
5. In a collision between 2 free c. By increasing the length of the
bodies, what is always conserved rope by a factor of 4
a. energy of the system d. By doubling the length of the
b. The sum of velocities rope
c. The sum of angular velocities
d. None of the above

199
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

10. A system, that consists of a body b. The height of the water level in
and a spring, oscillates about its the glass increases
equilibrium position. What is the c. The height of the water level in
acceleration of the body when its the glass decreases
velocity is minimum d. None of the above
a. It reaches its maximum 15. Wht is centrifugal force ?
b. Zero a. The push towards the centre of
c. It reaches its minimum a rotating system related to the
d. None of the above effects of gravity
11. A gun fires a bullet at a speed v, an b. A fictitious force, appearing
angle 𝜃 = 60° with respect to the only in cases of rotating
horizontal. What is the speed of the refernce
bullet at its maximum height ? c. The push towards the centre of
a. v a rotating system related to the
b. v/2 forces in contact
c. 0 d. A fictitious force, appearing
d. v√2 only in cases of inertial
12. The force between 2 electric reference
charges is 1N. if the distance 16. The electric field can be produised
between the 2 charges is reduced by
by half its original value, the new a. Electric charges
force between them is b. Changing magnetic fields
a. 2 times lower than its initial c. The 2 answers are correct
value d. None of the above
b. 2 times higher than its initial 17. A magnetic field can generate a
value torque
c. 4 times lower than its initial a. On an electric circuit
value b. On a magnetised axis
d. 4 times higher than its initial c. In none of the 2 cases above
value d. In the 2 cases above
13. The magnetic field produced by the 18. A container of 10 litres has a
current in a wire at a point r=1m volume in 𝑚3 of
from the wire is B, what is the a. 1𝑚3
magnetic field produced by the b. 0.01𝑚3
same wire at a point distant r’=2r c. 0.001𝑚3
a. B d. 0.0001𝑚3
b. B/2 19. A kg of iron(density 7.8gm/𝑐𝑚3 )
c. B/4 and a kg of aluminium(density
d. None of the above 2.7gm/𝑐𝑚3 ) are thrown in a
14. An ice cube floats in a glass full of container full of water. Which one
water. What happens when the ice experiences the higher floating
melts ? force ?
a. The height of the water level in a. Iron
the glass remains the same b. Aluminium

200
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c. All 2 experiences the same c. Proportional to x²

floating force d. Proportional to 1/x
d. None of them experiences a 26. In a uniform circular motion, the
floating force force is
20. In a simple circuit, a voltage of 5V a. Tangent to the circumference
is applied to a 10Ω resistor. What is b. Directed towards the centre
the current passing via the circuit ? c. Directed away from the centre
a. 50A d. Null
b. 5A 27. The wavelength in vacuum of an
c. 0.5A electromagnetic radiationof
d. 1A frequency 1GHz is
21. The gravitational force of attraction a. 30cm
exerted by the earth on a body of b. Less than the wavelength of
mass m=2kg is visible light
a. 2N c. 10−3 𝑚
b. 19.6N d. 0.3km
c. 9.8m/s² 28. In a metal, electric field is
d. 4.9m/kgs² a. At its maximum near the
22. Energy consumed in one minute by surface
a bulb of power 80W is b. At its minimum near the surface
a. 4.8kJ c. Null
b. 80J d. The answer depends on the
c. 1.33kWh position in the body
d. 348kJ 29. A body falls in space from rest, its
23. An ideal gas is compressed and its speed is measured at depth
volume is reduced by half its ℎ1 metres (𝑣1 ), and ℎ2 = 2ℎ1 metres
original value, while its pressure (𝑣2 ). What is the relation between
remains constant. The temperature 𝑣1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣2 ?
a. Doubles a. 𝑣1 = 𝑣2
b. Remains the same 1
b. 𝑣1 = 𝑣
c. Reduces by half √2 2
1
d. None of the above c. 𝑣1 = 𝑣
2 2
24. An object slides on a plane d. The mass of the body is
surface, the friction force between needed to have an answer
the object and the surface depends 30. The weight force exerted by the
on earth on a body of mass m=2kg is
a. The mass of the object only a. 2N
b. The force acting on the object b. 19.6N
in the direction of motion c. 9.8m/s²
c. The reaction force applied on d. 4.9m/kgs²
the object in a normal direction
d. None of the above
25. The work needed to compress a
spring of length x is
a. Independent of x
b. Proportional to x

201
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c. If the reaction is endothermic

d. If the reaction is at equilibrium
8. In a nuclear reaction,
a. A capture of 𝛼 particles
b. An uptake of electrons
1. A nucleophile is a specie that c. Production of 𝛽 particles
a. Gives an electron to be paired d. None of the above
b. Accepts an electron to be 9. At which temperature (℃) should
paired we heat 10litres of nitrogen at 25℃
c. Has to be negatively charged and at 700mmHg to obtain a
d. Has only one unpaired electron volume of 15litres and a pressure
2. Pure water behaves like of 760mmHg ?
a. Acid Answer
b. Base ……………………………………………
c. Acid and base ……………………………………………
d. None of the above ……………………………………
3. Amongst the following statements, 10. Watches with figures that shine
which type of bonding does not were produced using radioactive
implies the formation of new radium in the paint used to stain
substances ? the dial of the watch. For a
a. Ionic particular case, a sample of paint
b. Covalent containing 8.0 ∗ 10−7mol of 238 88𝑅𝑎
c. Metallic was used. After many years,
d. Coordinate someone finds the watch and
4. In a periodic table, ionisation wants to know when the watch was
energy tends to increase from left produced. He analysed the paint
to right in a given period and found of 238
88𝑅𝑎 on the
a. Vrai figures. How long is the time from
b. Faux when it was produced till the
c. Cannot be determined moment when it was found ? Half
d. More information is needed life of 238
88𝑅𝑎 =6.7years
5. In a region characterised by high Answer
polution of air, sample of rain water ……………………………………………
is found to have a pH of 3.5. what ……………………………………………
is the pOH of that rain water ………………………………………
Answer 11. What is the structural condensed
…………………………………………… formula of 5-methyl-1,3-
…………………………………………… hexadiene ?
………………………………………. a. (CH3 )2 𝐶𝐻𝐶𝐻 = 𝐶𝐻3
6. The electronic configuration of b. 𝐶𝐻2 = 𝐶𝐻𝐶𝐻 = 𝐶𝐻𝐶𝐻(𝐶𝐻3 )𝐶𝐻3
aluminium (Al) is 1𝑠 2 2𝑠 2 2𝑝6 3𝑠 2 3𝑝1. c. 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻𝐶𝐻 = 𝐶𝐻3
Draw its orbital diagram d. 𝐶𝐻3 = 𝐶𝐻 = 𝐶𝐻𝐶𝐻𝐶𝐻(𝐶𝐻2 )𝐶𝐻3
7. When heat is added to a reaction, 12. An ideal gas multiplies
the successive reaction increases progressively its initial volume V by
a. If the reaction is catalytic 2, at constant pressure P. What is
b. If the reaction is exothermic the work done ?

202
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a. Pln2
b. 0.5PV
c. Pln0.5
d. 2PV
13. A pomp extracts at 8m/s water
from a well to a reservoir at a rate
of 50kg/s. if water reaches a
vertical height of 40m, what is the
work done per second ?
(g=9.8m/s²)
a. 2.0 ∗ 105 𝐽
b. 2.11 ∗ 105 𝐽
c. 2.2 ∗ 105 𝐽
d. 2.16 ∗ 105 𝐽
14. How many carbon atoms are there
in the following representation ?

O CH

HO
Answer
……………………………………………
……………………………………………
……………………………………….
15. During an addition reaction in
organic chemistry
a. A double bond is transformed
to a single bond
b. A double bond is formed
c. 2 single bonds are formed
d. A single bond destroyed while
another one is formed

203
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝜋 11𝜋
c- 6
≤𝑥≤ 6

d- None
7. Let 𝑓: ℝ: → ℝ be a function such
that f(x)<0 if x<5. So we have
a- 𝑓(6) > 0 b-𝑓(6) ≥ 0 c-
1. The number s= 𝑙𝑜𝑔5 (36) is such 𝑓(5) = 0 d)none
that
8. We consider the function 𝑓(𝑡) =
a) 𝑠 < 0 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑡 , 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 3𝑥. So
b) 0 ≤ 𝑠 < 2 𝑔(𝑓(1)) =?

c) 𝑠 = 2 a- 𝑠𝑖𝑛3 2 − 3𝑠𝑖𝑛2

d) 𝑠 > 0 b- 𝑠𝑖𝑛1

2. The remainder of the division 1473 c- 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 − 2

by 432 is:
d- 8𝑠𝑖𝑛3 1 − 6𝑠𝑖𝑛1
a) 9292
9. Let p(x) be a polynomial such that
b) 177 p(-1) = 0. So a polynomial R(x)
certainly exists such that:
c) 0,61
a- 𝑝(𝑥) = (𝑥 + 1)𝑅(𝑥)
d) 0
b- 𝑝(𝑥) = (𝑥 − 1)𝑅(𝑥)
3. If 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 (𝑙𝑜𝑔3 (𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥)) = 0 so 𝑥 =?
c- 𝑝(𝑥) = (𝑥 − 1)𝑅(1)
a- 8 b- 1 c- 4
d- none d- None

4. 0.01𝑐𝑚3 = 10. Intersection points of lines with

equation 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 1, 𝑦 = −𝑥 −
𝑎− 0.000000001𝑚3 4 , 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 1 , 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 20 are
b- 0.000000001𝑚3 vertices
c- 0.00001𝑚3 a- Of a trapezoid not a
parallelogram
d- None
1 b- Of a parallelogram but not a
5. The solution of the equation (4)𝑥 = rectangle
16 is x=
c- Of rectangle but no square
1 1
a- −2 b- −2 c- 2
d- √2 d- Of a square
1
6. The inequality cos(𝑥) ≤ 2 with 0 ≤ 11. Let T be a triangle. We suppose
𝑥 ≤ 2𝜋 has solutions that the sum of 2 of its internal
angles is 120°
𝜋 3𝜋
a- ≤𝑥≤
2 2 a- The triangle T is isosceles
𝜋 5𝜋
b- 3
≤𝑥≤ 3
b- All the sides of the triangle T
have different lengths

204
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c- The triangle T is equilateral 17. We consider the circle with center

(1,0) tangent to the y axis and a
d- The triangle T can be whatever half-line issued from the origin
−𝜋 𝜋
12. We have forming an angle 2 < 𝛼 < 2 with
4 3 the length of the half line inside the
a- sin(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠 (− 5)) = 5 circle is
4 3 a- 2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼 b- 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼
b- sin(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠 (− 5)) = − 5
c- 2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 d- 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼
4 4
c- sin(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠 (− )) = 18. The exact opposite of the
5 3
statement,” all persons present
d- none have at least 1 pen”
13. a student passes an exam if the a- None of those present has
average of assignments is ≥ 18. If more than 1 pen
the average of the first 2
assignments is 14. Which mark b- None of those present has a
should the student have on the pen
third assignment to have an overall
c- At least one of those present
average ≥ 18
doesn’t have a pen
a- at least 20
d- At least one those present has
b- at least 22 more than one pen

c- at least 24 19. Let there be 4 non coplanar points.

How many planes contain 3 of
d- at least 26 them?
14. how many different solutions has a- 4 b- 3 c- 1 d- 2
the equation 32𝑥 + 3𝑥 − 2 = 0
20. The statement,” if 1 person enters
a- none b- 1 c- 2 d-3 this room, means that she is less
15. A frozen food transport company than 18 years old” is equivalent to
decided to pet an advertisement on a- If a person is at least 18years
its truck in order to reassure old, she doesn’t enter this room
customers that the food stays cool
with the following statements b- If a person is less than 18years
old she enters this room
a- Guaranteed min temp is -18°c
c- If a person doesn’t enter this
b- Guaranteed average temp is - room, she is more than 18years
18°c old
c- Guaranteed average temp is - d- None
25°c
21. The real zeros of the polynomial
d- Guaranteed max temp is -18°c (𝑥 4 + 4)(𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 4)(𝑥 2 − 𝜋)(𝑥 3 −
5 27)
16. tan(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠 7) is equal to
a- Can’t be calculated
5√3 √6 2√6
a- b- c- d-
6 5 7 b- Are 2
2√6
5

205
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c- Are 3 c- Is periodic with period 2𝜋 − 1

d- Are 6 d- Is not periodic
22. The set of solutions of the 28. Let Q be inscribed in a circle C. sp
inequality (𝑥 + 3)(𝑥 − 3) ≥ 0 the area of Q
a- 𝑥 ≥ 0 a- Is twice the area of the circle C
2
b- 𝑥 ≤ −3 b- Is greater than 3 of the area of
c- (𝑥 ≤ −3) ∪ (𝑥 ≥ 3) the circle C

d- (𝑥 ≤ −3) ∪ (𝑥 ≥ 3) c- Is equal to 2𝜋 times the area of

circle C
23. In the Cartesian plane, the
equation 𝑥𝑦 = 0 represents d- None

a- 2 orthogonal lines 29. The set of solutions of the

inequality 1 − √𝑥 2 − 𝑥 ≥ −1 is
b- The point (0,0)
1−√17 1+√17
c- The x axis a- x∈ 𝑅: ≤𝑥≤
2 2

d- None b- x∈ 𝑅: {
1−√17
≤𝑥≤ 0} ∪ 𝑥 ∈
2
24. Let 𝛼 be a positive real number. 𝑅: {1 ≤ 𝑥≤
1+√17
}
The inequality 𝑥 2 + 2𝛼𝑥 + 𝛼 2 ≤ 0 2

a- Doesn’t have solutions c- x∈ 𝑅: 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1

b- Has solutions for 𝑥 = ±𝛼 d- x∈ 𝑅: 𝑥 ≤ 0 ∪ 𝑥 ≥ 1

c- Has solutions all x such that 30. The product of the real numbers
−𝛼 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 𝛼 125 × 666 × 798 × 1373 × 77777 ×
111111 𝑖𝑠
d- Has a unique solution 𝑥 = −𝛼
a- 688253512457199288501
25. The solution of the inequality
𝑥 2 +1 b- 788253512457199288500
𝑥 2 −4
> 1 is
c- 788253512471199288510
a- |𝑥| > 2 b- 𝑥 > 2 c- 𝑥 ≠
±2 d- all real numbers d- 888253512457199288000

26. The triangle 𝑥 4 + 3𝑥 2 + 2 31. √12 + √24

a- Has a constant sign a- √48

b- Negative for −2 < 𝑥 < −1 b- √36

c- Negative for 1 < 𝑥 < √2 c- 2√3(1 + √2

d- Is not periodic d- None
27. The function sin(𝑥 + 1) 32. The vector 𝑢 = 2𝑖 − 4𝑘 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣 =
6𝑖 − 4𝑗 + 𝑎𝑘 are perpendicular. The
a- Is periodic with period 2𝜋 + 1 value of a is
b- Periodic with period 2𝜋 a- 3 b- -3 c- 2 d- -2

206
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

33. The line 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 5 intersects the 39. If the relation 0 < 𝛼 < 𝑏 < 1 is
circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 10 at 2 points. The correct so,
x coordinate points of intersection
a- We can’t make any deduction
are 1 1
about the value of and
𝑎 𝑏
a- X = 2,-2 b- X = -1,-3 c- X
= 1,3 d- X = -1,1 1 1
b- 𝑎
<𝑏
34. K and a are given by 𝑘𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎 = 1 1
c- >
√3 𝑘𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎 = 1 where 𝑘 > 0 and 𝑎 𝑏
0 ≤ 𝑎 ≤ 90. The value of k and a 1 1
are d- 0 < 𝑎 + 𝑏 < 1

a- K = 2 and a= 60 40. The diagram shows a line L. The

angle between L and the positive x
b- K = 2 and a= 30 axis is 120° as shown. The
gradient of L is
c- K = √10 and a = 60

d- K = √10 and a = 30
35. What is the derivate of (3𝑥 − 5)4
a- 4(3𝑥 − 5)3
b- 12(3𝑥 − 5)3
(3𝑥−5)5
c- 5

(3𝑥−5)5
d-
15

36. A = 3𝜋𝑟 2 − 4𝜋𝑟. The rate of change

of a with respect to r when r = 4 is
a- 20𝜋 b- 32 𝜋
c- 24 𝜋 d- 8 𝜋
37. A sequence is generated by
recurrence relation𝑈𝑛+1 = 0,6𝑈𝑛 −
80. The limit of the sequence is
−400
a- 3

b- −200
c- −800
d- 200
38. 3𝑥 2 + 12𝑥 − 2 is expressed in the
form 𝑝(𝑥 + 𝑞)2 + 𝑟. The value of r
is
a- -6 b- 6 c- -14
d- -14

207
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) The energy
b) Only the angular momentum
c) The momentum
d) A rigid objet, subject to the
action of external force from
1) In the international system of equilibrium
measurement, power is measured 7) A force F0 acting on a rigid body
in? rotating around a fixed axis
a) watt generates a centripetal
b) joule acceleration of 10rads-2.we apply in
c) Pascal the same point and in the same
d) none of the above direction and orientation another
2) A body is launched vertically force What should be the module
upwards with an initial velocity V0 of this second force in order to
and mass m. the maximum height have an angular acceleration of
it reaches is H0.if we launch with 30rads-2 ?
same initial velocity a body with a) F=1/3F0
mass 2m, what will be its maximum b) F=9F0
height reached? c) F=3F0
a) H=H0 d) None of the above
b) H=H0/2 8) A body of volume V and density ρ
c) H=2H0 is partially submerged in a liquid
d) H=H0/4 ρ2.it is in equilibrium, in this
3) A body is moving along a circular situation we can say that?
trajectory and it’s subjected to a
centripetal acceleration. We can 9) An ideal gas makes an expansion
say that? at constant temperature using
a) Its angular momentum will which process?
change
b) The module of the velocity a) It absorbs heat
does not change b) Itabsorbs heat ,only if its an
c) The module of the velocity ideal gas
change c) It does not absorb heat ,when
d) Its momentum will change temperature doesnot change
4) Work of a force in a circular and during the process
uniform motion. Is? d) A certain quantity of heat will
a) Is positive leave the gas
b) Depends if the motion is 10) During an adiabatic and irreversible
clockwise or anticlockwise expansion of an ideal gas
c) Is constant, different from 0 a) During an adiabatic and
d) Is negative irreversible expansion of an
e) Is zero ideal gas
5) A rigid object, subject to the action b) There is always entropy
of external forces on equilibrium. variation
So is the total torque or all the c) There is no entropy variation
forces equal to 0? when ther is heat exchange
6) In an isolated system ,what is d) There is always entropy
always conserved ? variation

208
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

11) During an adiabatic expansion of d) v1<v2 and t1=t2

an ideal gas 16) Two capacitors C1 >C2 are
a) Work done by the gas is zero connected in parallel .C1 has a
b) Internal energy of gas is charge q1 and C2 has a charge q2
decreasing , if gas undergoes on the plates V1 and V2 are the two
expansion differences of potentials of the 2
c) Temperature of gas is capacitors. We can say that?
decreasing if gas is a) V1>V2 and t1=t2
compressed b) V1=V2 and q1 > q2
d) Temperature of gas is c) V1<V2 and q1=q2
increasing if gas is expanding d) V1=V2 and q1<q2
12) A body of mass M =30kg is at rest 17) In a plane and charged capacitor
at a rough horizontal surface .we connected to a battery if we
must apply a minimum force approach the plane capacity.
F=220.5N parallel to the surface to a) Grown
displace it from its original position b) Decreases
.What is the value of static friction c) Remains constant when
coefficient? capacitor is connected to the
a) 0.9 battery
b) 0.75 d) Depends on the charge of the
c) 0.25 plates
d) 0.5 18) Two straight and parallel wires C1
13) In an isolated system, momentum and C2 of infinity length carry
is conserved. current I1>I2 in opposite directions
a) Only if masses are equal .Mutual forces F12 and F21 per unit
b) Only if acting forces are between the two wires.
conservative a) Are attractive and have the
c) Always same intercourse
d) Only if the system is b) Are repulsive and have same
constrained module
14) A block of metal weighs in water c) F12>F21 for t1>t2
1 d) F12=F21=0N
3
of its own weight in air .density of
19) Force exerted by a magnetic field
metal with respect to density of
on a wire which carries a current 1
water is?
a) Is inversely proportional to the
a) Two times
current carried by the wire
b) 1.5 times greater
b) Is directly proportional to the
c) One half
current carried by the wire
d) Equal
c) Depends on the material of the
15) Two conductors od resistance
wire
R1>R2 are connected in series in a
d) Is always constant
circuit carrying a current I0 .the 2
20) An ideal liquid is moving at a
conductors are submitted in a
steady state flow inside a
difference of potential v1 and v2
horizontal tube with rigid walls and
carrying current of I1 and I2 . We
with a circular constant section .on
can say that?
the liquid, only gravity and pressure
a) v1 >v2 and t1 =t2
forces are acting .the liquid from
b) v1=v2 and t1 > t2
section << 1 >> at a height of h1 to
c) v1=v2 and t1 < t2
a section <<2>> at a height of h2

209
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

(h1>h2).if P1 is the pressure time needed to reach the maximum

measured in section <<1>> and P2, height?
the pressure measured in section a) T=T0/4
<<2>> which of the following b) T=T0V2
relations is correct? c) T=T0/2
a) P1>P2 25) A system consisting of a mass and
b) P1<P2 spring oscillating about its
c) P1=P2 equilibrium position. The amplitude
d) We need to know the and the period of oscillation are x0
area(constant) of the section to and T0 .if we double the amplitude
give an answer x=2x0, what will be the period T of
e) We need to know the oscillation s?
velocity()of the liquid to give an a) T=2T0
answer b) T=√2T0
21) A wire in a circuit carries a current I c) T=T0
under a known potential difference d) T=T0/2
1
.if we reduce to 3the current carried 26) A system consisting of a mass and
by the wire power dissipated in the spring of elastic constant k
resistor. oscillating about its equilibrium
a) Is unchanged position. The period is T0 if we
b) Doubles double the mass m, what should be
c) Becomes four times imitial one the value of k to have the same
d) Becomes half of the initial one period T0?
22) A pendulum; is composed of mass a) k=2k0
M hung on a wire of length L, the b) k=√2 k0
period of the pendulum Is T. if we c) k=k0
double the mass and reduce the d) k=k0/2
𝐿
length to 2, what is the new period 27) A system consisting of a mass and
a sring is oscillating around to
? equilibrium position. The amplitude
a) T=T0 and the period of oscillation are x0
b) T=2T0 and T0, if we double the amplitude
c) T=T0√2 x=2x0, what is the physical quantity
d) T=TO/√2 that is changed?
23) A system consisting of a mass and a) The period
spring oscillating about its b) The angular frequency
equilibrium position .what is the c) Energy
acceleration of the mass at the d) The acceleration at the point
point where the speed is where the speed is maximum
maximum? 28) A charge Q with coordinates (-1,0)
a) it reaches its maximum generates at coordinates (0,0) an
b) zero electrical field of module E0.we
c) it reaches its minimum place an equal charge Q at
d) none of the above coordinate (1,0).what will be the
24) A gun fires a ball with speed V0 at new value E of the electric field at
an angle of 30degrees to the coordinate (0,0)
horizontal axis, and it reaches the a) E=2E0
ground after a time T0.What is the b) E=√2 E0

210
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c) E=0
d) E=4E0
29) A charge Q generates at a distance
of 3 meters an electrical field of
Module E0=10Vm-1.what is the
value of charge Q?
a) Q=1/3 C
b) Q=3C
c) Q=1C
d) Q=1/9C
30) A straight wire carries a current I
and generates .at a distance of 2
meters a magnetic field of module
B0= 2.10-7T. What is the value of
current I?
a) I=1/2A
b) I=2A
c) I=1A
d) I=4A

211
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

4) Which is not formed in the saponification

of fats?
a. Glycerol
b. Amino acids
c. Soap
1) Which of the following is not a standard
d. A metal salt of a long-chain fatty acid
condition?
5) The reaction of 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻 = 𝐶𝐻𝐶𝐻3 + 𝐻𝐵𝑟
a. 298k
produces :
b. 100kpa
a. 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻2 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻3 + 𝐵𝑟2
c. 100atm
b. 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻𝐵𝑟𝐶𝐻𝐵𝑟𝐶𝐻3 + 𝐻2
d. 1 mol 𝑑𝑚−3
c. 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻𝐵𝑟𝐶𝐻2 𝐶𝐻3
2) Which does not increase the rate of
d. 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻2 𝐶𝐻2 𝐶𝐻2 𝐵𝑟
reaction by affecting the number of
collisions? 6) What is the product of the reaction
𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻 = 𝐶𝐻2 + 𝐻2 𝑂 + 𝐻 + ?
a. Adding a catalyst
a. Aldehyde
b. Increasing the pressure
b. Alkyne
c. Increasing the surface area
c. Alcohol
d. Increasing the temperature
d. Carboxylic acid
3) What does the shaded area represents?
7) If [𝐻 + ] = 1 × 10−5 𝑀, which of the
following is not true?

a. 𝑃𝐻 = 5

b. 𝑃𝑂𝐻 = 9

c. [𝑂𝐻 − ] = 1 × 10−5 𝑀
d. The solution is acidic
8) A liquid boils when
a. The number of molecules which are likely
to react at a higher temperature a. The vapor pressure equals 1atm

b. The number of molecules which are likely b. The normal boiling temperature is
to react at a lower temperature reached

c. The number of molecules which are likely c. The heat of vaporization exceeds the
to react in the presence of a catalyst vapor pressure

d. The number of molecules which are likely d. The vapour pressure of the liquid equals
to with a catalyst at higher temperature the external pressure above the liquid

212
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

9) How many molecules are present in c. It is composed of glucose units

0.05g of hydrogen
2𝑔 d. It is not digestible by human
(𝐻2 )𝑔𝑎𝑠 ? (𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝐻2 = 𝑚𝑜𝑙)?
14) 𝑁2(𝑔) + 3𝐻2(𝑠) ↔ 2𝑁𝐻3(𝑔) 𝐴𝐻 =
a. 3.37 × 1023 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 −92𝐾𝐽 𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1
b. 2.40 × 1022 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 (1). An increase in the pressure will
c. 1.5 × 1022 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 increase the rate and shift the equilibrium to
the right
d. 3 × 1022 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
(2). An increase in temperature will
10) Noble gases have a unique property increase the rate and shift the equilibrium to
from an electron point of view because they the right
have :
(3). A catalyst will increase the rate and shift
a. Empty s and p orbitals in the outermost the equilibrium
energy level
Which of these is correct?
b. Filled s and p orbitals in the outermost
a. 1,2 and 3
energy level
b. only 1 and 2
c. Filled s and p orbitals in the innermost
energy level c. only 2 and 3
d. Empty s and p orbital in the innermost d. only 1
energy level
15) What is the correct name for this
11) 241
94𝑃𝑢 Successively emits,𝛽, 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛼, 𝛼 compound?
particles. At that point the nuclide becomes:
225 𝐶𝐻3
a. 94𝑅𝑎 𝐶𝐻3
235
b. 88𝑅𝑎
𝐶𝐻3 − 𝐶𝐻 − 𝐶𝐻 − 𝐶𝐻 − 𝐶𝐻 = 𝐶𝐻2
207
c. 84𝑅𝑎
229
d. 84𝑅𝑎 𝐶𝐻3 − 𝐶𝐻 − 𝐶𝐻3
12) When the equation 𝐻3 𝑃𝑂4 +
a. Isobutane
𝐶𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 → 𝐻2 𝑂 + 𝐶𝑎3 (𝑃𝑂4 )2 is balanced,
the proper sequence of the coefficient is: b. 2,4 − 𝑚𝑒𝑡ℎ𝑦𝑙 − 3𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑦𝑙 − 5ℎ𝑒𝑥𝑒𝑛𝑒
a. 3,2,1,6 c. 3,5 − 𝑑𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡ℎ𝑦𝑙 − 4 − 𝑖𝑠𝑜𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑦𝑙 − 1 −
ℎ𝑒𝑥𝑒𝑛𝑒
b. 2,3,6,1
d. 4,4 − 𝑑𝑖𝑖𝑠𝑜𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑦𝑙ℎ𝑒𝑥𝑒𝑛𝑒
c. 2,3,1,6
16) Which of these scientists did not
d. None of the above
receive the Nobel Prize for the structure of
13) Which is not true about starch? DNA?

a. It is a polysaccharide a. Crick

b. It is hydrolyzed to maltose b. Watson

213
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

c. Sanger c. The reducing agent in this reaction is 𝑁2

d. Wilkins d. The reducing agent in this reaction is 𝐻2
17) How many nations hold a veto on the 24) ………….. is neither created nor
security council of the United Nations destroyed. It can only be changed from one
Organization? form to another.
18) The first Cameroon Penal Code lasted a. Work
for how many years before its revision in
2016? b. Heat

19) The Paris agreement adopted on the 12 c. Energy

December 2015 and signed in New-York on d. Mass of body
22 April 2016 is aimed to limit the
temperature increase below a certain 25) I hope we will be able to avoid
threshold. Which is the threshold (in℃)? ………….. anyone

20) In which year was the National a. Disappointment

Advanced School of Public Works (ENSTP) b. Disappointing
created?
c. Disappointed
21) << I was told about your car accident.
You ……. terrified >> Choose the phrase d. Disappoint
which completes the sentence above.
26) Bonjour monsieur, ………….. le
a. might have been journaliste?

b. must have been a. tu es

c. shall have been b. ils sont

d. needed to be c. on est

22) Present this sentence << This is a child d. vous êtes

>> in plural form
27) Si vous étiez venu hier, vous …………..
a. These are kids le Directeur.

b. Those are children a. aurez rencontré

c. Tese are childs b. auriez rencontré

d. These are children c. rencontriez

23) The reaction 𝑁2 + 3𝐻2 → 2𝑁𝐻3 is an d. aviez rencontré

oxidation reduction reaction by comparing
28) Dans une collision entre les corps A et
the oxidation states of the elements in the
B libres, qu’est-ce qui est toujours
reactant and products. Which of these
conservée ?
statements is correct
a. l’énergie du système
a. Oxidation state of nitrogen changes from
0 to -3 thus gains three electron b. la somme des vitesses
b. The oxidizing agent in this reaction is 𝑁2 c. la somme des vitesses angulaires

214
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

d. aucune réponse n’est correcte

29) Si une réaction entre deux espèces
dissoutes est catalysée par un ion dissous,
on parle de catalyse :
a. homogène
b. hétérogène
c. enzymatique
d. aucune réponse n’est correcte
30) Ce four à micro-ondes est encore
………. garantie ?
a. à
b. sous
c. en
d. sur

215
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Additional Questions
Additional Questions

Question 1: What is the complex solution

set of the following equation?
2𝑧 + 5𝑧 = 7 + 𝑖
a. 𝑆 = { 𝑎 + 𝑖 ; 𝑎 𝜖 ℝ}
3+𝑖 3−𝑖
b. 𝑆 = { 3
, 3 }
3−𝑖
c. 𝑆 = { }
3

d. 𝑆 = {1 − 𝑏/3𝑖 ; 𝑏 𝜖 𝑅}
Question 2: Let the sequences U, V and
W such that for all natural n, 𝑈𝑛 ≤ 𝑉𝑛 ≤
𝑊𝑛 , lim 𝑈𝑛 = −1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 lim 𝑊𝑛 = 1 ,then:
𝑛→∞ 𝑛→∞

a. lim𝑉𝑛 = 0
𝑛→∞

b. lim𝑉𝑛 =+ ∞
𝑛→∞

c. lim𝑉𝑛 = [−1,1]
𝑛→∞

d. We cannot determine whether V

has a limit or not.
Question 3: A ballot box contains six balls
among which five are red and one is black.
Continuously and without putting back, a
ball is drawn from the box. This exercise
ends once the black ball is drawn.
What is the probability P for not ending the
exercise before six draws?
a. P=1
b. P=1/6
c. P=1/66
d. P=5/6
Question 4: Let 𝑓 and 𝑔 be two
continuous functions on the interval 𝐼 of 𝑅,

216
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

and 𝑎 and 𝑏 be two real numbers of 𝐼 such b. pour tout réel 𝑥, on a : (for any real
that 𝑎 ≤ 𝑏. Then: 𝑥 2 −1
number 𝑥) 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = (𝑥 2 +1)2
𝑏
a. ∫𝑎 (𝑓(𝑡) + 𝑔(𝑡))𝑑𝑡 = c. on a (we have) lim 𝑓(𝑒 −𝑥 − 1) =
𝑏 𝑏 𝑥→+∞
∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 ∫𝑎 𝑔(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 0
𝑏 𝑏
b. If ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎 𝑔(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑓 = d. la dérivée 𝑓′ de 𝑓 est impaire. (the
derivative function 𝑓 ′ of 𝑓 is odd)
𝑔 𝑜𝑛 [𝑎, 𝑏]
𝑏 𝑏
c. | ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥| ≤ ∫𝑎 |𝑓(𝑥)|𝑑𝑥
d. If f is derivable on I,
𝑏
then:∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = [𝑥𝑓(𝑥)]𝑏𝑎 −
𝑏
∫𝑎 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)𝑑𝑥
Question 5: Voici la courbe
représentative d’une fonction 𝑓 dans le plan
d’un repère orthogonal (here is a curve
representing a function 𝑓 in an orthogonal
plan)

0,5

−0,5

Points de minimum et de maximum

d’abscisse -1 et 1 respectivement)
une des affirmations suivantes est exacte.
Laquelle ? (which of the following
affirmations is correct ?)
a. pour tout réel 𝑥, on a : (for any real
1−𝑥 2
number 𝑥) 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = (𝑥 2 +1)2

217
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a. 5Ω
b. 15Ω
c. 10Ω
d. 20Ω
1. Two identical electric charges e. None of the above
q1=+q=q2 separated by a distance 6. What is the refractive index of a
of 20cm have a repulsive force of prism of angle 𝐴 = 30𝑜 which
intensity 18 N between them. imposes a minimum deviation of
Given K=9x109, the value of the 16o on the light of the ray?
charge q is a. 1
a. 894µC a. 3
b. 8.94µC b. 1.5
c. 9.94nC 2
c. √2
d. 894nC 2
e. None of the above b. √3
2. A negative electric point charge 7. The p.d across the terminals of a
creates an electric field which is battery is 12V. it shows a reading
a. Uniform of 60 A/h. Assuming that it delivers
b. Centrifugal a constant current for 6 hours
c. Centripetal before wearing out, it would
d. Null produce energy of
e. None of the above a. 120 J
3. The expression for the magnitude a. 20KJ
of Lorentz’s is: 𝛼 = 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒(𝑞𝑣, 𝐵) b. 720 W.h
a. 𝑞𝑣𝐵|sin 𝛼| c. 256000cal
d. None of the answers is right
b. |𝑞|𝑣𝐵𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼
c. 𝑞𝑣𝐵𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 Questions 8 and 9
d. 𝑞𝑣|𝑠𝑖𝑛𝐵𝛼|
e. none of the above
4. An electric charge Q= -8.5nC is
placed at a point O and creates an
electric field in M situated 40cm
away. Knowing that K=9x109 USI,
what is the value of the field
a. 48.75N/C
R
b. 478.12N/C
c. 854.25N/C C
d. -460.56N/C
e. none of the above
5. An electric field circuit made up of
three batteries and two resistors, U=6.0V R=10Ω; C= 10µF
all connected in series are defined
8. At time to = 0 the switch is moved
by: E1 = 9V; r1 = 3Ω E2= 25V;
from position 1 to position 2. Give
r2=1Ω E3=10V ; r3 = 1Ω . the
the value of the potential difference
third battery(𝐸3 ,𝑟3 ) is connected
across the ohmic resistance URO.
opposite to the other two. The
a. 60V
current in the circuit is two
b. 6V
amperes, R1=2Ω. Find the value of
c. 0.6V
R2

218
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

d. 3V c. more positive ions are

e. 9V released at higher
9. Calculate the value of the time temperatures , thus
constant of the τ of the circuit, counteracting the flow of
a. 1.0x 10-4s electrons
b. 1.0 x 10-6s d. The positive ions impede the
c. 6.0 x 10-4s electrons more effectively at
d. 3.6 x 10-4s higher temperatures
e. 0.6s 13. The half-life of a radioactive
10. Which of the following radiations element is 𝑇1 = 10 hours. If the
2
give us information about the deep
initial number of atoms is 5 x 1022
electronic layers of an atom? how many atoms would have
a. infra-red spontaneously disintegrated after
b. visible 30 hours.
c. ultra-violet a. 6.25 x 1021
d. X-Rays b. 1.5 x 1022
e. Gamma
c. 3.5 x 1022
11. A spacecraft is in orbit around the d. 4.38 x 1022
earth AND IS approximately e. 5.62 x 1022
1600km above the earth’s surface. 14. A gas is compressed from 100cm3
An astronaut in the space craft is
at 2 atm to 50cm3 at 2 atm. It is
said to be weightless. This is then heated at constant volume to
because the gravitational force
6 atm. The total work done is
exerted by the earth on the a. 20J
astronaut is b. 10J
a. Balanced by an equal and c. 30J
opposite gravitational force d. 40j
exerted by the astronaut on the
e. none
space craft 15. What is the centrifugal force
b. balanced by gravitational
exerted on a vehicle running at the
forces exerted by the astronaut speed of 60km/h on a curve of
by the moon radius 20m? (The mass of the
c. completely shielded by the vehicle M=60kg)
astronaut by the enclosing a. 0.63KN
space craft shell b. 0.5KN
d. exactly equal to the force c. 0.73N
required to keep the astronaut d. 0.83KN
moving in orbit
16. The total mass of a building is 100
12. which of the statements explains tones. What would be the total
why the resistance of a metal such surface area if the pressure
as copper increases with
transmitted to the soil is 50KN/m2?
temperature Acceleration of free fall: 10m/s2
a. electrons begin to move
randomly at high temperatures Answer:
b. b)electrons are more likely to ____________________________
be captured at high
temperatures

219
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

6. The number of orbitals in energy

level n=2 is:
a) 2 b) 4 c) 8 d) 1a

I. ATOMIC STRUCTURE 7. The lowest possible principal

1. An element is in the third range of quantum number of an atom is:
the periodic classification chart and a). 0 b) .1 c).2 d).3
belongs to the last but one column.
Give its electronic formula 8. Which one of the following
statements about atomic structure
a)K2L7 B)K1L8M7 C)K2L8M8 is false?
D)K2L8M9 E)none of the above a. The protons and neutrons in the
2. Which species is isoelectronic with nucleus are very tightly packed
NO2+? b. The electrons occupy a very
large volume compared to the
(A) N2O (B) NO2–(C) NH2– (D) SO2 nucleus
c. The number of protons and
3. The atoms of diamagnetic
neutrons is always the same in
substances contain
the
a) paired and unpaired electrons b) d. neutral atom
only paired electrons c) only e. Almost all of the mass of the
unpaired electrons d)paired atom is concentrated in the
electrons e) unpaired electrons nucleus.
9. Which of the following has the
4. Which of the following statements
smallest radius?
is true?
a). Cl- b). Al3+ c)
a)An excited atom can return can
Cr d) K+
return to its ground state by
absorbing electromagnetic radiation 10. The boiling point of hydrogen
fluoride (HF) is abnormally higher
b)The energy of an atom is
than those of the other hybrids
increased when electromagnetic
(HCl, HBr and HI) of group VII
radiation is emitted from it
elements because
c) An electron in the n=4 state in the a. Fluorine is the first member of
hydrogen atom can go to the n=2 the group
state by emitting electromagnetic b. Of the presence of hydrogen
radiation at the appropriate bonds in HF
frequency c. Fluorine is the smallest member
of the group
d)The frequency and wavelength of d. Fluorine is the last member of
electromagnetic radiation are the group.
directly proportional to each other 11. The stability of the +4 oxidation
5. Number of atoms of oxygen state of the group IV elements
present in 10.6g Na2CO3 will be- a. decrease from lead to carbon
b. Is constant from carbon lead
(a) 6.02 × 1022 (b) 12.04 × 1022 (c) c. Is irregular from carbon to lead
1.806 × 1023 (d) 31.80 × 1023 d. Decrease from carbon to lead.

220
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

12. Carbohydrate is compounds 18. one of the following is not

containing C, H and O in which the isoelectronic with CO
H to O ratio is 2:1. A certain
a) CN-- b) O2+2 c) O2-2
carbohydrate contains 40.0%C by
d) HCN |
mass. Calculate the molecular
e) none
formula of the compound if the
approximate molar mass is 178g. 19. Which of the following equations
represents the 1st Ionisation
a). C6H10O6
Energy of sodium?
b).C5H12O7 c). C6H14O6
a. Na(g) ---> Na2+(g) + 2e-
d).C6H12O6
b. Na(s) ---> Na2+(g) + 2e-
13. 100 g CaCO3 is treated with 1 litre c. Na+(s) ---> Na2+(g) + e-
d.
of 1N HCl. What would be the Na+(g) ---> Na2+(g) + e-
weight of CO2 liberated after the 20. How many protons (p), neutrons
completion of the reaction ? (n) and electrons (e) are present in
200
80Hg2+?
a) 5.5 g b) 11g c)
22g d) 33g e)88g a)200 p 80 n 198 e b) 80 p 120 n
78 e
14. The charge and mass number of a
proton are: c) 120 p 80 n 118 e d) 80 p 200 n
78 e
charge = +1, Mass number = 0
e) 120 p 200 n 118 e
charge = +1, Mass number = 1
21. 1 Maximum number of electrons in
charge = -1, Mass number = 0
a subshell with l = 3 and n = 4 is
charge = 0, Mass number = 1
a) 10 b) 12 c) 14 d) 16
15. Which of the following descriptions
22. Identify the wrong statement in the
apply to the nucleus?
following
the number of protons only
Atomic radius of the elements increases
adding the protons and electrons a as one moves down the first group of the
periodic table
adding the neutrons and electrons
adding the neutrons and protons Atomic radius of the elements decreases
b as one moves across from left to right in
16. The formal charge on the oxygen the 2nd period of the
atom in the hydronium ion is
Amongst isoelectronic species, smaller
a) 0 b)+1 c)+2 c the positive charge on the cation, smaller
d)-1 is the ionic radius
17.
which of the following atoms has
Amongst isoelectronic species, greater
an electronic configuration of 1s2
d the negative charge on the anion, larger
2s2 2p6 3s2 3p64s1 3d10
is the ionic radius
a)Cu b)Zn C)Cr d)none
of the above 23. The electronic transitions from n =
2 to n = 1 will produce shortest

221
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

wavelength in (where n = principal b. 6.17%

quantum state) c. 71.60%
d. 85.10%
a Li+2 e. None of the above
2. If 1.50 g of H2C2O4.2H2O were
b He+
heated to drive off the water of
cH hydration, how much anhydrous
H2C2O4would remain?
d H+
a) 0.34 g b) 0.92 g c)
24. Mg2+ is isoelectronic with 1.07 g d) 1.50 g
3. Ammonia is produced in
a Ca2+
accordance with this equation.
b Na+ N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g)
c Zn2+ In a particular experiment, 0.25 mol
of NH3isformedwhen 0.5 mol of N2
d Cu2+ is reacted with 0.5 mol of H2. What
is the percentage yield?
25. Which one of the following sets of
ions represents a collection of (A) 75% (B) 50%(C) 33%(D) 25%
isoelectronic species?
4. 64)Mg(OH)2in the form of Milk of
+ – 2+ 3+ Magnesia is used to neutralize
a K , Cl , Ca , Sc
excess stomach acid. How many
b Ba2+, Sr2+, K+, S2– moles of stomach acid can be
neutralized by1.00 g of Mg(OH)2?
c N3–, O2–, F–, S2–
a) 0.0171 b) 0.0343 c)
d Li+, Na+, Mg2+, Ca2+ 0.686 d) 1.25

26. The state of hybridization of the 5. 70)A 50.0 mL solution of 0.150 M

central atom and the number of HClis mixed with 25.0mL of 0.400
lone pairs over the central atom in M HCl. What is the HCl
POCl3 are [answer is c. concentration in the final solution?
(Assume volumes are additive.)
a sp, 0
a) 0.0175 b) 0.233 c)
2 0.275 d) 0.550
b sp , 0

c sp3, 0 6. In standardizing an HCl solution of

unknown concentration, 21.50 mL
d dsp2, 1 of HCl solution are found to reach
the endpoint in a titration with
4.086 g of Na2CO3. (MW = 106.0
I.1. MOLE CONCEPT g/mol) What is the molarity of the
1. Trinitrotoluene is a very high HCl solution?
explosive having a molecular mass a. 1.79 M
of 227 g/mol. What is the b. 3.58 M
percentage of nitrogen in TNT? c. 0.896 M
a. 18.50% d. 3.6 x 10-3 M

222
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

7. What is the hydroxide a) 28L of N2 b) 32L of O2 c)

concentration in a solution which 35.5L of Xe d) 14L of N2 e) 32.0L of
results from pouring 100 mL of SO2
0.010 M HCl together with 200 mL
13. Line spectra” are caused primarily
of 0.030M Ca(OH)2(aq) solution?
by:
Assume that the liquid volumes are
a. The existence of many
additive.
ground states in an atom
a. 0.020 M
b. The existence of many
b. 0.0183 M
excited states in an atom
c. 0.0367 M
c. The existence of many atoms in
d. 0.060 M
a typical sample
e. 0.030 M
d. None of the
8. How many ml of water must be
added to 5ml of 2M aqueous NaCl
solution in order to obtain a final
NaCl concentration of 0.1M 14. which of the following is the
heaviest?
a)100ml b)90ml c)95ml
d)80ml e)none a)1 mole of Na b)1 mole of K c)1
mole of Cl d)1 mole of Ca e)none of the
9. What volume of 1.5mol.dm-3 NaOH above
is needed to neutralize 0.045dm3 of
0.5M acetic acid? 15. How many ml of water must be
added to 5ml of 2M aqueous NaCl
15dm3 solution in order to obtain a final
NaCl concentration of 0.1M
0.15dm3
a)100ml b)90ml c)95ml
0.015cm3
d)80ml e)none
15ml
16. 15. what volume of carbon
10. The most common oxidation state dioxide is produced at 20°C
of Silicon in a compound would be: and 750mmHg , when 60cm3 of
1M HCL reacted with 5g of
+2
calcium carbonate. A.731cm3
4 B. 240cm3 C. 730.4cm3
D.150cm3 E. 350cm3
+4 17. 16. , 0.75g of a basic oxide ,
-4 MO was dissolved in 150cm3 of
0.1M HCL. The excess acid
11. . calculate the number of water required 50 cm3 of 0.1M NaOH
molecules in 25ml of distilled for complete neutralization. What
water. is the RAM of the element M.
A 134 B.135 C.150 D.40
a)8.36×1023 b)6.02×1023
E.88
c)8.36×1024 d)18×1024 e)none of
18. What is the normality of a 2m
the above
solution of phosphoric acid,
12. At 398K and 2atm, 35.5L of Cl2(g) H3PO4, for an acid based titration?
has the same number of molecules
a) 0.67 b) 2 c) 3 d) 6.
as which of these gases?
e) .6

223
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

19. WHICH n of the following is not a 4. Considering the reaction C(S)

polymorph of CALCIUM +O2(g) CO2(g)+393.5 kJ the
CARBONATE. signs of H , S and G
a) .LIME STONE b). CHALK c).
respectively are
MARBLE d). QUICKLIME e).NONE
OF THE FOLLOWING a.
b.
I.2. ENERGETICS AND ENTROPY c.
1. Given the following data: d.
Sublimation energy for Li(s) + 5. a)+1228kJ b) +1218KJ c) -
159KJ/mol 1218KJ d)-447KJ
6. Calculate the standard enthalpy of
∆Hf for F(g) formation of gaseous diborane
+79KJ/mol ,B2H6 using the following
thermochemical equations
First ionisation energy of Li(s)
+520KJ/mol 4B(s) +3O2(g)  2B2O3(S) H0=-
Electron affinity of F(g) - 2509.1KJ
328KJ/mol 2H2(g)+O2(g)  2H2O(l) H0=-
Enthalpy of formation of LiFs) - 57.1KJ
616KJ/mol
B2H6(g) +3O2(g) 
 B203(s) + 3H2O
The lattice energy for LiF(s) is 0
H =-2147.5KJ
calculated to be
a)1032KJ b)807.3 c)903.3KJ
a. 285KJ/mol d)702.9KJ
b. -650KJ/mol
c. 800KJ/mol a. Which cycloalkane has the lowest
d. -1046KJ/mol heat of combustion per CH2
e. none group?
2. The lattice energy in the Born- a. cyclopropane
Haber cycle for magnesium oxide b. cyclobutanc
is c. cyclopontane
a. Mg2+(g) + O-(g) → MgO(s) d. cyclohexane
b. Mg+(g) + O2-(g) → MgO(s) 7. The nanoscale dispersal of energy
c. Mg(g) + ½ O2(g) → MgO(s) is termed. A. heat B.energy
d. Mg2+(g) + ½ O(g) → MgO(s) C. matter D.enthalpy. E.entropy
e. e)none of the above 8. A perfect crystal at o Kelvin is said
3. Using the following bond energies to have . A P.E=O B K.E=0 C.
in KJ/mol P.E = maximum D. entropy =0
E. K.E =0
C C;839KJ , C-H;413KJ, 9.
GIVEN that the bond enthalpy
O=O;495KJ O-H;567 KJ C=0;799KJ of atomization of methane is
+1662kjmol-1. The ∆Hθ of (𝑪 − 𝑯)
Estimate the enthalpy of the
reaction, C2H2(g)+5/2O2(g)→2CO2(g)+ OF METHANE IS. A.
H2O(g) +415.5KJMOL-1 B. -831KJ MOL-1
C.+831KJ MOL-1 D.-415KJ MOL-1
E.+1662KJ MOL-1

224
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

10. .THE lattice energy of rubidium II. CHEMICAL EQUILIBRA

chloride is -674kj mol-1 and the
enthalpy of solution is +19kj AND CHEMICAL
mol-1 .compute the hydration KINETICS
enthalpy. A.-655KJ MOL-1 In a chemical reaction, a catalyst does not
B.+655KJ MOL-1 C.-693KJ MOL- …
1
D.+693KJ MOL-1 E. NONE OF
THE ABOVE Alter the overall rate of the reaction
11. WILL rubidium chloride dissolve
Move the equilibrium position to the right
in water ENDOTHERMICALLY
OR EXOTHERMICALY. EXPLAIN Increase the rate constant
YOUR REASONING. HINTS,
COMPARE THE ENTHALPY OF Reduce the activation energy
HYDRATION AND LATTICE Which of the following factors will not affect
ENTHALPY, then decide. the rate of a reaction if modified:
12. All of the following are correct
statements concerning entropy Surface area of products
EXCEPT:
Concentration of reactants
All spontaneous processes tend
towards an increase in entropy A heterogeneous catalyst
The more highly ordered the system,
the higher the entropy Temperature
The entropy of a pure crystalline solid Which of the following rate-determining
at OK is O methods measure concentration directly?
The change in entropy of an equilibrium
process is 0 Conductrimetry
13. According to the Hess law, the Volumetry
enthalpy change in a chemical
reaction: Titrimetry
a. A Cannot be determined as an
Calorimetry
absolute value
b. B Is the sum of the enthalpies 4. Given the equilibrium system at 25°C:
of formation of the reactant
c. C Is the sum of the enthalpies NH4Cl(s) <-> NH4+(aq) + Cl-(aq) (H = +3.5
of formation of the products kcal/mol)
d. D Depends just on the amount What change will shift the equilibrium to the
and nature of the reactant and right?
products E. none of the above
14. According to the second law of a. Decreasing the temperature to
thermodynamics, the entropy of 15°C?
any infinitesimal transformation can b. Increasing the temperature to 35°C?
be defined by: c. DissolvingNaCl crystals in the
equilibrium mixture?
A . dS > δQrev/T B. dS = δQrev/T d. Dissolving NH4NONH3 crystals in
C dS < δQrev/T D . dS = the equilibrium mixture?
δQrev E. none of the above
5.For the reaction: 2A + B → C
which statement is correct?

225
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a. The rate of disappearance of A is Rate = k[A]

twice that of B. a
[B]
b. C appears at a rate equal to the sum
of the rates of the disappearance of Rate =
b
A and B. k[A]2[B]
c. The rate of appearance of C equals
the rate of disappearance of A. Rate =
c
d. The rate of disappearance of B is k[A][B]2
twice that of A.
Rate =
d
6. When a catalyst is added to a system at k[A]2[B]2
equilibrium, a decrease occurs in the
10. Which of these changes with time for a
a. Activation energy first-order reaction?
b. Heat of reaction
c. Potential energy of the reactants a. Rate of reaction
d. Potential energy of the products b. Rate constant
c. Half-life
7. Which statement describes
characteristics of an endothermic reaction? a .A only

a. The sign of H is positive, and the b .C only

products have less potential energy
than the reactants. c .A and B only
b. The sign of H is positive, and the
products have more potential energy d .B and C only
than the reactants.
11. During the kinetic study of the reaction,
c. The sign of H is negative, and the
2A + B → C + D, following results were
products have less potential energy
obtained:
than the reactants.
d. The sign of H is negative, and the Run [A]/mol [B]/mol Initial rate of
products have more potential energy L–1 L–1 formation of
than the reactants D/mol L–1
–1
min
8. NH3 is placed in a closed container
where it undergoes decomposition. At I 0.1 0.1 6.0 × 10–3
equilibrium, the total pressure in the
container is 1.2atm. Partial pressure due to II 0.3 0.2 7.2 × 10–2
ammonia is 0.4atm? calculate the Kp.
III 0.3 0.4 2.88 × 10–1
a)0.21 b)2.0 c)0.34 d)4.0
e)none of the above IV 0.4 0.1 2.40 × 10–2

9. n a reaction, A + B → Product, rate is Based on the above data which one of the
doubled when the concentration of B is following is correct?
doubled, and rate increases by a factor of 8
a rate = k[A]2 [B]2
when the concentrations of both the
reactants (A and B) are doubled, rate law b rate = k[A] [B]2
for the reaction can be written as
c rate = k[A]2 [B]

226
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

d rate = k[A] [B]

D
12. For the reaction N2O5(g) → 2NO2(g) +
15. for the reaction: 2a + b → 3c + d
O2(g) the value of rate of disappearance
of N2O5 is given as 6.25 × 10–3 mol L–1 s–1. which of the following does not
The rate of formation of NO2 and O2 is given express the reaction rate?
respectively as:
a
6.25 × 10–3 mol L–1 s–1 and 3.125 ×
a –3
10 mol L–1 s–1
b
6.25 × 10–3 mol L–1 s–1 and 6.25 ×
b –3
10 mol L–1 s–1
c
6.25 × 10–3 mol L–1 s–1 and 6.25 ×
c –3
10 mol L–1 s–1
d
1.25 × 10–2 mol L–1 s–1 and 3.125 ×
d
10–3 mol L–1 s–1
16. rate of a reaction can be
13. The rate equation for a reaction: A → B expressed by arrhenius equation as:
is r = K [A] . If the initial concentration of
the reactant is a mol dm–3, the half life k = ae–e/rt
period of the reaction is ? in this equation, e represents
A K/a the energy below which colliding
a
molecules will not react.
B a/K
the total energy of the reacting
C 2a/K b
molecules at a temperature, t.
D a/2K
the fraction of molecules with
14. BrO3– (aq) + 5Br– (aq) + 6H+ → 3Br2 (l) c energy greater than the activation
+ 3H2O(l) energy.

The rate of appearance of bromine (Br2) is the energy above which all the
d
related to the rate of disappearance of colliding molecules will react.
bromide ions as
17. which of these does not influence
the rate of reaction?
A
a nature of the reactants

B b concentration of the reactants

c temperature of the reaction

C d molecularity of the reaction

227
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

18. by what factors does the average (A) trigonal planar(B) trigonal
velocity of a gaseous molecule pyramidal(C) T-shaped(D) tetrahedral
increase when the temperature (in
3. Which of the following statements about
kelvin) is doubled?
water is true
a 1.4
a) it has a bent shape and bond
b 2.0 angle of 1200

c 2.8 b)it’s shape is trigonal planar and a

bond angle of 1200
d 4.0
c)bent shape and abond angle of
19.Which of the following events 105o
is least likely to occur with an
increase in temperature for the d)tetrahedral shape and a bond
angle of 1200
reaction given? (With H = -45.9
kJ/mol.) Using the Lewis Dot structures or
otherwise, determine the electronic
arrangements and molecular
shapes, respectively of each of the
A The gas particles will move more following:
quickly.
4. PBr5
B The reaction will produce more
ammonia in a shorter time. a. Pentahedral, trigonal bipyramidal
b Pentahedral, pentahedral
C The reaction will reverse and
ammonia will decompose. c. Trigonal bipyramidal,
pentahedral
D The entropy of the system will
increase. d. Trigonal bipyramidal, trigonal
bipyramidal
E The equilibrium constant will
5. BH2-
become smaller.
a. Trigonal, bent
b. Trigonal planar, trigonal planar
III. CHEMICAL BONDING c. Bent, trigonal planar
AND INTERMOLECULAR
d. Trigonal planar, bent
FORCES
6. NI3
1. 69)In which pair of formulas are both
species polar? a. Tetrahedral, tetrahedral
(A) CO2 and H2O (B) BF3 and b. Trigonal pyramidal, tetrahedral
PCl3(C) SO2 and SCl2(D) CS2 and NO2
c. Tetrahedral, trigonal pyramidal
2. 71)What is the shape of the
ClF3molecule? d Trigonal pyramidal, trigonal
pyramidal

228
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

7 . Which of the following has the smallest b. its regular tetrahedral structure
radius? c. similar sizes of carbon and chlorine
a. Cl- atoms
b. Al3+ d. similar electron affinities of carbon
c. Cr and chlorine
d. K+ 13. Carbon tetrachloride has no net dipole
moment because of.
8. Which statement is NOT TRUE?
a. aits planar structure
a. Bonding between atoms b. its regular tetrahedral structure
becomes more effective with c. similar sizes of carbon and
increasing atomic size. chlorine atoms
b. Metal fluorides and metal oxide d. similar electron affinities of carbon
compounds tend to be ionic. and chlorine
c. Nitrogen can form a maximum
of four bonds whereas 14. Which of the following compounds has
phosphorus can form a a net dipole moment?
maximum of six bonds
a) CCl4 b) CH4
d. Electro negativity tends to
decrease down a representative c) NH3 d) CH2CH2 e) O2
family.
15 which of the following compounds
9. carbon tetrachloride has no net dipole has no dative covalent bond?
moment because of
a) Al2Cl6 b) N2H c)
a. . its planar structure
solid beryllium d)
b. . its regular tetrahedral structure [Cu(NH3)4¬]3+ e) NH4+.
c. . similar sizes of carbon and
chlorine atoms 16. which of the following is responsible for
d. . similar electron affinities of carbon holding atoms in water molecules together?
and chlorine a) H-bonds b) Dipole-Dipole
10. Contrary to most other substances, the attraction c) ionic bonds d) coordinate
density of water decreases as temperature bonds e) none
decreases between 4 and 0 deg C. This is
due to 17. A molecule in which the central
atom has two lone pairs and forms two
a. dipole-dipole interaction single bonds is said
b. London dispersion
to have a _____________ shape.
c. decreasing number of hydrogen
bonds a. tetrahedral b. pyramidal c.
d. increasing number of hydrogen planar d. bent
bonds formed 18. Which one of the following is the correct
11. what is the shape of the s-orbital bond angle between atoms adopting a
trigonal planar geometry?
a) round b)oval c) spherical d)
twisted a) 180° b) 109.5° , c) 90° ,
d) 120°
12. carbon tetrachloride has no net dipole
moment because of 19. The pair of species with the same bond
a. its planar structure order is

229
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a NO, CO 24. Accordind to the molecular orbital

theory, which of the following molecules
b N2, O2 has the highest bond order.

C O22-, B2 a). NO b)N2 c).O2

d). F2 e).
d O2+, NO+ none of the above

20. Bond order of 1.5 is shown by [ ans-D] 25. . Which of the following has the lowest
boiling point.
a O22-
a). CH4 b). NH3 c) H2O
b O2 d). HCL e). NONE of
the above
c O2+
26. Which of the molecules have the
d O2 highest dipole moment.

21. The structure of IF7 is a). CH4 b) .CO

c).H2O d).CO2
a Pentagonal bipyramid e).CCL4

b Square pyramid 27. What is the shape of (ICL4)-1.

a).planar b). Tetrahedral
c Trigonal bipyramid
c). square planar
d Octahedral d).linear e).none of the above
30. what is the shape of BrF5.
22. During the formation of a chemical bond
a) tetraheldral b). octahedral
a energy decreases c).trigonal pyramidal d).
hexagonal e). square pyramidal.
b energy increases
31. WHAT IS THE SHAPE OF 𝑰𝟑 -1..
energy of the system does not
c
change a). TETRAHEDRAL b). BENT
c) OCTAHEDRAL d). LINEAR
electron-electron repulsion e).SQUARE PLANAR
d becomes more than the nucleus-
electron attraction 32. THE high boiling point in HF IS due
to the presence of .
23. For a stable molecule the value of bond
a).COVALENT BONDING
order must be
b).IONIC BONDING
a negative c).METTALIC BONDING d).
VANDER WAALS FORCES e).
b positive HYDROGEN BONDING

c zero 33. According to the VSEPR method, the

molecular structure of the molecule PCl3
there is no relationship between (of the type AX3E, A = central atom, X =
d
stability and bond order
any other atom, E = lone pair) is:

230
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

a) angular b) triangular planar c) e. C 4 H

tetrahedral d) pyramidal e). SQUQRE 5. .A plant that can assimilate nitrogen
planar from the atmosphere is most likely.

IV. ORGANIC a.babana b.maize c. cassava

d.grounnuts e. all the above
CHEMISTRY
1. Aspirin ( C9H8O4) is prepared by reacting 6. Oxides known to exist both acidic
salicyclic acid (C7H6O) and acetic and basic propertice is best termed .
anhydride (C4H6O3): a.acidic oxides b.basic oxides c.
bi-oxides d. acido-basic oxides e. none
C7H6O3 + C4H6O3
of the above
C9H8O4 + C2H4O2
How many moles of salicylic acid should be 7.How many isomers does pentane have
used to prepare six 5-grain aspirin tablets? . a.5 b. 2 c. 6 d.4 .e3
(1g = 15.5grains)
8.How many isomers does butanol have.
a) 0.01 b) 0.1 c) 1.0 a.2 b.4 c.3 d.5 e.1
d) 2.0
2. The percentage composition of an 9. How many isomers does butane have.
unknown element X in CH3X is 32%. Which a.2 b.3 c.5 d.4 e.1
of the following is element X?
10. . What type of hybridization is
a) H b) F c) Na e) Li exhibited by benzene. a.sp1 b.sp0
3. 2 3 4
c. sp d.sp e. sp
An unknown compound contains the 11.Given that the bond enthalpy of
elements C, H, and O. It is known to atomization of methane is +1662kjmol-
contain 48% C and 4.0% H by mass. The 1
. the ∆hθ of (𝑪 − 𝑯) of methane is. a.
molar mass of this compound has been +415.5kjmol-1 b. -831kj mol-1 c.+831kj
determined in the lab to have a value of
mol-1 d.-415kj mol-1 e.+1662kj mol-1
200. The molecular formula for this
compound is 12.The lattice energy of rubidium
a. C 2 H 3 O 2 chloride is -674kj mol-1 and the enthalpy
b. C 4 H 6 O 4 of solution is +19kj mol-1 .compute the
c. C 4 H 4 O 3 hydration enthalpy. a.-655kj mol-1
b.+655kj mol-1 c.-693kj mol-1 d.+693kj
d. C 8 H 3 O 6 -1
mol e. none of the above
e. C 8 H 8 O 6
4. 13. Will Rubidium chloride dissolve in
water endothermically or exothermicaly.
A hydrocarbon (a compound explain your reasoning. Hint, compare
consisting solely of carbon and the enthalpy of hydration and lattice
hydrogen) is found to be 96% carbon enthalpy, then decide.
by mass. What is the empirical
formula for this compound? 14. A mixture which composition does not
change on heating and has a constant
a. C 2 H
boiling point, is better termed. a.Raoults
b. CH 2 mixture b. Azeotropic mixture c.
c. C 3 H enthropy mixture d. solvent mixture
d. CH 3 e.exothermic mixture

231
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

10 𝑀0 10 𝑀0 10 𝑀0
𝑀0 → ( ) → ( ) → ( )
2 4 8
5×1022 21
𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 8 = 6.25 × 10
What has be disintegrated = 5 × 1022 −
6.25 × 1021 = 4.38 × 1022
Ans (d)
1. 𝑞1 = 𝑞2 = +𝑞, 𝑟 = 20𝑐𝑚 = 20 × 14. 𝐸 = 𝜌𝑑𝑉 = 2 × 50 × 10−6 𝑚3 = 1 ×
10−2 𝑚, 𝐹 = 18𝑁 10−4 × 1.013 × 105 𝐽
2
𝐾𝑞2 𝐹𝑟 2 18×(20×10−2 ) First case not needed
𝐹= 𝑟2
⇔ 𝑞2 = 𝑘
= 9×109
=
8 × 10 −11 2
𝐶 𝐸 = 𝑑𝑝𝑉 ≠ 50 × 10−6 𝑚3 × 4 × 1.013
⇒ 𝑞 = 8.94𝜇𝐶 × 1.013 × 105 = 20.3𝐽
10000 2
Ans (b) 𝑚𝑣 2 (60×
3600
) ×60𝑘𝑔
15. 𝐹 = = = 833. =
2. Ans (c) 𝑣 20
0.83 𝐾𝑁
3. Ans (c)
Ans d
4. 𝑞 = −8.5𝑛𝐶 𝑖𝑛 𝑀 𝑟 = 40𝑐𝑚 16. Mass 100 tones A= ? 𝜌 =
𝐸=
−8.5𝑛𝐶×9×109
= −478.13 𝑁/𝐶 50 𝐾𝑁𝑚2
(40×10−2 )2
Ans (e) 𝐹 = 100 × 1000 × 10 = 106 𝑁 ⇒ 𝐴
5. 𝑅1 = 2Ω, 𝑅2 =? 106 𝑁
= = 20 𝑚2
50000 𝑁/𝑚2
𝐼𝑅1 + 𝐼𝑅2 + 𝐼(𝑟1 + 𝑟2 + 𝑟3 ) − 𝐸1 − 𝐸2 +
𝐸3 = 0
𝐼(𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + 𝑟1 + 𝑟2 + 𝑟3 ) = 𝐸1 + 𝐸2 − 𝐸3
2(2 + 𝑅2 + 3 + 1 + 1) = 24
⇒ 𝑅2 = 5Ω
Ans (a)
𝐴+𝐷𝑚𝑖𝑛
sin( ) sin 23
2
6. 𝑛 = 𝐴 = sin 15 = 1.5
sin( )
2

Ans (c)
7.
𝐸 = 𝐼𝑉𝑡
= 60𝐴 × 12𝑉. 6ℎ𝑟𝑠 = 4320 𝑠
Ans (e)
8. Ans (b)
9. 𝜏 = 𝑅𝐶 = (10 × 10 × 10−6 )𝑠 = 1 ×
10−4 𝑠
Ans (a)
10. Ans (e)
11. Ans (a)
12.
13. At t=0, 𝑀 = 5 × 1022

232
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Correction of Mathematics

Correction of
Mathematics

32𝑥+3 + 54(3𝑥 ) − 216 = 0

1−𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥+𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
27(32𝑥 ) + 54(3𝑥 ) − 216 = 0
1. lim𝜋 let 𝑁 = 1 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑙𝑒𝑡 3𝑥 = 𝑝; 27𝑝2 + 54𝑝 − 216 = 0
𝑥→ 1−𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
2 4. 𝑝2 + 2𝑝 − 8 = 0
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐷 = 1 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
lim𝜋 𝑁 = lim𝜋 𝐷 = 0 also 𝑁, 𝐷 ∈ 𝐶 so 𝑝 = 2 𝑜𝑟 𝑝 = −4 (𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒)
𝑙𝑛2
𝑥→
2
𝑥→
2 𝑠𝑜 𝑝 = 3𝑥 = 2, 𝑠𝑜 𝑥 =
𝑙𝑛3
by Hôpital’s rule ; Answer C
𝑁 𝑁′
lim𝜋 = lim𝜋 ′ 5. 𝑦 = √𝑥 + 1 + 2√𝑥 − 2 +
𝑥→ 𝐷 𝑥→ 𝐷
2 2
−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 √𝑥 − 1 − 2√𝑥 − 2
= lim𝜋 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 (2, 2) 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑎 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛.
𝑥→ −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
2 Answer D
= −1
Answer A
1
𝑥 2 +1
2. lim (𝑥 2 + 1)𝑒 𝑥2 = lim 1 = +∞
𝑥→−∞ 𝑥→−∞ −𝑥2
𝑒
Answer B
3. (𝑙𝑛𝑥)3− 4(𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 + 9𝑙𝑛𝑥 − 2 =
log 2 16 ; 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑙𝑛𝑥 = 𝑝
𝑃3 − 4𝑃2 + 9𝑃 − 2 − 4 = 0
(𝑃 − 1)(𝑃2 − 3𝑃 + 6 = 0)
𝑃 = 1 𝑜𝑟𝑃2 − 3𝑃 + 6 = 0
No solution since Δ = 9 − 24 < 0
⟹ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 = 1
𝑠𝑜 𝑃 = 1
⟹𝑥=𝑒
Answer C

233
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝜋
b. Let the height of water surface
𝐼𝑛 = ∫04 tan𝑛 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝜋
from A to H
𝐼𝑛+2 = ∫04 tan𝑛+2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 9002 𝐻 900𝐻
⇒ − = 120 × 106
𝜋 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼 5𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼
= ∫0 tan𝑛 𝑥 . 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4 5 (120×106 )
⇔ 𝐻 = 4( 9002
) 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼
6. 𝜋
𝑛 25
= ∫0 𝑠𝑒𝑐²𝑥 tan 𝑥 − 𝐼𝑛
4
= √26 × 103 𝑚𝑚
𝜋
702
tan𝑛+1 𝑥 4 Answer A
=[ ] − 𝐼𝑛
𝑛+1 0 c. Let the height of water surface
1 from h
⟹ 𝐼𝑛+2 + 𝐼𝑛 = 𝑛+1
⇒ 9002 ℎ = 6𝑂 × 106
Answer B 10
1 ⇒ ℎ = 2 ( ) 𝑚𝑚
𝐼8 = − 𝐼6 3
7 Answer C
1
𝐼6 = − 𝐼4
5 (𝑛2 +𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑛)
1 12. 𝑈𝑛 = lim 𝑈𝑛 =
3𝑛 +sin(𝑛) 𝑛→+∞
𝐼3 = − 𝐼2
3 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑛
𝑛2 (1+ 2 )
𝜋 lim 𝑛
=0
𝐼2 = 1 − 𝐼0 ; 𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝐼0 = 𝑛→+∞ 3𝑛 (1+sin(𝑛)
𝑛 )
4 3
𝜋 76 Answer B
⟹ 𝐼8 = − 𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 = 12
4 105 13. {
Answer A 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑥 − 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔2
7. 𝐷 = {(𝑥, 𝑦) ∈ ℝ2 : 0 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 𝑥, 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 = 12
𝜋(2)2 (2) ⇒{ 𝑥 ;
𝑦 2 ≤ 4}; 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = 3
+ log ( ) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔2
𝑦
(4⁄3𝜋(2)3 )
2
= 8𝜋 𝑠𝑜 𝑥 = 2𝑦,
Answer D 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒 4𝑦 2 − 𝑦 2 = 12
4 3 3
8. 𝑝(𝑎) = 8 . 7 = 14 𝑦=2
⇒𝑥=4
Answer C Answer C
2 1 1
9. 𝑝(𝑏) = 4 (8 . 7) = 7 𝑥−𝑦 =1
14. { 𝑦 ;
Answer C 3 = 2𝑥
2 1 1
𝑥 =1+𝑦
10. 𝑝(𝑐) = 8 . 7 = 28 𝑠𝑜 21+𝑦 + 3𝑦
Answer A ⇒ 𝑦(𝑙𝑛2 − 𝑙𝑛3)
11. = −𝑙𝑛2
𝑙𝑛2
𝑠𝑜 𝑦 =
𝑙𝑛3 − 𝑙𝑛2
𝑙𝑛3
B 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 =
A
𝑙𝑛3 − 𝑙𝑛2
α 𝑥2 𝑎𝑥+𝑏 𝑎 ′ 𝑥+𝑏′
15. 2 = 2 + 2 = 𝑎𝑥 3 +
𝑥 +1 𝑥 +√2𝑥+1 𝑥 −√2𝑥+1
1 2
𝑎√2𝑥 + 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑏𝑥 − 𝑏√2𝑥 + 2
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 =
5 𝑏 + 𝑎′ 𝑥 3 + 𝑎′ √2𝑥 2 + 𝑎′ 𝑥 + 𝑏 ′ 𝑥 2 +
𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒
a. = [(900)3 − 𝑏′;
𝑜𝑓 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟
1 4 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑐𝑜𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠,
(900)3 ] 𝑚𝑚3 = 5 (93 )𝐿 =
5
583.2𝐿
Answer B

234
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑎 + 𝑎′ = 0
−𝑎√2 + 𝑏 + 𝑎′ √2 + 𝑏 ′ = 1
{
𝑎 − 𝑏√2 + 𝑎′ + 𝑏 ′ √2 = 0
𝑏 + 𝑏′ = 0
1
𝑎=−
2√2
⇒ 1
𝑎′ =
2√2
{𝑏 = 𝑏 ′ = 0
Answer C
16. 𝑓: 𝑥 → sin 4𝑥 ,∗
𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝐼 = ∫ sin 4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
cos 4𝑥
𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓 = −
4

235
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

sinh 𝑦 = 𝑥
(𝑒 𝑦 − 𝑒 −1 )
=𝑥
2
𝑒 2𝑦 − 2𝑥𝑒 𝑦 − 1 = 0
(𝑥 𝑛 −𝑎𝑛 ) 𝑛𝑎 𝑛−1 𝑛 𝑒 2𝑦 = 𝑥 ± √𝑥 2 + 1 (𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑒 𝑦 > 0)
1. lim = 𝑝𝑎𝑝−1 = 𝑝 𝑎𝑛−𝑝
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥 𝑝 −𝑎𝑝 𝑠𝑜 𝑒 𝑦 = 𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 1 sinh−1 𝑥
2. Hyperbola
Answer B = ln (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 1)
𝑥 2 +3𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 Answer A
3. lim 2𝑥 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥+𝑥2 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑥→0 8. cosh−1 𝑥 = 𝑦
3𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥
𝑥 2 (1 + 𝑥 ) =4
cosh 𝑦 = 𝑥
= lim 𝑒 − 2𝑥𝑒 𝑦 + 1 = 0
2𝑦
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
+ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥) 3
𝑥→0 2
𝑥 (2
𝑥 𝑒 𝑦 = 𝑥 ± √𝑥 2 − 1
Answer B
𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑒 𝑦 > 0 ⇒ 𝑒 𝑦 = 𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 1
⃗⃗⃗⃗1 = (1, −1,1) ; 𝑛
4. Let 𝑛 ⃗⃗⃗⃗2 = (1,1, −1)
𝑛
⃗⃗⃗⃗1 ≠ λn ⃗⃗⃗⃗2 , 𝜆 ∈ ℝ cosh−1 𝑥 = ln [𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 1]
{
𝑛
⃗⃗⃗⃗1 . 𝑛
⃗⃗⃗⃗2 ≠ 0 Answer C
Answer C 9. ∫(𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑥(𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 − ∫ 3(𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
1
5. cos(6𝑥) cos(4𝑥) = 2 [cos(10𝑥) + = 𝑥(𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 − 3 [𝑥(𝑙𝑛𝑥)2
cos(2𝑥)], 𝑠𝑜 ∫ cos(6𝑥) cos(4𝑥)𝑑𝑥 =
1 1 − ∫ 2𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥]
𝑠𝑖𝑛(10) + sin(2𝑥) + 𝐶
20 4
Answer A = 𝑥(𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 − 3𝑥(𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 + 6[𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑥 − 𝑥]
6. 𝐼 = ∫ cos 5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 +𝐶
= 𝑥[(𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 − 3(𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 + 6𝑙𝑛𝑥 − 6]
= ∫(1 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 𝐶)
Answer B
= ∫(1 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)(1 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
10. 𝑦 2 = 8𝑥 ⇒ 𝑦 = √8𝑥,
= ∫ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 − 2𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 2
𝑑𝑦 2
𝐴 = 2𝜋 ∫ 𝑦√1 + ( ) 𝑑𝑥
+ sin4 𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 0 𝑑𝑥
2 sin 𝑥 sin5 𝑥 3
𝑑𝑦 4
= 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 − + +𝐶 ; =
3 5 𝑑𝑥 𝑦
2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
= 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 − (1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥) 2
16
3 𝐴 = 2𝜋 ∫ √8𝑥. √1 + 𝑑𝑥
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥(1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)2 0 8𝑥
+ 2
5
+𝐶 = 2𝜋 ∫ √16 + 8𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8 4 0
= 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + sin 𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 2 1
15 15 = 4√2𝜋 ∫ (𝑥 + 2)2 𝑑𝑥
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 0
+ +𝐶 3 2
5 2
Answer A = 4√2𝜋. [ (𝑥 + 2)2 ]
3 0
7. Let 𝑦 = sinh−1 𝑥 8
= √2𝜋[8 − 2√2] ≈ 19.5𝜋
3
Answer A
𝑥 = 𝑎(1 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃)
11.
𝑦 = 𝑎(1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃)

236
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝜃 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜋 1 𝜋
= ∫ sin(10𝑥) + sin 4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝜋
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑦 2 2 0
𝐴 = 2𝜋 ∫ 𝑦√( ) + ( ) . 𝑑𝜃 1 1 1 𝜋
0 𝑑𝜃 𝑑𝜃 = [− cos(10𝑥) − cos 4𝑥]
𝜋 2 10 4 𝑂
= 2𝜋 ∫ 𝑎2 (1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃)√cos 2 𝜃 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃. 𝑑𝜃 =0
0 17. Lim √9𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1 + 3𝑥
𝑥→−∞
= 2𝑎2 𝜋 2 (9𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1) − 9𝑥 2
Answer A = lim
𝑥→−∞√9𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1 − 3𝑥
1
12. 𝑦 = 3𝑡 2 , 𝑥 = 3𝑡 2 − 2, 𝑥 (𝑥 − 2)
𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 3, 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 2, = lim
𝑥→−∞ 2 1
𝑑𝑦 −𝑥 (√9 − 𝑥 + 2 + 3)
𝑠𝑜 =1 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
3 1
=
𝑠𝑜 𝐴 = 2𝜋 ∫ (𝑥 + 2)√1 + 12 . 𝑑𝑥 6
𝑜 18. Lim √9𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1 + 3𝑥
3 𝑥→−∞
𝑥2
= 2√2𝜋 [ + 2𝑥] (9𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1) − 9𝑥 2
2 = lim
𝑜 𝑥→−∞ √9𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1 − 3𝑥
= 21√2𝜋 1
Answer B 𝑥 (𝑥 − 2)
= lim
13. lim (𝑥 + 1 + √𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 2 𝑥→−∞ 2 1
𝑥→−∞ −𝑥 (√9 − + 2 + 3)
2 𝑥 𝑥
((𝑥 + 1)2 − (𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 2))
= lim 1
𝑥→−∞ 𝑥 + 1 − √𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 2 =
6
3 19. (𝐶210 . 𝐶38 ) + (𝐶310 . 𝐶28 ) + (𝐶410 . 𝐶18 ) =
𝑥 (1 + 𝑥 )
= lim 7560 𝑤𝑎𝑦𝑠
𝑥→−∞ 1 1 2
𝑥 (1 + 𝑥 + √1 + 𝑥 − 2 ) 5
20. 𝐶18 = 8568 𝑤𝑎𝑦𝑠.
𝑥
3
=
2
Answer C
𝑛!
14. 𝑃𝑛 = 𝑛6 ;
(𝑛 + 1)𝑛 !
𝑃𝑛+1 =
(𝑛 + 1)6
𝑛!
=
(𝑛 + 1)5
𝑃𝑛 (𝑛 + 1)5
=
𝑃𝑛+1 𝑛6
Answer C 𝑁𝑜𝑛𝑒
15. 𝑃(𝐴) = 0.4 ;
𝑃(𝐵) = 0.6 (𝑓𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑢𝑟𝑒)
𝑃(𝐴 2 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑛 10) = (0.4)2 (0.6)2 ( 10𝑃2 )
= 0.242
Answer B
𝜋
16. ∫0 sin(3𝑥) cos(7𝑥) 𝑑𝑥

237
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

⇒ 𝑏 = 11 − 2𝑎
⇒ 𝑎(11 − 2𝑎)(𝑎 + 8) = 140
⇒ 𝑎 = 2; 𝑏 = 7, 𝑐 = 10
Answer c
𝑛 1 𝜋 𝜋
1. 𝑆𝑛 = Σ𝑟=1 6.
tan 𝑥
∫04 𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ∫04 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 =
𝑟(𝑟+1)(𝑟+2)
1 𝐴 𝐵 𝐶 𝜋
= + + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 4 1
𝑟(𝑟 + 1)(𝑟 + 2) 𝑟 𝑟 + 1 𝑟 + 2 [ 2 ] =2
𝑜
1 1 Answer c
𝐴 = , 𝐵 = −1, 𝐶 =
2 2
1 𝑦 = arctan(𝑎𝑥 2 ) = arctan[𝑓(𝑥)]
𝑛
ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑆𝑛 = Σ𝑟=1 𝑑𝑦 𝑓′ (𝑥)
𝑟(𝑟 + 1)(𝑟 + 2) 7. 𝑑𝛾
= 1+𝑓2 (𝑥)
1 1 1 2𝑎𝑥
= − + =
2𝑛 𝑛 + 1 2(𝑛 + 2) 1+𝑎2 𝑥 4
1 1 Answer b
= + ;𝑆 ,𝑆 1 2
4 2(𝑛 + 2) 0 𝑛
𝑡
8. lim √𝑡 2 = lim(𝑡 2 ) 𝑡 = lim 𝑡 𝑡 =
𝑡→0 𝑡→0 𝑡→0
1 1 2
𝑙𝑛𝑡
= + ; lim 𝑒 𝑡 =0
4 2(𝑛 + 2) 𝑡→0
1 Answer c
lim 𝑆𝑛 = ln(sin 𝑥) ln(sin 𝑥)
𝑛→∞ 4 9. lim = lim (𝜋−2𝑥)2 = −∞
Anwer b 𝑥→0 𝜋−2𝑥 𝑥→0
1 1 1 1 Answer c
2. 𝑦 ′ = 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑐 ; 𝑦′ = 𝑒𝑥 10. Number of 𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚𝑠 = 𝑛 − (−2) +
𝑥2 𝑥
𝑑𝑦 1 1 1=𝑛+3
⟺ = 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑥 2 Answer b
1 1 1
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = 2 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 11. 𝐹(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 (𝑥3 +1)
𝑥
1 1 1
⇒ 𝑦 = −𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐, 𝑐 ∈ ℝ 𝐹(𝑥) = 3
−
𝑥 3(𝑥 + 1)
Answer c (𝑥 − 2)
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 2 +
3. ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥(𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥)−3 𝑑𝑥 = 3(𝑥 2 − 𝑥 + 1)
3√𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥
1
(𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥)3 Answer b
1 =
3
1 2
Answer c 12. 𝑀 = ( )
1
3 4
√1+𝑙𝑛𝑥 1 1 2 1 2
4. ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ (1 + 𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑀2 = ( )( )
𝑥 𝑥 3 4 3 4
3
3
(1+𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 2 7 10
3 + 𝑐 = (1 + 𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 + 𝑐 = =( )
2
3 15 22
2 = 5𝑀 + 21
3
√(1 + 𝑙𝑛𝑥)3 + 𝑐, 𝑐 ∈ ℝ Answer b
Answer c 𝑥2
1
𝑥2
1

5. Let the numbers be a, b and 13. ∫ 𝑥 3 +1 𝑑𝑥 =∫ 2 2

𝑑𝑥 =
𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 19 → (1) (𝑥 3 ) +1

c 𝑎𝑏𝑐 = 140 → (2) where c is 3

1
3
2 𝑥2 2
𝑐 − 𝑎 = 8 → (3) ∫ 2
2 2
𝑑𝑥 = 3 arctan (𝑥 2 ) + 𝐾
3
the largest and a the smallest (𝑥 3 ) +1
number from (3) . 𝑐 = 𝑎 + 8 → (4) Answer b
2𝑎 + 𝑏 = 11
(4) in (1) and (2) { 14. (𝑥 − 1)𝑥 ≥ 0 ⟺ 𝑥 ≤ 0 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 1
𝑎𝑏(𝑎 + 8) = 140
𝐷𝑓 =] − ∞, 0[𝑈]1, +∞[

238
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

15. 𝑓(𝑥) = 1 + 𝑐𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 ∀𝑥 ≠ 𝑘𝜋 22. Lim

ln(𝑥 2 −3𝑥+7)
=
1
2
𝑥→+∞ 𝑥
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑥 = 3 7
ln(𝑥 2 (1− + 2 ))
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
1 lim 𝑥
𝑥→+∞
∫ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑑𝑥 2𝑙𝑛𝑥
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 = lim
1 𝑥→+∞ 𝑥
=∫ 𝑑𝑥 +
=0
1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 Answer a
1
𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑡 = tan 𝑥 ; ∫ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 2 𝑑𝑡 1 1
𝑡 23. 𝐴 = ( )
0 0
1 1 1 1 1
= − = − cot 𝑥 𝐴2 = ( )( )
𝑡 0 0 0 0
Answer c 1 1
=( )
16. 𝑓(𝑥) =
log(𝑥+1) 0 0
(𝑥−2)2 =𝐴
𝐷𝑓 = {𝑥 ∈ ℝ, 𝑥 + 1 > 0, 𝑥 − 2 ≠ 0} 3 2 1 1
𝐴 =𝐴 𝐴=( )=𝐴
0 0
= {𝑥 ∈ ℝ, 𝑥 > −1; 𝑥 ≠ 2} ⇒𝐴 =𝐴𝑛
=] − 1, 2[𝑈]2, +∞[ Answer C
Answer b
24. Diagonal, 𝑑 = √122 + 52
17. Even multiples of 12 =
⇒ 𝑑2 = 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑞
{12,24,36, … ,696} this is an AP with
= 169 𝑠𝑞 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡,
𝑎 = 12 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑑 = 12 𝑥+3 1 𝑥+3
𝑙 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑 25. ∫ 2𝑥−4 𝑑𝑥 = 2 ∫ 𝑥−2 𝑑𝑥
696 = 12 + (𝑛 − 1)12 1 𝑥−2+5
⇒ 𝑛 = 58 = ∫ 𝑑𝑥
1 2
2 𝑥−2
𝑈𝑛+1 𝑍𝑛+1 −𝑖 𝑍𝑛 + 𝑖−𝑖 1 1 5
18. 𝑈𝑛
= 𝑍𝑛 −𝑖
=3 3
𝑍𝑛 −𝑖
=3 = ∫ (1 + ) 𝑑𝑥
2 𝑥−2
⇒ 𝑈𝑛 is a GP with first term 𝑈0 = 1 5
1 = 𝑥 + ln(𝑥 − 2) + 𝑘
𝑍0 − 𝑖 = 1 − 𝑖 and common ratio ; 2 2
3
1 𝑛 Answer b
⇒ 𝑈𝑛 = (1 − 𝑖) ( ) 𝑏
3 26. ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑐𝑥 + 𝑑)𝑑𝑥
Answer C 𝑙𝑒𝑡 (𝑐𝑥 + 𝑑) = 𝑡
1
19. ∫ 𝑢2 +1 𝑑𝑢 = arctan 𝑢 𝑑𝑡
= 𝑑𝑥
Answer d 𝑐
𝑏
𝑥 1 𝑏𝑐+𝑑
20. 𝑡 = tan (2) ; ∫ 𝑓(𝑐𝑥 + 𝑑)𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡
𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 𝑐 𝑎𝑐+𝑑
tan 𝑥 = tan ( + ) Answer a
2 2
𝑥 1 𝑥
= tan 2 ( ) 27. Lim (1 + 𝑥)
𝑥→+∞
2 1
𝑥 = lim 𝑒
𝑥𝑙𝑛(1+ )
𝑥
2 tan (2) 𝑥→+∞
= 𝑥 1
1 − 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 ( ) ln(1+ )
𝑥
2 1
2𝑡 𝑥
= 1
1 − 𝑡2 = lim 𝑒 𝑥
𝑥→+∞
Answer d
1 1
21. 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 = ∫0 (𝑥 − 𝑥 2 ) 𝑑𝑥 𝑙𝑒𝑡 =𝑎
𝑥
1
𝑥2 𝑥3 1 1 1 ln(1+𝑎)
= [ − ] = − = 𝑠𝑞 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠. lim+ 𝑒 𝑎
2 3 0 2 3 6 𝑎→0
= 𝑒1 = 𝑒

239
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Answer b 𝐷𝑓 = ℝ − {0, −1}

((𝑥 + 1) − 𝑥)
28. 6*6*6*6*4=5184 Answer b (𝑥 + 1)2
𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 𝑥
1 |𝑥 + 1|
29. 𝑃(𝐽𝑎𝑐𝑘 𝑜𝑓 ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑠) = 52 = 𝑃(𝐽)
1
13 1 ( )
𝑃(𝑆𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒) = 52 = 4 (𝑥 + 1)2
= 𝑥
= 𝑃(𝑆) |𝑥 + 1 |
𝑃(𝐽 𝑜𝑟 𝑆) = 𝑃(𝐽) + 𝑃(𝑆) |𝑥 + 1|
1 1 14 7 =
= 52 + 4 = 52 = 26 𝑥(𝑥 + 1)2
Answer c 1
=
𝑥|𝑥 + 1|
30. √𝑥 2 − 1 < 𝑥 Answer b
𝑥2 − 1 ≥ 0 35. 𝑠𝑐ℎé𝑚𝑎
⇔ 𝑥 ≤ −1 At point of intersection
𝑥 ≥1; 25 − 𝑥 2 = 𝑥 + 13
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ −1 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 12 = 0
,
𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 (𝑥 + 4)(𝑥 − 3) = 0
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 1 𝑥 = −4, 𝑥 = −3
3
𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑥 2 − 1 < 𝑥 2 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 = ∫ (25 − 𝑥 2 − [𝑥 + 13]) 𝑑𝑥
⇒ −1 < 0, 𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 −4
⇒𝑥≥1 3
𝑥3 𝑥2
Answer b = [25𝑥 − − − 13𝑥]
3 2
31. 𝐿𝑒𝑡 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑏𝑖𝑡 , = 𝑟 −4
3
𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑐ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑠 = 𝑐 𝑥3 𝑥2
𝑟 + 𝑐 = 40 … . . (1) = [12𝑥 − − ]
3 2 −4
4𝑟 + 2𝑐 = 104
9 64
2𝑟 + 𝐶 = 52 … … (2) = 36 − 9 − − [−48 + − 8]
(2) − (1) ⇒ 𝑟 = 12 2 3
𝑐 = 40 − 12 = 57,167 ≈ 57,2 𝑐𝑚2
= 28 Answer a.
𝑟 = 12 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑐 = 28
32. Lim (√𝑥 2 + 1 − 𝑥)
𝑥→+∞
(√𝑥 2 + 1 − 𝑥)(√𝑥 2 + 1 + 𝑥)
= lim
𝑥→+∞ √𝑥 2 + 1 + 𝑥
1
= lim =0
𝑥→+∞ 1
𝑥 (1 + ( 2 ) + 1)
𝑥
Answer c
𝑥
33. 𝑦 = 𝑥𝑒 −𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑥 = 𝑓(𝑥)
lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 0
𝑥→+∞
⇒𝑦=0
𝑖𝑠 𝑎 ℎ𝑜𝑟𝑖𝑧𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑎𝑠𝑦𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑒
lim 𝑓(𝑥) = −∞
𝑥→−∞
𝑓(𝑥)
lim = +∞
𝑥→−∞ 𝑥
𝑥
34. 𝑓(𝑥) = ln |𝑥+1|

240
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝜋
4. 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝐼𝑛 = ∫04 tan𝑛 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 , (𝑛, 𝑥) ∈ ℕ ×
ℝ − 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑. the relationship between
𝐼𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐼𝑛−2
𝜋
1. 𝑖𝑓 𝑈 = arctan 𝑥 + arctan 𝑦 , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑉 = 𝐼𝑛 = ∫04 tan𝑛 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑥+𝑦
1−𝑥𝑦
, determine the functional 𝜋
= ∫04 tan𝑛−2 𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
relationship between U and V 𝜋
solution = ∫04 tan(𝑛−2) 𝑥 (𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1)𝑑𝑥
𝐿𝑒𝑡 𝜃 = 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝜋 𝜋
⇒ 𝑥 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃𝛼 = 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦 = ∫04 tan𝑛−2 𝑥 𝑠𝑒𝑐²𝑥𝑑𝑥 − ∫04 tan𝑛−2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
⇒ 𝑦 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 𝜋
tann−1 𝑥 4
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑢 = tan(𝜃 + 𝛼) = [ 𝑛−1 ] − 𝐼𝑛−2
0
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 1
= = 𝐼𝑛 = 𝑛−1 − 𝐼𝑛−2
1 − 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼
𝑥+𝑦 5. In the space reported in the
= =𝑉
1 − 𝑥𝑦 orthogonal land mark (𝑂, 𝑖 , 𝑗, 𝐾),we
⇒ 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑢 = 𝑉 consider the straight line(D)
2. Evaluate the integrale of defined as the intersection of the
𝑎
∫0 𝑥 4 √𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥, 𝑎 ∈ ℝ. following planes :𝑥 + 𝑧 = 2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 +
Solution 𝑦−𝑧 = 0
𝑎 1) Determine the directing vector u
∫0 𝑥 4 ∫ √𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
of the straight line(𝐷)
𝑎 𝑥 2 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝜋1 : 𝑥 + 𝑧 = 2
= 𝑎 ∫0 𝑥 4 √1 − ( ) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝐼
𝑎
𝑥 ⃗⃗⃗⃗1 = 𝑖 + 𝑘⃗ .
𝑛
𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = ⇔ 𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 𝑥 𝜋2 : 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 𝑧 = 0
𝑎
𝑑𝑥 = 𝑎𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃𝑑𝜃 ⃗⃗⃗⃗2 = 𝑖 + 𝑗 − 𝑘⃗ . 𝑢
𝑛 ⃗
𝜋
⇒ 𝐼 = 𝑎2 ∫02 𝑎4 sin4 𝜃 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃𝑑𝜃 =𝑛⃗⃗⃗⃗1 ∧ 𝑛
⃗⃗⃗⃗2
𝜋
= 𝑎6 ∫0 sin4 𝜃 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃𝑑𝜃
2 𝑖 𝑗 𝑘⃗
𝜋
= |1 0 1 |
= 𝑎6 ∫02 (𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃)2 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃𝑑𝜃 1 1 −1
𝑎6 2
𝜋
= 𝑖(−1) − 𝑗(−2) + 𝑘⃗ (1)
= ∫ 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 2𝜃𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝜃
4 0
𝑑𝜃
= −𝑖 + 2𝑗 + 𝑘⃗
3. Calculate the moduhis and
2) Determine the coordinates of the
argument of the complex = −1 −
point A belonging to D which has
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎 − 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎 , a is a read number
0 as the first coordinate A is a
of interval ] − 𝜋, 𝜋[
point on both 𝜋1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜋2 ; ⇒
Solution 0+𝑧 =2
𝑧 = −1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎 − 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎 { ⇔ 𝑧 = 2; 𝑦 = 2 ⇒
0+𝑦−𝑧 =0
= −(1 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎 + 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎)
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
𝐴(0,2,2)
= − (2𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 (2 ) + 2𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛 (2 ) cos (2 )) 3) Deduce the parametic
𝑎 formulation of the straight line(D)
|𝑧| = 2 |cos ( )|
2
𝑎
𝑖 = ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑂𝐴 + 𝜆𝑈 ⃗
= 2 cos (2 ) = 2𝑗 + 2𝑘 + 𝜆(−𝑖 + 2𝑗 + 𝑘)
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑎 ∈ ]−𝜋, 𝜋[ 𝑥 = −𝜆
𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑧 = 2
𝑎 ⇒ {𝑦 = 2 + 2𝜆
𝑧 =2+𝜆
6. The sound unit this exercice is the
decibel (symbd dB). A sound

241
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

emitter emits a sound of intensity 𝑃(𝐴) = 0.4

100𝑑𝐵 (𝑈0 = 100).we call 𝑈𝑛 ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑡: 𝑃(𝑥 = 𝑟) = 𝐶𝑟𝑛 𝑝𝑟 𝑞 𝑛−𝑟
(when n is an integer>1), the 𝑛 = 10, 𝑟 = 2
intensity of the sound measured 𝑝 = 𝑜. 4, 𝑞 = 0.6
after the crossing of n sound 4 2 6 8
insulating plates, taking into 𝑃(𝑥 = 2) = 𝐶210 ( ) ( )
10 10
account that each insulating plate 8
2 3
absorbs 10% of the intensity of the = 𝐶210 ( ) ( )
5 5
sound receveid. 36 3 8
1) Determine the relationship = ( )
5 5
between 𝑈𝑛 and 𝑛 9. In the orthogonal plane (𝑜, 𝑖, 𝑗) ,
𝑈𝑛+1 = 𝑈𝑛 − 10%
the set of points 𝑀(𝑥, 𝑦) is defined
100 − 10 𝑡
= 𝑈𝑛 − ( ) by 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 =
100 1+𝑡
9 𝑡2
⇒ 𝑈𝑛+1 = 𝑈 1+𝑡
; 𝑡 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑏𝑒𝑠 ℝ − {−1}
10 𝑛 a. Find the equation of the
2) Express 𝑈𝑛 as a function of 𝑈0
tangent and the equation of the
and 𝑛
9 tangent and the normal are…
𝑈𝑛+1 = 10 𝑈𝑛 𝑡 𝑡2
𝑈𝑛+1 9
𝑥 = 1+𝑡 ; 𝑦 = 1+𝑡
⇒ 𝑈𝑛
= 10 𝑑𝑥 (1+𝑡)−𝑡 𝑑𝑦 2𝑡(1+𝑡)−𝑡 2
= (1+𝑡)2 ; = (1+𝑡)2
⇒ 𝑈𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝐺𝑃 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑡
9 𝑛 ⇒ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑑𝑡 . 𝑑𝑥
𝑈𝑛 = 𝑈0 ( )
10
2𝑡(1+𝑡)−𝑡 2 (1+𝑡)2
9 𝑛 = (1+𝑡)2 . (1+𝑡)−1
⇒ 𝑈𝑛 = 100 ( )
10
2 2
3) Determine the value of n from = 2𝑡 + 2𝑡 − 𝑡
𝑑𝑦
which the intensity of the sound ⇒ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑡 2 + 2𝑡
will be less than 1𝑑𝐵 𝑑𝑦
| =3
9 𝑛 𝑑𝑥 𝑡=1
𝑈𝑛 < 1 ⇒ 100 (10) < 1 1
𝑎𝑙𝑠𝑜, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑡 = 1, 𝑥 = = 𝑦
9 𝑛 1 2
⇒( ) < Equation of tangent :
10 100
9 1 1 1
⇒ 𝑛𝑙𝑜𝑔10 (10) < log10 (100) 𝑦 = 𝑥 (𝑥 − 2) + 2 = 3𝑥 − 1
⇒ 𝑛(log10 9 − 1) < −2 Equation of normal
2 1 1 1 5
⇒𝑛> ≈ 43.7 𝑦 = − (𝑥 − 1) + = − 𝑥 +
1−log10 9 3 2 3 6
𝑛 = 44 10. Calculate the integral 𝐼 =
7. Calculate the lim (2𝑥 + 3𝑥 − 𝜋

𝜋𝑥
𝑥→1
𝜋𝑥
∫02 sin4 𝜃 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃𝑑𝜃 (see question 2)
tan( ) ln(2𝑥 +3𝑥 −5)
5)tan 2 = lim 𝑒 2 = 11. calculate
𝑥→1 𝜋 𝜋
−∞(−∞) cos( +ℎ)−cos
lim 𝑒 = +∞ lim 2 2
𝑥→1 ℎ→0 ℎ
8. The probability occurrence of an 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥0 )
ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑡: 𝑓 ′ (𝑥0 ) = lim
event of 0.4. the test of A is carried 𝑥→𝑥0 𝑥−𝑥0
𝜋 𝜋
out 10 times. What is the cos( +ℎ)−cos( )
2 2
probability ⇒ 𝑓(ℎ) = ℎ−0
𝜋
= 𝑓 ′ (𝑥0 ) = − sin 2 = −1
12. solve for x the equation 𝑓(𝑥) =
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠3𝑥 − 2𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝑥 = 0

242
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠3𝑥 − 2𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝑥 = 0 𝐸: 𝑦 ′′ − 6𝑦 ′ + 6𝑦 = 0

2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝑥 − 2𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝑥 = 0 𝑦 ′′ − 6𝑦 ′ + 9𝑦 = 0
2𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝑥(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 − 1) = 0 𝑚2 − 6𝑚 + 9 = 0
𝜋
2𝑥 = 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = 0 (𝑚 − 3)2 = 0
2 ⇔𝑚=3
𝜋
2𝑥 = 2𝜋𝑛 ± 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = 2𝜋𝑛 ⇒ 𝑦 = 𝐴𝑒 3𝑡 + 𝐵𝑡𝑒 3𝑡
2
𝜋 15. The probability of occurrence of an
𝑥 = 𝜋𝑛 ± 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = 2𝜋𝑛 event A is 0.4. the event is carried
4
13. the space is reported of the 3 times. What is the probability that
orthogonal land mark (0, 𝑖, 𝑗, 𝑘⃗ ). Let A occurs 3 times𝑃(𝐴) = 0.4
t be areal number. We give the probability that A occurs 3 times is
64 8
point 𝐴(−1,2,3) and the straight (𝑂. 4)3 = = 125
1000
line (D) defined by the following 16. A one day summit has 6 heads of
parametric systems of equations states as speakers. In how many
𝐷: 𝑥 = 9 + 4𝑡 ways may two of them
𝑦 =6+𝑡 6! 6!
speak ?6𝑝2 = (6−2)! = =6×5=
𝑧 = 2 + 2𝑡 4!
30 𝑤𝑎𝑦𝑠.
1) Given the caraterian equation 17. Given (𝑍𝑛 ) ∈ ℕ, a series of
of th plane (𝑃) which is complex numbers defined by 𝑧0 =
perpendicular to the straight 1
1 for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ, 𝑍𝑛+1 = (𝑍𝑛+𝑖 ). 𝑀𝑛
2
line (𝐷) and passing throught A
is associated to two numeric series
If 𝑝 is perpendicular to (𝐷),then (𝑥𝑛 ) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (𝑦𝑛 ) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑛 ∈ ℕ, 𝑍𝑛 =
𝑛⃗ = 𝑑 𝑥𝑛 + 𝑖𝑦𝑛 . Express 𝑥𝑛+1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦𝑛+1 in
(𝑃): (𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑧𝑘⃗ )(4𝑖 + 𝑗 + 2𝑘⃗ ) function of
1
= ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
(𝑂𝐴). 𝑛⃗ 𝑥𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦𝑛 ; 𝑍𝑛+1 = (𝑍𝑛+𝑖 ) 2
⇔ 4𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑧 = −4 + 2 + 6 1 1
⇔ 𝑃: 4𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑦 = 4 𝑥𝑛+𝑖 + 𝑦𝑛+𝑖 = 𝑥
2 𝑛
+ 2
𝑖(𝑦𝑛 + 1)
2) Calculate the distance 𝑑𝐵 1
𝑥(𝑛+1) = 2 𝑛
between the point 𝐵(1,1, −1) { 1
and the plane P 𝑦𝑛+1 = 2 (𝑦𝑛 + 1)
4+1−2−4 1 1 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝐵 = 2 2 2 = 21
√4 +1 +2 √
18. Let 𝐼𝑛 ∫0 (1+𝑥 2 )𝑛
where 𝑛 ∈ ℕ∗ . Find
3) Express the distance,d from A the relationship between
to the projection of B on the 𝐼𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐼𝑛+1
plane P in terms of 𝑑𝐵 1 𝑑𝑥 1
𝐼𝑛 = ∫0 (1+𝑥 2 )𝑛 = ∫0 (1 + 𝑥 2 )−𝑛 𝑑𝑥
4) the distance AB
2 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑈 = (1 + 𝑥 2 )−𝑛 , 𝑉 ′ = 1
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | = 𝑑2 + 𝑑𝐵2
|𝐴𝐵
𝑈 ′ = −𝑛(2𝑥)(1 + 2𝑥)−𝑛−1 , 𝑉 = 𝑥
2 𝑥 1 1 𝑥2
⇒ 𝑑 = √|𝐴𝐵
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | − 𝑑𝐵2 𝐼𝑛 = [(1+𝑥 2 )𝑛 ] + 2𝑛 ∫0 𝑑𝑥
0 (1+𝑥 2 )𝑛+1
= (1 + 1)2 + (1 − 2)2 + (−1 − 3)2 𝐼𝑛 =
1
+ 2𝑛 𝐼𝑛 − 2𝑛𝐼𝑛+1
= 4 + 1 + 16 = 21 2𝑛
1 1
1 √440 ⇒ 𝐼𝑛 = 1−2𝑛 [2𝑛 − 2𝑛𝐼𝑛+1 ]
⇒𝑑= √21 − =
21 √21
19. Find the asymptotes of the curve of
14. Solve the following differential 1 1
the equation 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 +1 ; lim 𝑥 2 +1 =
equation 𝑥→±∞
0 ⇒ 𝑦 = 0 is a horizontal
asymptote

243
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1+𝑥 𝑥 29. Solve in ℝ

20. Calculate lim ( ) 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥→+∞ 1+2𝑥
1+𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 ( ) + (1 − √3) tan ( ) − √3
lim (1+2𝑥) = lim (2) =0 2 2
𝑥→+∞ 𝑥→+∞ 𝑥
21. The coordinates with respect to a 𝑙𝑒𝑡 tan ( ) = 𝑦
2
mobile particle in the space are ⇒ 𝑦 2 + (1 − √3)𝑦 − √3 = 0
𝑥 = 2𝑡 2 − 4𝑡 + 1 2
given by { 𝑦 = −2𝑡 4 find the Δ = (1 − √3) + 4 √3
2
𝑡 = 3𝑡² = 4 + 2√3 = (1 + √3)
velocity of the
particles (√3 − 1) ± (1 + √3)
⇒𝑦=
𝑟 = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑧𝑘⃗ 2
√3 + √3 −1 − 1
= (2𝑡 2 − 4𝑡 + 1)𝑖 − 2𝑡 4 𝑗 + 3𝑡 2 𝑘⃗ ⇒𝑦= 𝑜𝑟
2 2
⃗ = (4𝑡 − 4)𝑖 − 8𝑡 3 𝑗 + 6𝑡𝑘⃗
𝑉 ⇒ 𝑦 = √3 𝑜𝑟 𝑦 = −1
⃗ = (4𝑖 − 64𝑗 + 12𝑘⃗ )
𝑎𝑡 𝑡 = 2𝑠 , 𝑉 𝑥
𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑦 = tan (2)
22. Find the solutions of the equation 𝑥 𝜋
𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 12 = 32 2
= arctan(√3) = 3 + 𝑘𝜋
⇒ {𝑥 𝜋
𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 12 = 32 2
= arctan(−1) = − 4 + 𝑘𝜋
𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 − 20 = 0 𝑥=
2𝜋
+ 2𝑘𝜋
3
(𝑥 − 10)(𝑥 + 2) = 0 ⇒{ 𝜋 𝑘 ∈ℤ
𝑥= − 2 + 2𝑘𝜋
𝑥 = 10 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = −2
Answer D 30. Find the relationship between x
23. In which system do we have the and y given that
𝑧+1
inequality (132)2 = 21054 the base |𝑧−1| = 2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦
is base 7 𝑧+1
24. 𝑥 = 1 + 𝜆, 𝑦 = 5 − 2𝜆, 𝑧 = |𝑧−1| = 2
𝑥+1+𝑖𝑦
−𝜆 , 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑧 = 6 − 3𝜆 = 0 ⟹ ⇔| | =2
𝑥−2+𝑖𝑦
𝜆=2
⇔ (𝑥 + 1)2 + 𝑦 = 4[(𝑥 − 2)2 + 𝑦 2 ]
2
Point of intersection is (1 + 𝜆, 5 −
2𝜆, −𝜆) = (3,1, −2) ⇔ 3𝑥 2 + 3𝑦 − 18𝑥 + 15 = 0
Answer C ⇔ 𝑥 2 − 6𝑥 + 𝑦 2 + 5 = 0
25. The function f is defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = ⇔ 𝑥 2 − 6𝑥 + 9 + 𝑦 2 = 4
𝑥𝑙𝑛(𝑥𝑙𝑛|𝑥|) is Neither odd nor even ⇔ (𝑥 − 3)3 + 𝑦 2 = 22
Answer D ⇒ 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑒 (3,0) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠 2
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 31. On the 01(01)2009, a new
26. lim 𝑒 2𝑥 −1
𝑥→0 employee in an entrprise offered
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝑥2 two possible evolution of his salary.
= lim −
𝑥→0 𝑥 2 𝑒 2𝑥 − 1 For the 1st possibility A, there is an
𝑥 2𝑥 increase of 1300frs every year on
= lim . 2𝑥 =0
𝑥→0 2 𝑒 −1 the 1st of January, in the 2nd B,
27. Determine the primitive of the there is an increase of 1.5% at the
function 𝑥 → 𝑠𝑖𝑛4𝑥 1st of January. His initial salary
𝑐𝑜𝑠4𝑥 during the year 2009 is 78000frs.
∫ 𝑠𝑖𝑛4𝑥 𝑑𝑥 =
4 We note 𝑈𝑛 (𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑦 𝑉𝑛 ) the
28. The Euler expression of the
annual salary according to the
complex number 1 is given by 1 =
possibility A(respectively B) during
𝑐𝑜𝑠0 + 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛0 = cos(2𝜋𝑘) + the year
𝑖 sin(2𝜋𝑘) ⇒ 1 = 𝑒 𝑖(2𝜋𝑘)

244
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1) Give the nature of the 3) What is the relationship that

sequence 𝑈𝑛 and precise exist between
characteristics. 𝐼𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐼𝑛+1 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛 ≥ 1
𝑒
𝑈𝑛 is an a.p. with first term 𝐼𝑛+1 = ∫1 𝑥 2 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛+1 𝑑𝑥
𝑈0 = 78000 and common (𝑛+1)(𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛
𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑈 = (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛+1 , 𝑈 ′ =
difference 𝑑 = 1300 𝑥
2) Give the nature of the ′ 2𝑥3
𝑉 = 𝑥 ,𝑉 = 3
sequence 𝑉𝑛 and precise 3 𝑒
𝑥 𝑛+1 𝑒
characteristics. 𝐼𝑛+1 = [ 3 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛+1 ] − 3 ∫1 𝑥 2 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛 𝑑𝑥
1
𝑉𝑛 is a g.p. with first term 𝑉0 = 𝑒3 𝑛+1
78000 and common ratio 𝑟 = = − 𝐼
3 3 𝑛
203 Answer C
200
4) The sequence 𝐼𝑛 is …
3) Express 𝑈𝑛 as a function of n, 𝑒
𝑈𝑛 = 𝑈0 + 𝑛𝑑 𝐼𝑛+1 − 𝐼𝑛 = ∫1 𝑥 2 [(𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛+1 − (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛 ]𝑑𝑥
= 78000 + 1300𝑛 ∀𝑥 ∈ [1, 𝑒], 𝑙𝑛𝑥 ∈ [0,1]
= 1300(𝑛 + 60) ⇒ (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛+1 − (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑛 < 0
4) Express 𝑉𝑛 as a function of n, ⇒ 𝐼𝑛+1 − 𝐼𝑛 < 0
203 𝑛 ⇒ 𝐼𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑑𝑒𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔
𝑉𝑛 = 𝑉0 𝑟 𝑛 = 78000 (200)
Answer B
32. Given the integral 𝐼𝑛 = 33. Find the probability of obtaining a
𝑒
∫1 𝑥 2 (lnx)n 𝑑𝑥 with 𝑛 ∈ ℕ four digit even number using
1) Calculate 𝐼0 , 2,3,4,5,7 and 9 without repetition.A
𝑒
𝐼0 = ∫1 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 4 digit even number can be formed
1 in 3 × 4 × 5 × 2 = 120 𝑤𝑎𝑦𝑠 total
= 3 [𝑥 3 ]1𝑒
number of possibilities 𝑖𝑠 𝑃64 ==
𝑒 3 −1 120 1
= 3
360; 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑏𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 360 = 3
Answer B 34. A questionnaire of mcQ proposes
2) Calculate 𝐼1 n Answers to each question.
𝑒
Given P, the probability that the
𝐼1 = ∫ 𝑥 2 𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1 student knows the Answer for a
𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑈 = 𝑙𝑛𝑥, 𝑉 ′ = 𝑥 2 given question. If the ignores the
1 𝑥3 Answers, the chooses at random
𝑈′ = , 𝑉 = any of the proposed Answers ?
𝑥 3
𝑥3
𝑒
1 𝑒 2 1) What is the probability that a
𝐼1 = [ 𝑙𝑛𝑥] − ∫ 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 student does not know the right
3 3 1
1 Answer but gives the right
𝑒3 1 Answer ?
− 𝐼=
3 3 0 1 1
𝑃 = ; 𝑃′ = 1 −
𝑒3 1 𝑒3 1 𝑛 𝑛
= − ( − ) 𝑛−1 𝑛−1 1 𝑛−1
3 3 3 3 = ;( )( ) =
2𝑒 3 + 1 𝑛 𝑛 𝑛 𝑛2
= 2) What is the probability that a
9
Answer B student knows the right
Answer that he has given ?
1
𝑛

245
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

35. The sum of 5 consecutive integers 𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦 ; 𝑧 2 = 𝑝 + 𝑖𝑞

in 30. Find the 3rd integer in thid 𝑧 2 = (𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦)2 = 𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 + 2𝑖𝑥𝑦
sequence 𝑥2 − 𝑦2 = 𝑝
𝑛 + (𝑛 + 1) + (𝑛 + 2) ⇒{
2𝑥𝑦 = 𝑞
+𝑛 + 3 + (𝑛 + 4) = 30 𝑥 − 𝑦 2 = 𝑃 … . . (1)
2
5𝑛 + 10 = 30 ⇒{ 9
⇒ 5𝑛 = 20, 𝑛 = 4 𝑦= … … . . (2)
⇒ 3𝑟𝑑 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑟 = 𝑛 + 2 2𝑥
=4+2=6 9 2
(2)𝑑𝑎𝑛𝑠(1) ⇒ 𝑥 2 − ( )
36. Graph the locus of the point 𝑧 = 2𝑥
𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦 that satisfy the condition ⇔ 4𝑥 4 − 92 = 4𝑥 2 𝑝
|𝑧 + 𝑖| = |𝑧 − 1|
𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦 ⇔ 4𝑥 4 − 4𝑥 2 𝑝 − 𝑞 2 = 0
1. 2 4𝑝 ± √16𝑝2 + 16𝑞2
𝑥 + (𝑦 + 1)2 = (𝑥 − 1)2 + 𝑦 2
⇒ 𝑥2 =
⇒ 𝑦 = −𝑥 2(4)
y 2𝑥 2 = 𝑝 ± √𝑝2 + 𝑞 2
5

4
⇒ 2𝑥 2 = 𝑝 + √𝑝2 + 𝑞 2
3 𝑜𝑟 2𝑥 2 = 𝑝 − √𝑝2 + 𝑞 2
2
𝑏𝑢𝑡 2𝑥 2 > 0
1

x Answer A
-1 o
-4 -3 -2
-1 1 2 3 4 5
38. Let g be the numerical function
-2
given on ]0, +∞[ 𝑏𝑦 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 −
-3 Y=-x 𝑥 − 2𝑙𝑛𝑥 + 1
-4 1) The function is derivable and
-5
for all 𝑥 ∈ ]0, +∞[ and
2
𝑔′ (𝑥) = 3𝑥 3 − 1 − 𝑥
2. 3𝑥 3 −𝑥−2
|𝑧| > 2; 𝑥 2 + 𝑦² > 2² region out = 𝑥
of the circle in (0,0) and radius 3𝑥 −3𝑥 2 +3𝑥 2 −3𝑥+2𝑥−2
3
= 2
2
3𝑥 3 (𝑥−1)+3𝑥(𝑥−1)+2(𝑥−1)
5 = 𝑥
4
(𝑥−1)(3𝑥 3 +3𝑥+2)
3
= 𝑥
2 Answer B
1
2) Does g increase or decrease
-4 -3 -2 -1
-1 1 2 3 4 5 or both .specify the case and
-2 elaborate on it
-3 𝑔′ (𝑥) ≥ 0
-4 ⇔ (𝑥 − 1)(3𝑥 3 + 3𝑥 + 2) ≥ 0
-5
𝑏𝑢𝑡 3𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 + 2 > 0 ∀𝑥 ∈ ℝ
37. Given that 𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑧 2 = 𝑝 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛Δ < 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑎 > 0
𝑖𝑞 where 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑝, 𝑞 ∈ ℝ we can show ⇒𝑥−1≥0
⇔𝑥≥1
that
ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒
𝑔 𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 ∀𝑥 ∈ ]1, +∞[
𝑔 𝑖𝑠 𝑑𝑒𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 ∀𝑥 ∈ ]0,1[
39. Determine the limit of

246
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1 𝑙𝑛𝑥
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥2
𝑎𝑡 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 + ∞
1 𝑙𝑛𝑥
lim 𝑓(𝑥) = lim (𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 )
𝑥→+∞ 𝑥→+∞
= lim 𝑥 = +∞
𝑥→+∞
1 𝑙𝑛𝑥
lim+ 𝑓(𝑥) = lim+ (𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥2
)
𝑥→0 𝑥→0
𝑥+𝑙𝑛𝑥
= lim = −∞
𝑥→0+ 𝑥 2

247
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

40 2
in shop 𝐴 = 100 𝑥 = 5 𝑥 discount in
60 6 18
shop 𝐵 = 100 (5 𝑥) = 25 𝑥 find sale
2 3
price in shop 𝐴 = 𝑥 − 𝑥 = 𝑥 and
1. From base laws of indices we 5 5
6 18 12
have in shop 𝐵 = (5 𝑥 − 25 𝑥) = 25
𝑥
(73 )5 = 73×5 = 715 ⇒ans b
⇒ans b 9. ⇒ans b
2. Use sine rule y
5

α c 4

3
a
h 2

b -4 -3 -2 -1 o
x

1 2 3 4 5
-1

𝑏 𝑏 𝑎𝑏 -2
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 = = ⇒ℎ=
𝑎 𝑐 𝑐 -3
⇒ans c
-4
3. From the definition of tan function,
-5
heigh,h,can be calculated as
𝑏
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 = 50 ⇒ ℎ = 50 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 10. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑦𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 =
⇒ans a 𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 × ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
4. ⇒ans c l
5. 20 students perform concert for α
piano and flute 60% play piano= a
60
× 20 = 12 𝑠𝑡𝑢𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠 6 of them
100 α= 60°
are greater than 18y is old ⇒ 6 are
less than or equal to eighteen 1
𝑎=
⇒ 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒
⇒ans c 2
= 2 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑝𝑒𝑧𝑖𝑢𝑚
6. (𝑎, 𝑏) > 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (𝑎, 𝑏) ≠ 1
log 𝑎 (𝑎, 𝑏) log 𝑎 𝑎 + log 𝑎 𝑏 2(𝑙 + 2𝑙)√3𝑙 3√3𝑙 2
= = =
log 𝑎 𝑏 log 𝑎 𝑏 4 2
1 3√3𝑙 2 ℎ
= +1 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 =
log 𝑎 𝑏 2
⇒ans B
⇒ log 𝑏 𝑎 + 1
= log 𝑏 (𝑎𝑏) 11. 𝐴𝐵 = 25 ; 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝐴𝐶 = 𝑥 ; 𝐵𝐶 = 𝑦
⇒ans d 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 25 … . . (1)
7. 𝑥 3 − 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 1 = 0 𝑏𝑒 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑥 + 𝑦 2 = 337 … … (2)
2

𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 1, 𝑓(𝑥) = 0 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔; 𝑦 = 25 − 𝑥 𝑖𝑛 (2)

⇒⇒ (𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 2 + 1) = 0 2𝑥 2 − 50𝑥 + 288 = 0
(𝑥 − 16)(𝑥 − 9) = 0
⇒ 𝑥 = 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = ±𝑖
⇒ 𝑥 = 90
𝑏𝑢𝑡 ± 𝑖 ∉ ℝ 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 9, 𝑦 = 16
⇒𝑥=1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 16, 𝑦 = 9
⇒ans c
𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 3(𝑥 + 𝑦) + |𝑦 − 𝑥|
8. Cost of T-shirt in shop 𝐴 = 𝑥 cost
20𝑥 6 = 3(16 + 9) + 16 − 9
in shop 𝐵 = 𝑥 + 100 = 5 𝑥 discount = 82
⇒ans b

248
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

12. Line 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑎′ 𝑥0 + ⇒ (2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 1)(𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 − 2) = 0

𝑏 ′ 𝑦0 + 𝑐 ′ = 0 two line, that pass 1
⇒ 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = − 2 𝑜𝑟 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = 2
through the point𝑝0 (𝑥0 , 𝑦0 ). If the
1 .
two lines are muliplied by scalars 𝑥 = sin−1 (− 2)
and summed, the result will be 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = sin−1 2 (𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒)
another line which passes through ⇒ 𝑥 = −30°
the point 𝑝0 (𝑥0 , 𝑦0 ). Thus 2(𝑎𝑥0 + General solution for since
𝑏𝑦0 + 𝑐) + 3(𝑎′ 𝑥0 + 𝑏 ′ 𝑦0 + 𝑐 ′ ) = 0 function,𝑥 = 180𝑛 + (−1)𝑛 𝑥, 𝑥 =
also passes through 𝑝0 (𝑥0 , 𝑦0 ) 180𝑛 − (−1)𝑛 30, 𝑥 = 210°, 330°
⇒ans a ⇒ans c
13. 5𝑛 + 1 − 5𝑛; 5𝑛 + 1 is always 19. 𝑥 2 + 4𝑦 2 + 4𝑦 = 3
even. But 5𝑛 is even if and only if 1 2 1
⇒ 𝑥 2 + 4 (𝑦 2 + 𝑦 + (2) − 4) = 3
𝑛 is even. ⇒The parity of 𝑎𝑛 =
5𝑛 + 1 − 5𝑛 depend on 𝑛 𝑥2
1 2
(𝑦+ )
2
⇒ans c 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠 4 + 12
=1
14. ⇒ans d which represents an ellipse of
15. 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 2 + (𝑦 − 1
center (0, − 2) and semi axis 𝑎 =
2)2 − 1 = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 =
2, 𝑏 = 1
1; ⇒ (0,2) satisfies the equation of
⇒ans a
a circle with center (0,1) and
20. Two planes intersect to give a line
radius 1
⇒ans a
⇒ans c |4𝑥−𝑥 2 −3|
16. 21. >0
√𝑥+1
|𝑥 2 − 4𝑥 + 3
C ⇔ >0
√𝑥 + 1
|𝑥 2 − 4𝑥 + 3|
⇒ >0
√𝑥 + 1
60° ⇒ 𝑥 > −1, 𝑥 ≠ 1,3
⇒ans d
(1)𝑥 > 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 ≤ 1 𝑈 𝑥 ≥ 4
22. (2)𝑥 ≤ 1 𝑈 𝑥 ≥ 4
(3)𝑥 = 3
120° ⇒ans a
30° 23. 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝐶 = 𝜋(𝑟√2) = 2𝜋𝑟 2
2

A B

C
𝐴𝐵 𝐵𝐶
𝑠𝑖𝑛120
= 𝑠𝑖𝑛30 𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝐵𝐶 = 1 ; ⇒ AB =
I
sin120 Q
sin30
= √3 r

⇒ans d
17. 𝑓(𝑡) = sin(3𝑡) ; 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 2 r
𝑥 ; 𝑔[𝑓(𝑡)] = 𝑔(sin(3𝑡)) =
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 (3𝑡) + sin(3𝑡)
⇒ans a
18. 2𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 + 3𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 − 2 = 0 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝐼 = 𝜋𝑟 2 ⇒ ans b

249
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑥 1 𝑥 + 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 10 = 50 … … … (2)
𝑥 + 𝑎𝑦 = 1 𝑦 = −𝑎 + 𝑎
24. ⇒{ 𝑦 + 𝑎 + 𝑐 + 10 = 80 … … (3)
𝑥+𝑦+1 𝑦 = −𝑥 − 1
𝑧 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 + 10 = 32 … . . (4)
𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑓 𝑎 ≠ 1
𝑥+𝑦+𝑧+𝑎+𝑏+𝑐
⇒ans b
(2𝑥 2 +3𝑥)
+10 + 𝑑 = 150 … … . . (5)
25. 5𝑥
<0 (2) + (3) + (4)
2𝑥 + 3 ⇒ 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧 + 2(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐) + 30 = 162
⇔ <0
5 ⇒ 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧 = 122 … … … . (6)
3 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 (1) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (6) 𝑖𝑛(5)
⇒𝑥<−
2 122 + 5 + 10 + 𝑑 = 150
𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑥 ≠ 0 ⇒ d = 23
⇒ans c
⇒ans b
29. ⇒ans d
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜋𝑥−1 30. ⇒ans d
26. 𝑥+1
<0
𝑥 + 1 ≠ 0 𝑖𝑒 𝑥 ≠ −1
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < −1
𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜋𝑥 − 1 > 0
⇒ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜋𝑥 > 1, 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 > −1
𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜋𝑥 − 1 < 0
⇒ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜋𝑥 < 1
⇒ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜋𝑥 ≠ 1
⇒ 𝜋𝑥 ≠ 2𝜋𝑘
⇒ 𝑥 ≠ 2𝑘, 𝑘 ∈ ℤ
𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑥 > −1 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑥 ≤ 2
⇒ 𝑥 ≠ 0,2
𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: 𝑥 ∈ ]−1,0[𝑈]0,2[
⇒ans b
27. |1 − 𝑥 2 | = 2
(1 − 𝑥 2 )2 = 4
⇒ 1 − 2𝑥 2 + 𝑥 4 = 4
(𝑥 2 )2 − 2𝑥 2 − 3 = 0
⇒ 𝑥 2 = 3 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 2 = −1
ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑥 = ±√3 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = ±𝑖
⇒ans c
28. 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 5 … … … . (1)

X
Y
y
a

x 10 c

ζ
d

250
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Ans a
Question 10: 𝐴(𝑠𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟𝑒) =
𝑙2
𝑙 2 , 𝐴(𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒) = 4
√3
2
Question 1: 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 − 3𝑥 − 10, 𝑓 < 0 →
𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 − 10 < 0, 𝑟𝑜𝑜𝑡𝑠 (−2,5) Ans c
True for −2 < 𝑥 < 5 Question 11: The perimeter P can be
calculated using the formula 𝑝 =
Ans a 180
2𝑛𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑛 ( 𝑛
) where n is the number of sides
−𝑛
Question 2 : 𝑚 < 𝑛, −𝑚 < −𝑛 → 2 < of the polygon and r is the radius of the
2−𝑚 circumcircle. So 𝑝 = 40𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑛 9.
Ans c Ans c
10 7 9 9 8 10
Question 3 : 𝑎 = 2 3 5 ,𝑏 = 2 3 5 , √𝑥(𝑥−5)
𝑐 = 211 59 310 Question12: |𝑥−7|
>
𝑥(𝑥 − 5) > 0
𝑎 = 6(29 37 59 ), 𝑏 = 15(29 37 59 ), 𝑐 0, {√ define for 𝑥 > 0, 𝑥 ≠ 7 tbut
|𝑥 − 7| > 0
= 22 33 (29 37 59 )
inequality true f or 𝑥 > 5, 𝑥 ≠ 7
Hence 𝑎 < 𝑏 < 𝑐 Ans b
Ans c Question 13:
2 7 15
Question 4: Let 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 − 3. 2 𝑥 + 2 = Ans a
0, Roots 𝑥 = 27 , 28
Question14: 𝐵 > 𝐴 → 𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 >
Ans d 0, 𝑟𝑜𝑜𝑡𝑠: {0,8], 𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 for 𝑥 < 0, 𝑥 > 8
𝑟 𝑙 𝑙 √3
Question 5: sin 60 = 𝑙 , 𝑟 = sin 60 = Ans d
2 4
2
Question 15: 𝑛2 + 𝑚2 even, n and m can
Ans c either be both even or odd.
𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 = 𝒂 → 𝒙 = 𝒂 − 𝟐𝒚
Question 6: { And d
𝟐𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 = 𝟒 → 𝒂 = 𝟐
Question 16: 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 0, (𝑥 −
Ans b
1)2 + (𝑦 + 2)2 = 3. 𝐶(1, −2), 𝑟 = √3
Question 7 : Let 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 + 3𝑥 2 − 4𝑥,
𝑥 3 +3𝑥 2 −4𝑥 Ans d
𝑓(1) = 0, 𝑥−1
= 𝑥 2 + 4𝑥,
Question 17: √𝑥 − 1 = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝟏/𝟐 𝒙, 𝑥 =
⟹ 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥(𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 + 4)
1 √𝑥−1
(2) true only for 𝑥 = 1.
Ans b
Ans b
Question 8: cos(35) + cos(145) =
cos(90 − 55) + cos(90 + 55) = 0 Question 18:
Ans c Ans d
Question 9: 𝐴 = {20,40,60,80, … }, 𝐵 =
{15,30,45,60, … } and B = multiples of 60.

251
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 19: Archimedes principle, Question 27: 𝑦 = −9𝑥 2 + 𝑐, Coordinate

volume of water displace should be equal axes are the x and y axes,
𝜋𝑑 2 ℎ
to volume of cube. 4
= 𝑙 3 → 𝑙 = 4 3√𝜋 𝑐𝑚 Points of intersection are
1 1
Ans a 𝐴(0, 𝑐), 𝐵 (3 √𝑐, 0) , 𝐶(− 3 √𝑐, 0). Right angle
triangle iff AB⊥AC,
Question 20: The respective distances
moved by Paul and Francesca to meet are 𝑐−0 𝑐−0
𝑚𝐴𝐵 = 1 = −3√𝑐 , 𝑚𝐴𝐶 = 1 = 3√𝑐
0− √𝑐 0−− √𝑐
moved in the same time and sum to give 3 3
1
10km. Let the distance move by Paul be d , AB⊥AC iff 𝑚𝐴𝐶 . 𝑚𝐴𝐵 = −1, 𝑖𝑓𝑓 𝑐 = 9
and the time for them to meet be t.
Ans c
𝑑 10−𝑑
Therefore 𝑡 = 6
= 2 1
Question 28: 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥−3 , 𝑓(1) =
→ 𝑑 = 7.5𝑘𝑚. Hence 𝑡 = 1.25ℎ𝑟𝑠 1
− 2 , 𝑓(−1/2) = −2/7
But Paul covers this distance twice with the
same speed, so he reaches home after a Ans c
time 2t. i.e, at 2 :30 am Question 29 :
Ans c
Question 21:
Ans c

Question 22: (log10 𝑥)2 ≤ 0 → log10 𝑥 ≤

0, 𝑥 ≤ 1
Ans b
Question 23 : 𝑣 = 𝑤𝑟 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡, 𝑊1 𝑅1 =
𝑊1 𝑅1 20
𝑊2 𝑅2 , 𝑊2 = 𝑅2
= 1100 × 22 = 1000

Ans b

Question 24: 𝒇 : ℝ → ℝ, 𝑓(𝑥) < 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 <

5 Hence, 𝑟 + 𝑟 + 𝑟√2 = (2 + √2)𝑟 = 𝑙
Ans d
→ 𝑟 = 𝑙(2 − √2)/2
Question 25 :
Ans d
Ans d
Question 30 : By trial and error method,
Question 26 :
Ans d
From the geometry of the problem, 𝑟1 =
1 𝜋𝑙 2
2
, 𝐴1 = 4

𝑙√2 𝜋𝑙 2 𝜋𝑙 2
𝑟2 = , 𝐴2 = , (𝐴2 − 𝐴1 ) =
2 2 4
Ans b

252
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

4.

1. Answer :C
3 5
1 𝑙𝑛2
2. log 1 ( log10 2) = log 1 ( − 𝑙𝑛10
)
2 2
𝑖𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒
Answer:C

3. 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 3 < 0
⇒ (𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 1) < 0
⇒ −1 < 𝑥 < 3 We know sides 3cm(height) and 5cm(radius),
⇒ 𝑥 ∈ ]−1; 3[ so we can deduce side 4cm, 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 =
8+10
∗
Answer there is no Answer 2
3 = 27𝑐𝑚2

9. 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 ≥ 1
Answer A ⇒ 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = −1
⇒ 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠
Answer A
5. Answer C 10. From the cosine rule
6. 𝐻. 𝐶. 𝐹 = 1 ; 𝐿. 𝐶. 𝑀 = 12
Answer C
1 1 A
7. 2 = [(𝑥−1)(𝑥+1)]
𝑥 −1
O
𝐴 𝐵 α
= + B
𝑥−1 𝑥+1
𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 1 = 𝐴(𝑥 + 1) + 𝐵(𝑥 − 1)
1
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = −1, 𝐵 = −
2
1
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 1, 𝐴 =
2 𝑂𝐴2 = 12 + 12 − 2 ∗ 1 ∗ 1 ∗ cos(180 − 2𝛼)
1 1 1
⇒ 2 = − = 2 + 2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼2(1 + 2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼)
𝑥 − 1 2𝑥 − 2 2𝑥 + 2 = 4𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 ⇒ 𝐴𝑂 = 2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼
Answer B 11. Answer :B
8. 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑓(𝑥) = (𝑥 2 + 1)(𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 + 1+𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼 𝛼 𝛼
1)(𝑥 + 3) 12. √[ 2
] = √𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 ( 2 ) = |cos ( 2 )|
𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑔(𝑥) = (𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 + 1)(𝑥 + 3)
𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑓(𝑥) = (𝑥 2 + 1)𝑔(𝑥), Answer :C
∀𝑥 ∈ ℝ
13. Answer :B
𝑥2 + 1 > 0
14. Answer :B
𝑔(𝑥) > 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > −1
15. Answer :C
𝑎𝑛𝑑 − 3 < 𝑥 < −2
16. Answer :C
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑓(𝑥) > 0
17. |𝑥| ≤ 2𝑥 2
𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > −1
𝑎𝑛𝑑 − 3 < 𝑥 < −2
Answer C

253
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≥ 0, 2𝑥 2 − 𝑥 ≥ 0 √2
2
21. 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑄 = (2 ∗ 𝑟) = 2𝑟 2
⇒ 𝑥(2𝑥 − 1) ≥ 0 2
1
⇒ 𝑥 ≥ 0 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ 𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑥 ≥ 0
2
1
⇒ 𝑥 = 0 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 2 r
2
2
𝑖𝑓 𝑥 < 0, 2𝑥 + 𝑥 ≥ 0 2 r
1
⇒ 𝑥 ≤ 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 0
2
1
𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑥 < 0 ⇒ 𝑥 ≤ −
2
1
ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑥 ≤ −
2
1
𝑥 = 0 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝐶 = 𝜋𝑟 2
2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑄 2
Answer :D =
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝐶 𝜋
18. 𝑥 4 + 𝑥 2 − 2 = 0 2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑄 = (𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝐶)
𝜋
𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑚 = 𝑥 2
𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑚2 + 𝑚 − 2 = 0 22. Answer :D
⇒ (𝑚 + 2)(𝑚 − 1) = 0 23. Answer :A
⇒ 𝑚 = −2 𝑜𝑟 𝑚 = 1 24. Answer :B
𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑥 2 > 0, ⇒ 𝑥 2 = 1 25. Answer :B
⇒ 𝑥 = ±1 26. Answer :B
Answer :D 27. Answer :C
28. log10 𝑥 < 3 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑓(𝑥) = log10 𝑥
19. 𝑥 2 + 2𝑘𝑥 + 5 > 0
𝑑𝑓 = ]0, +∞[
2
∆< 0 , ⇒ 4𝑘 − 20 < 0 ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 log10 𝑥 < 3
⇒ 4(𝑘 2 − 5) < 0 ⇒ 𝑥 < 103
⇒ (𝑘 − √5)(𝑘 + √5) < 0 𝐹(𝑥)ℎ𝑎𝑠 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑟
0 < 𝑥 < 1000
⇒ −√5 < 𝑥 < √5
Answer :B
Answer :D
29. Answer :A
20. 𝜃 = (𝑛 − 2) ∗ 180𝑜 .
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎 𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 5 30. Answer :D
𝜃 = (5 − 2) ∗ 180𝑜 = 540𝑜 31. ∆< 0 ⇒ (2𝑘)2 − 4 ≤ 0

Answer :A ⇒ 𝑘2 − 1 ≤ 0
⇒ −1 ≤ 𝑘 ≤ 1
⇒ |𝑘| ≤ 1
Answer :B
32. Answer :B
1 1
33. 𝑥 2 −4 = [(𝑥−2)(𝑥+2)]

254
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1 𝐴 𝐵
= = −
𝑥2
−4 𝑥−2 𝑥+2
⇒ 1 = 𝐴(𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 − 2)
1
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 2; 𝐴 = .
4
1
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = −2, 𝐵 = −
4
1
⇒ 2
𝑥 −4
1 1
= −
4(𝑥 − 2) 4(𝑥 + 2)
Answer :D
34. Answer :A
35. Answer :B
36. 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = cos(𝑥 − 22𝜋)
⇒ 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = cos(𝑥 − 2𝜋 × 11)
⇒ 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
⇒ 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 = 1
𝜋
⇒ 𝑥 = + 𝑘𝜋, 𝑘 ∈ ℤ
4
Answer :A

37. 8 = 23 𝑎𝑛𝑑 12 = 2. log2 12

Answer C
38. Answer :D
𝑥 + 1; 𝑥 ≥ −1
39. |𝑥 + 1| = {
−𝑥 − 1, 𝑥 < −1
𝑥; 𝑥 ≥ 0
|𝑥| = {
−𝑥, 𝑥 < 0
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < −1, 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒
−𝑥 − 1 + 𝑥 = −1
𝑓𝑜𝑟 − 1 ≤ 𝑥 < 0
𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑥 + 1 + 𝑥 = 2𝑥 + 1
⇒ −1 ≤ 2𝑥 + 1 ≤ 1
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 > 0
𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑥 + 1 − 𝑥 = 1
Answer C
40. Answer :C

255
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑥, 𝑥≥0
|𝑥| = {
−𝑥, 𝑥<0
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 0 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒
𝑥3 ≤ 𝑥2
1 1 1 1 1
1. (2−1 )2 = 2 (2−2 ) = 2 (4) = 8 ⇒ 𝑥3 − 𝑥2 ≤ 0
2
𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑥) ≥ 0 ⇒ 𝑥 2 (𝑥 − 1) ≤ 0
2. |𝑓(𝑥)| = { ⇒𝑥−1 ≤0
−𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑥) < 0
⇒ 𝑥 ≤ 1𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < 0
𝑠: 𝑥 ≠ 2, 𝑥 ≠ −2
𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒
3. 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 (𝑙𝑜𝑔3 (𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥) = 0
⇒ 𝑙𝑜𝑔3 (𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥) = 20 = 1 (– x)3 ≤ x 2
⇒ 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥 = 31 = 3 ⇒ −x 3 − x 2 ≤ 0
⇒ 𝑥 = 23 = 8 ⇒ 𝑥3 + 𝑥2 ≥ 0
⇒ 𝑥 2 (𝑥 + 1) ≥ 0
𝑥=8 ⇒ (𝑥 + 1) ≥ 0
⇒ 𝑥 ≥ −1
4. equating the two cuves
2𝑥 + 𝑘 = 𝑥 2 𝑠: − 1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1
⇒ 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 𝑘 = 0
9. let number of reds=R
Δ>0
⇒ 4 − 4(−𝑘) > 0 Let number of green=G
⇒ 4 + 4𝑘 > 0
“ “of blues=B
𝑘>1
“ “of yellows=Y
1
5. 𝑓(𝑥) = log(𝑥 2 ) 𝑥 2 ≠ 0, log(𝑥 2 ) ≠ 0
𝑊𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑅 = 3𝐺 (1)
⇒ 𝑥2 ≠ 1 𝐵 = 3𝑌 (2)
3𝑦 = ½ (3)
⇒ 𝑥 ≠ ±√1
⇒ 𝑥 ≠ 0, ±1 (3) ⇒ 𝐺 = 6𝑌
𝐵𝑢𝑡 (1), 𝑅 = 3𝐺
𝐷𝑓= Ʀ − {−1,0,1} ⇒ 𝑅 = 3(6𝑦)
1
⇒ 𝑅 = 18𝑌
6. 𝑦 = 2 𝑥 + 𝑘 18 𝑦𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑚𝑎𝑘𝑒 𝑢𝑝 𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑑
7. (𝛼 + 2)𝑥 < 𝛼 − 3 𝑥 2 +𝑥−2
10. 𝑥+1
≥ 0 𝑥 ≠ −1
𝐼𝑓 𝛼 + 2 < 0
𝛼−3 (𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 − 1)
⇒𝑥> 𝑊𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 ≥0
𝛼+2 𝑥+1
𝛼 < −2 𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑠
𝐼𝑓 𝛼 + 2 > 0 𝑥 = −2, 𝑥 = 1, 𝑥 = −1
𝛼−3
⇒ 𝑥<
𝛼+2 - -
x x≤-2 x>1
𝛼 > −2 2≤x<1 1<x≤1
8. |𝑥|3 ≤ 𝑥 2 x-1 - - - +
X+2 - + + +
X+1 - - + +
𝑥2 + 𝑥 − 2
- + - +
𝑥+1

𝑠 = {−2 ≤ 𝑥 < 1}𝑈{𝑥 ≥ 1}

256
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

2
11. 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 3 , 𝑙𝑜𝑔3 2 ⇒ 2𝑥 −3𝑥 = 2−2
1 1 ⇒ 𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 + 2 = 0
𝑙𝑜𝑔3 2 = , 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 3 = ⇒ (𝑥 − 2)(𝑥 − 1)
𝑙𝑜𝑔2 3 𝑙𝑜𝑔3 2 = 0𝑥 = 2 ; 𝑥 = 1
their product is 1 Ans a
12. √2𝑥 + 3 > |𝑥| 17. 𝐺𝑃 : 5, 𝑥, 𝑦, 135
𝑥, 𝑥≥0
|𝑥| = { Geometric mean:
−𝑥, 𝑥<0
3 𝑥 = √5𝑦 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 = √135𝑥
2𝑥 + 3 ≥ 0 ⇒ 𝑥 ≥
2 ⇒ 𝑥 2 = 5𝑦 , 𝑦 2 = 135𝑥
3
∀𝑥 > − , 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑥2
2 𝑥 2 = 5𝑦 ⇒ 𝑦 = 5
√2𝑥 + 3 > |𝑥| 𝑥4 𝑥4
⇒ 𝑦 2 = 25 ⇒ 135𝑥 = 25
⇒ 2𝑥 + 3 > 𝑥 2
⇒ 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 3 < 0 ⇒ 𝑥(𝑥 3 − 153 ) = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 = 0
⇒ (𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 1) < 0 𝑜𝑢 𝑥 = 15𝑦 2 = 135 × 15
𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑠: 𝑥 = 3, 𝑥 = −1 ⇒ 𝑦 = 45
𝑆 = −1 < 𝑥 < 3 2 2
18. 𝐴 𝐺𝑃 : 6 + 2 + + + ⋯
Ans b 3 9

1
13. ans a 𝑟= ;𝑎 = 6
3
14. 2𝑐𝑜𝑠3𝑥 = −1 𝑎
1 𝑠∞ =
⇒ 𝑐𝑜𝑠3𝑥 = − 1−𝑟
2 6
1 = =9
3𝑥 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 −1 (− ) 1
2 1−3
⇒ 3𝑥 = 120
𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 19. 𝑦 = 5𝑥 4 − 4𝑥 3
3𝑥 = 360𝑛 ± 120 𝑑𝑦
⇒ 𝑥 = 120𝑛 ± 40 = 20𝑥 3 − 12𝑥 2
15. Answer a 𝑑𝑥
Exp(x)
y Answer c
5

4
20. Answer c
3
21. 𝑥 2 + 𝑘𝑥 + 𝑘 = 0
2

1
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑜𝑡𝑠
x

- 2
2
𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐 = 0
-1
⇒ 𝑘 2 − 4𝑘 = 0
-4 -3 -2 2
-1 1 3 4 5

-2
⇒ 𝑘(𝑘 − 4) = 0
-3 ⇒ 𝑘 = 0 𝑜𝑢 𝑘 = 4
-4
22. 𝑦 = −2𝑥 + 5 , 𝑚 = −2
-5
2-x² ans b.
2 −3𝑥 1 23. 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 2 ≥ 0
16. 2𝑥 =4
⇒ (𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 − 1) ≥ 0
Critical values : 𝑥 = 1, 𝑥 = −2

257
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

x≤-2 -2≤x≤1 x≥1 ⇒ 1 + |𝑥| ≠ 0

X+2 - + + ⇒ |𝑥| ≠ −1
x-1 - - + 𝑥, 𝑥≥0
|𝑥| = {
(x+2)(x- + - + 𝑥, 𝑥 < 0
1) ∀𝑥 ≥ 0 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒
𝑥
𝑥2 + 1 ≤
1+𝑥
𝑠 = { 𝑥 ≤ −2} 𝑈 { 𝑥 ≥ 1} 2
𝑥
⇒ 𝑥 +1− ≤0
1+𝑥
ans b. 𝑥3 + 𝑥2 + 1
⇒ ≤0
2 1+𝑥
24. 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥 − +1=0
𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥3 + 𝑥2 + 1 ≤ 0
𝑓𝑎𝑙𝑠𝑒 ∀𝑥 ≥ 0
𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑢 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥
∀𝑥 < 0, 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒
2 𝑥
⇒𝑢− +1 =0 𝑥2 + 1 ≤ −
𝑢 1−𝑥
⇒ 𝑢2 − 2 + 𝑢 = 0 2
𝑥
⇒ (𝑢 − 1)(𝑢 + 2) = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 +1 ≤
1−𝑥
⇒ 𝑢 = 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑢 = −2 −𝑥 3 + 𝑥 2 + 1
𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥 = 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥 = −2 ⇒ ≤0
1−𝑥
1 ⇒ −𝑥 3 + 𝑥 2 + 1 ≤ 0
⇒ 𝑥 = 2 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 =
4 𝑓𝑎𝑙𝑠𝑒 ∀𝑥 < 0
ans c. Hence, no solution
25. ans :c. 30. Ans d
26. ans :a
27. √𝑥 2 + 5 = 2𝑥 − 1 5
3
⇒ 𝑥 2 + 5 = 4𝑥 2 − 4𝑥 + 1
⇒ −3𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 + 4 = 0 α
⇒ (3𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 − 2) = 0,
4
2 𝑘
𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑠𝑥 = − , 𝑥 = 2 31. ∫0 (2𝑥 + 3) 𝑑𝑥 = 4
3 𝑘
1 2𝑥 2
𝑁𝐵 : 2𝑥 − 1 > 0 (𝑥 > ) ⇒[ + 3𝑥] = 4
2 2 0
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 √𝑥 2 + 5 > 0 ⇒ 𝑘 2 + 3𝑘 − 0 = 4
⇒ 𝑘 2 + 3𝑘 − 4 = 0
Ans d
𝑘 = 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑘 = −4 𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑘 > 0
28. do not intersect ⇒𝑘=1
|𝑥| 32. ans b
29. 𝑥 2 + 1 = 1+|𝑥|
33. √2𝑥 + 1 = 2𝑥 − 3

258
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

⇒ 4𝑥 2 − 14𝑥 + 10 = 0
⇒ 2𝑥 2 − 7𝑥 + 5 = 0
1
⇒ (2𝑥 − 5)(𝑥 − 1) = 0
5 x
⇒ 𝑥 = 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 =
2
3
⇒ 𝑏𝑢𝑡 2𝑥 − 3 > 0 𝑖𝑒 𝑥 > x
2 38. x=1/√2
5 39. Ans a
⇒ 𝑠𝑜, 𝑥 =
2
Ans a 40. √3𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = 0

34. 4 sin4 𝑥 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 (2𝑥) = 0 ⇒ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥(√3 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥) = 0

⇒ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 = 0
⇒ 4 sin4 𝑥 + (2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥)2 = 0
𝑜𝑟 √3 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 = 0
⇒ 4 sin4 𝑥 + 4𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 = 0
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 = −√3
⇒ 4𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥(𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥) = 0
⇒ 𝑥 = tan−1 (−√3)
⇒ 4𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 = 0
𝜋
⇒ 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 = 𝜋𝑛 −
3
General solution : 𝜋
⇒ 𝑥 = (3𝑛 − 1)
3
𝑥 = (−1)𝑛 × 0 + 𝜋𝑛, 𝑛 ∈ 𝕫
⇒ 𝑥 = 𝜋𝑛, 𝑛 ∈ 𝕫 𝜋
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛 = 0, 𝑥 = −
3
𝑟 1 1
35. 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = ∗ = 2𝜋
2 𝑟 2 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛 = 1, 𝑥 =
3
C 5𝜋
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛 = 2, 𝑥 =
3
A B 2𝜋
θ
⇒𝑥= 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 = 0
r/2 3
r ⇒ 𝑥 = cos −1 (0)
𝜋
O ⇒𝑥=
2
𝜋
⇒ 𝑥 = 2𝜋𝑛 ±
2
𝜋 𝜋
𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑛 = 0, 𝑥 = , 𝑥 = −
P 2 2
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛 = 1
̂ = 2 × 60𝑜 = 120𝑜 5𝜋 3𝜋
⇒ 𝜃 = 30𝑜 ; (𝐴𝑂𝐵) 𝑥= ,𝑥 =
2 2
̂ = 1 × 120𝑜 = 60𝑜
(𝐴𝑃𝐵) 3𝜋
2 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛 = 2, 𝑥=−
̂ + (𝐴𝐶𝐵)
(𝐴𝑃𝐵) ̂ = 180𝑜 2
𝑥 = −450𝑜
̂ = 180𝑜 − 60𝑜
⇒ (𝐴𝐶𝐵) 2𝜋
̂ = 120𝑜 𝑥=
⇒ (𝐴𝐶𝐵) 3
36. Ans b 41. log 3 (𝑥 + 2) − 2 log 3 𝑥 = 1
37. Ans c

259
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

⇒ log 3(𝑥 + 2) − log 3 𝑥 2 = 1 𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟 − 1 < 𝑥 ≤ 1 − √3

𝑥+2 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 ≤ 𝑥 < 2
⇒ log 3 [ 2 ] = 1
𝑥 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒: −𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 2 ≤ 𝑥
𝑥+2 ⇒ 𝑥2 − 2 ≥ 0
⇒ 2 =3
𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥 ≤ √−2 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ √2
⇒ 3𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 2 = 0 𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟 √2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 2
⇒ (3𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 − 1) = 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 2, 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒
2
⇒ 𝑥 = − ,𝑥 = 1 𝑥2 − 𝑥 − 2 ≤ 𝑥
3 ⇒ 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 2 ≤ 0
But 𝑥 > 0, ⇒ 𝑥 = 1 ⇒ 1 − √3 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 + √3
𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟 2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 + √3
42. Ans c
43. 𝐸𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 : 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 3 = 0 Final solution
𝑅𝑜𝑜𝑡𝑠: 𝛼, 𝛽
{𝑥: − √2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 − √3 𝑈 √2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 + √3}
𝑠𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑜𝑡𝑠 𝛼 + 𝛽 = −2
𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑜𝑡𝑠, 𝛼 × 𝛽 = 3
1 1 45. 𝑥 ≤ √𝑥 + 2 ⟹ 𝐷𝑜𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑛: 𝑥 ≥ −2
𝑁𝑒𝑤 𝑟𝑜𝑜𝑡𝑠, ,
𝛼 𝛽 Case1: −2 ≤ 𝑥 < 0 , 𝑥 ≤
1 1 𝛼+𝛽 2
𝑠𝑢𝑚 = + = =− √𝑥 + 2 , 𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 √𝑥 + 2 ≥
𝛼 𝛽 𝛼𝛽 3
1 1 1 1 0
𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑡 = ∗ = =
𝛼 𝛽 𝛼𝛽 3 Case2: 𝑥 ≥ 0, ⟹ 𝑥 2 ≤ 𝑥 + 2 ⟹

𝑁𝑒𝑤 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑥2 − 𝑥 − 2 ≤ 0
2 1 ⟹ (−2 ≤ 𝑥 < 0)or(𝑥 ≥
𝑥 2 − 2 (− ) 𝑥 + = 0
3 3 0 and 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 2 ≤ 0)
⇒ 3𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 1 = 0
Ans C
44. |𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 2| ≤ |𝑥|
|𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 2|
𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 2 𝑥 ≤ −1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 2
={
−𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 2, −1 < 𝑥 < 2
𝑥, 𝑥 ≥ 0
|𝑥| = {
−𝑥, 𝑥 < 0
𝐹𝑜𝑟 − 1 < 𝑥 < 0, 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒
−𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 2 ≤ −𝑥
⇒ 𝑥2 − 2 ≤ 0
⇒ −√2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ √2
𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟 − √2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ √2
𝑊𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 : −𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 2 ≤ 𝑥
⇒ 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 2 ≥ 0
⇒ 𝑥 ≤ 1 − √3 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 1 + √3

260
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1/2
x
π/6 5π/6 7π/6
1. f(x) = log2((x-2)2) is defined for (x- 11π/6
2)2 > 0
But (x-2)2 ≥ 0 for every xϵR from the graph, ǀsinxǀ ≥ ½ => x ϵ
For (x-2)2 = 0 ; x=2 [π/6,5π/6] U [7π/6,11π/6]
So Df : xϵR ; x ≠ 2 answer b
Answer c 10. on the interval 0 < α < π/4 sinα
2. The function tanx is defined for increases and cosα decreases
every xϵR (same for sin2α and cos2α ) but
so tanx = k has an infinite number of cosα > sinα, sin2α > cos2α, cosα >
real solutions 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝛼
cos2α and sinα > sin2α.so 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 >
Answer a cos2α
3. (-∞,2) ∩ (3,+∞) cosα
Answer d answer a
4. For the lengths of a triangle; the 11. answer b
sum of the lengths of the two short 12. answer d
sides is always greater than the 13. x - ǀx+2ǀ ≥ 0
length of the longest side. 10,7,5 ǀx+2ǀ = x+2 for x ≥ -2
verifies, 7,9,12 verifies, 9,5,6 ǀx+2ǀ = -x-2 for x < -2
verifies but 11,4,5 does not since For x ≥ -2;
4+5 < 11. x-x-2 ≥ 0
Answer c  -2 ≥ 0
5. F(x) = √4𝑥² − 3𝑥 − 1 is defined for  Hence no solution
;
For x < -2;
4x² - 3x – 1 ≥ 0
4x² - 4X + x – 1 ≥ 0 x-(-x-2) ≥ 0
4x(x-1) + 1(x-1) ≥ 0
(4x+1)(x-1) ≥ 0  2x ≥ -2
Solution = { x ≤ -1/4 U x ≥ 1 }  x ≥ -1
So f(x) is defined for x ≤ -1/4 or x ≥ 1 But { x ≥ -1 ∩ x < -2 } = Ø
Answer d
So no solution
6. So statements a and d are false
7. Four points Answer d
Answer b 14. ½ ≤ (e1/X)2 < 1
 ½ ≤ e2/X < 1
8. e2x – 2ex – 3 = 0
 -ln2 ≤ 2/X < 0
Let u = ex
 x < 0 and hence –xln2 ≥ 2
So u2 – 2u – 3 = 0 2
(u+1)(u-3) = 0  x ≤ - 𝑙𝑛2
so u = -1 or u = 3
but u = ex ;then ex = 3 or ex = -1 Answer b
(impossible) 15. Answer b
so ex = 3 => x = log3 1
16. a = 2 5
answer a +
3 7
9. ǀsinxǀ
a = 21/29
a = 0.72
Hence 0.7 < a < 1

261
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Answer b Answer b
17. Answer b 21. Sum of internal angles = (n-2)(180)
n= number of sides
so sum of internal angles = 2(180)=360
18. log2 (x²-1) – log2(x-2) > 2 answer a
22. Amount = P(1+r/100)t
Df: x²-1 > 0 => x < -1 U x > 1  10000(1+1/100)12
 11,268.25 fcfa
x-2 > 0 => x > 2
therefore Df = { x ϵ R : x > 2}
answer c
𝑥²−1
log2( 𝑥−2 ) >2 23. L.C.M of 15 and 20 = 60
so A∩B = natural numbers multiples of
𝑥²−1
 𝑥−2
>4 60
𝑥²−1
 𝑥−2
− 4>0 Answer a
𝑥²−4𝑥+7
 𝑥−2
>0 24. Answer a
 𝑥² − 4𝑥 + 7 > 0 25. On a checker board, the number of
 Δ = -12 squares for a n*n board is ∑𝑛𝑘=1 𝑘 2
 𝑥² − 4𝑥 + 7 > 0 is true ∀ 𝑥 𝜖 𝑅. ⟹ 𝑓𝑜𝑟 4 ∗ 4 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 ∑4𝑘=1 𝑘 2 =
In particular,∀𝑥 > 2
1 + 2 + 32 + 42 = 30
2 2
Answer a
19. sinx ≥ √2/2 26. f(x) = sin( x + π/4 )cos( π/4 ) + cos(
 x ≥ π/4 x + π/4 )sin( π/4 ) ∀𝑥𝜖𝑅
 π/4 ≤ x ≤ π = sin( x+ π/4 + π/4)
=sin(x+ π/2)
cosx < 1/2 = -cos(x)
 x < π/3 Answer a
 0 < x < π/3
 solutions: { π/4 ≤ x ≤ 27. π(8)²(1) = S3 => S = 43√𝜋 cm
π U 0 < x < π/3}
𝜋 𝜋 Answer a
 x ϵ [4 , 3 [
28. Answer d
Answer a 𝑎𝑥
29. Let L1; ax + 3y + 4 = 0 => y=− 3 -
4
20. √4𝑥² − 3𝑥 − 1 ≥ 2x – 3
3
Df: 4𝑥² − 3𝑥 − 1≥ 0 and true for 2x and L2; x + 2ay + 7 = 0=> y = − 2𝑎
𝑥
–3≥0 7
-
4x²-3x-1 ≥ 0 2𝑎
𝑎
 (4x+1)(x-1) ≥ 0 For L1 and L2 to be parallel ; − 3 = -
1
 x ϵ { x ≤ -1/4 U x ≥ 1} and true
2𝑎
for x ≥ 3/2 (from 2x – 3 ≥ 0)
 2a² = 3
Hence for [3/2 , +∞[ ,
 a = ± √2/3
squaring both sides ; 𝑎𝑥 4
for L1 and L2 to coincide − 3
- 3
=
4x²-3x-1 ≥ 4x² - 12x + 9 𝑥 7
− -
2𝑎 2𝑎
 x ≥ 10/9

262
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

 2a²x + 8a = 3x + 21 37.
𝑑𝑦
; y+x
𝑑𝑦
+1-2
𝑑𝑦
=0
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(impossible) 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑦
a varies with respect to x  𝑥 𝑑𝑥 - 2𝑑𝑥 = -1 – y
𝑑𝑦 −1−𝑦
Answer c  𝑑𝑥
= 𝑥−2
𝑑𝑦 (𝑦+1)
 𝑑𝑥
= - 𝑥−2
30. Answer c
Answer c
𝑑𝑦 38. Area = L x W
31. 𝑑𝑥 = 3x² + 4x + 3
So (8-3)(d-2) = 35
at x = 5;  d=9

 3(5)² + 4(5) + 3 From the diagram, e = 3, b=d=9,a =

=75 +20 +3 2, and c = 8
=98 Answer c
Answer 98 39. S = 25 and R = L x W, but L + W =
32. Undefined 6 => R = L(6-L)
NB. composition of f and f-1 = x For max area Rmax; dR/dL = 0
33. 6  6 – 2L = 0
34. ǀ3x-7ǀ = 8  L=3

ǀ3x-7ǀ = 3x – 7 for x ≥ 7/3 Hence Rmax = 9

ǀ3x-7ǀ = -3x + 7 for x < 7/3 hence R < S

𝑥−3
for x ≥ 7/3; 40. lim
𝑥⟶3 𝑥²−9
𝑥−3
3x – 7 = 8  lim
𝑥⟶3 (𝑥−3)(𝑥+3)
1
x=5  lim
𝑥⟶3 𝑥+3

for x < 7/3;
Answer a
-3x + 7 = 8
41. x² - 3.27x + 215 = 0
x = -1/3
−𝑏±√𝑏2 −4𝑎𝑐
so x = 5 or x = -1/3 From 𝑥 = 2𝑎
Answer b 3.2^7±√9.2^14−2^2.2^15
 𝑥= 2
35. The distance D between two 3.2^7±√2^14
points (x1 , y1) and (x2 , y2) is given  𝑥= 2
by ;  x = 3.26 ± 26
D = √(𝑥1 − 𝑥2)² + (𝑦1 − 𝑦2)²  x = 28 or 27
= √(2 − 7)2 + (17 − 5)² Answer d
= √25 + 144
42. x3 – 3x2 – 4x = x(x2 – 3x – 4) =
= √169 x(x+1)(x-4)
= 13 units So x+1 is a factor
36. 6x + 3y = 1 => y = -2x + 1/3 and Answer d
4x + 2y = 1 => y = -2x + ½ 43. L = 5x – 3y – 1 => y = 5x/3 – 1/3
are parallel since they have the same A line L1 perpendicular to L has
gradient i.e -2 gradient m; 5m/3 = -1 => m = -3/5
Answer b

263
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

L1 ; y = -3x/5 + c but L1 passes through Answer d

(0,0)
So c = 0 49. Answer b
 y = -3x/5
 5y + 3x = 0
Answer d
(𝑥−5)
44. √𝑥 ǀ𝑥−7ǀ

Df; x≥0 and x≠7

But √𝑥 ≥ 0 and ǀ𝑥 − 7ǀ > 0 ∀ 𝑥 𝜖 𝑅

For x-5 > 0 => x > 5
So x = { (x ≥ 0 ∩ x > 5) U x ≠ 7 }
 x = { x > 5 U x ≠ 7}
Answer b
45. f(x) = x²sin (x/2)
sin (x/2) is periodic of period 4π but x²
is not periodic so f(x) is not periodic
Answer d
46. For them to intersect ;
2x = ½-x
 2x = 2-x
 x = -x
 2x = 0
 x=0
answer d

47. x – 4 =3 √2 − 𝑥
Df ; 2 – x ≥ 0 => x ≤ 2 NB. this equation
will be true only if x-4 ≥ 0 => x ≥ 4
(x-4)² = 9(2-x)
 x² - 8x + 16 = 18 – 9x
 x² + x – 2 = 0
 (x-1)(x+2) = 0
 x = 1 or x = -2 which are not
found in the Df
Answer a

48. √2𝑥 + 3 > ǀxǀ

Df ; x ≥ -3/2
ǀxǀ = -x for x < 0
ǀxǀ = x for x ≥ 0
 2x + 3 > x²
 x² - 2x – 3 < 0
 (x-3)(x+1) < 0
 x = { -1 < x < 3 } ϵ Df

264
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

29) B
30) C
31) C
32) B
33) A
1) 𝟓𝟐𝒙 − 𝟒(𝟓𝒙 ) + 𝟒 = 𝟎
34) A
𝐩𝐨𝐬𝐞 𝐦 = 𝟓𝒙
35) B
𝒎𝟐 − 𝟒𝒎 + 𝟒 = 𝟎 ⇒ 𝒎 = 𝟐 A
36) B
2) 75
37) C
3) C
38) C
4) D
39) A
5) A
40) D
6) D
7) A
8) C
9) B
10) x=0 D

11) |𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥|
𝑦=5

4 solutions

12) B
13) D
14) D
15) A
16) C 𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐 = 0
17) C
18) B
19) C
20) C
21) D
22) A Solving is good but sketching is
smarter
23) D
24) A
25) A
26) D
27) B
28) B

265
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

19 21
𝑦 = −𝑥 + 1 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 20 gives B ( 2 , 2
)
𝑦 = 𝑥 + 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 for 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 1 gives
C(0,1)
𝑦 = −𝑥 − 4 and 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 20 gives
D(−12,8) ⟹ c

1- s= 𝑙𝑜𝑔5 (36) 5𝑆 = 36 but 52 = 11- T is a triangle and let a, b, c be its

25 < 36 so 𝑠 > 2 > 0 d. 𝑠 > 0 internal angles. We’ve 𝑎 +
𝑏 = 120 so 𝑐 = 60
2- b- 177
𝑎 and b is any 2 positive numbers with
3- 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 (𝑙𝑜𝑔3 (𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥)) = 0 the sum equal to 120
𝑙𝑜𝑔3 (𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥) = 1 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 𝑥 = So, d-The
31 𝑥 = 23 𝑥 = 8 a Triangle T can be whatever
12- 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑦 = sin(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥) 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑦 +
4- 1𝑐𝑚3 = 0,000001𝑚3 so 0,01𝑐𝑚3 =
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑦 = 1 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑦 = 1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑦
2 2
0,00000001𝑚3 b
1 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = √1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑦 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 =
5- ( )𝑥 = 16 4−𝑥 = 42 𝑥 = −2
4
√1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 (𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥)
a −4
sin(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥) = √1 − 𝑥 2 𝑥= 5
1
6- cos(𝑥) ≤ 0≤𝑥≤2
2 −4 16 9 3
𝜋 𝜋 sin (𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠( 5 )) = √1 − 25 = √25 = 5
𝑝𝑣 = 6
x = 360n± 6
a
𝜋 11𝜋
For x = 0 we’ve x= 6 with n=1 x= 6
13- Let the 3 assignment marks be a, b
𝑎+𝑏+𝑐
𝜋 11𝜋
and c. we need to have ≥ 18
3
So 6
≤𝑥≤ 6
𝑎+𝑏
c But we know 2
= 14 𝑎 + 𝑏 = 28
28+𝑐
7- Ans a 3
≥ 18 28 + 𝑐 ≥
54 𝑠𝑜 𝑐 ≥ 54 − 28 ≥ 26
8- 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑡 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 3𝑥.
d
So 𝑔(𝑓(𝑥)) = (𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑡)3 − 3(𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑡)
14- 32𝑥 + 3𝑥 − 2 = 0 let 𝑡 = 3𝑥
𝑔(𝑓(1)) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛3 2 − 3𝑠𝑖𝑛2 a 𝑡2 + 𝑡 − 2 = 0 (𝑡 − 1)(𝑡 + 2) = 0
9- 𝑃(−1) = 0 𝑠𝑜 𝑥 = −1 𝑥+ 𝑡 = 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑡 = −2 so there are 2
1=0 solutions c
So 𝑃(𝑥) = (𝑥 + 1)𝑅(𝑥)a 15- D- guaranteed maximum
10- 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 1 𝑦 = −𝑥 − 4 𝑦 = −𝑥 + temperature is 18°c
1 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 20 5
5
𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠 )
7
16- tan (𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠 7) = 5 =
𝑦 = 𝑥 + 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 = −𝑥 − 4 are 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠 )
7
1 5
orthogonal because 𝑚1 = − 𝑚 same 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠 )
5
7
7√1−( )2
7
2 7 =
for 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 1 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 20 5 5
sin(𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥) = √1 − 𝑥 2
Now, we look for points of intersection
24
solving simultaneously 𝑦=𝑥+ 5 7√
49 √4×6 2√6
−5 −3 tan (𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠 7) = = =
1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 = −𝑥 − 4 we have A ( 2 , 2
) 5 5 5
d

266
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

17- A 2cos𝛼 because of the presence of the

square (𝑥 2 )2 + 3𝑥 2 + 2 so
18- The opposite of,” all persons a
present have at least 1 pen” is C.
at least one of those present 27- sin(𝑥 +
doesn’t have a pen 1) 𝑖𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑑𝑖𝑐. 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑑 𝑖𝑠 𝑥 +
1 = 2𝜋 𝑥 = 2𝜋 − 1
19- A
c
20- if 1 person enters this room, means
28- The diameter of the circle = the
that she is less than 18 years old”
side of the square s
is equivalent to a) If a person is
at least 18years old, she doesn’t 𝑑 = 𝑠 𝑠𝑜 2𝑟 = 𝑠 the area of the
enter this room square A=2𝑟 × 2𝑟 = 4𝑟 2 area of
21- (𝑥 4 + 4)(𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 4)(𝑥 2 − 𝜋)(𝑥 3 − circle C=𝜋𝑟 2
27) = 0 𝑖𝑓𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠 𝑠𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒
4𝑟 2 4 2
(𝑥 4 + 4) = 0 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑟 (𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 4) = 2= >
𝜋𝑟 𝜋 3
= 0 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑟 (𝑥 2 So the answer is b
− 𝜋) = 0 29- 1 − √𝑥 2 − 𝑥 ≥ −1 √𝑥 2 − 𝑥 ≤
2
2 𝑥 −𝑥 ≤4 𝑥2 − 𝑥 − 4 ≤
𝑜𝑟 (𝑥 3 − 27) = 0
0
(𝑥 2 − 𝜋) = 0 2 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠 (𝑥 3 −
Solving 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 4 = 0 𝑤𝑒 ′ 𝑣𝑒 𝑥 =
27) = 0 1 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 1±√1+16 1±√17
Total solutions are 3 so the real zeros 2
𝑥= 2
are also 3 c 1−√17
The range of values is ≤𝑥≤
22- (𝑥 + 3)(𝑥 − 3) ≥ 0 c- 2
1+√17
(𝑥 ≤ −3) ∪ (𝑥 ≥ 3) a
2
23- 𝑥𝑦 = 0 either 𝑥 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 ∈ 30- 125 × 666 × 798 × 1373 × 77777 ×
ℝ 𝑜𝑟 𝑦 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 ∈ ℝ 111111 𝑖𝑠 b-
788253512457199288500
So the answer is the x and y axes
a- 2 orthogonal lines 31- √12 + √24 = 2√3 + 2√6 = 2√3 +
24- 𝑥 2 + 2𝛼𝑥 + 𝛼 2 ≤ 0 let’s find the 2√2√3 = (1 + √2)2√3
critical values c
𝑥 2 + 2𝛼𝑥 + 𝛼 2 = 0 𝑥= 32- 𝑢 = 2𝑖 − 4𝑘 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣 = 6𝑖 − 4𝑗 + 𝑎𝑘
−2𝛼±√4𝛼2 −4𝛼2
2
𝑥 = −𝛼 For 2 vector u, v orthogonal we have
d- has a unique solution 𝑥 = −𝛼 u.v=0 so (2𝑖 − 4𝑘). (6𝑖 − 4𝑗 + 𝑎𝑘) = 0
𝑥 2 +1 𝑥 2 +1 12 − 4𝑎 = 0 4𝑎 = 12 𝑎 =3a
25- 𝑥 2 −4 > 1 𝑥 2 −4
−1 >
5
33- 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 5 intersects the circle
2
0 𝑥 2 −4
> 0 𝑖𝑓𝑓 𝑥 − 4 > 0 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 10 at

Critical values 𝑥 2 − 4 = 0 (𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 − 𝑥 2 + (2𝑥 − 5)2 = 10 𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 2 + 25 −

2) = 0 𝑥 = 2 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = −2 20𝑥 = 10 5𝑥 2 − 20𝑥 + 15 = 0
2 (𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 − 1) =
The range of values will be 𝑥 < −2 ∪ 𝑥 − 4𝑥 + 3 =
𝑥>2 |𝑥| > 2 a 0 𝑥 = 3 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = 1 so the points of
26- 𝑥 4 + 3𝑥 2 + 2 for any value of ℝ the intersections are c- x=1,3
equation will always be positive

267
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

34- 𝑘𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎 = √3 𝑘𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎 = 1 where

𝑘 > 0 and 0 ≤ 𝑎 ≤ 90 let’s find k
and a
𝑘𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎 √3
𝑘𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎
= 1
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑎 = √3 𝑎=
60 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑖𝑛 𝑘𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑎 =
′ 1
1 𝑤𝑒 𝑣𝑒 𝑘 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠60 = 2

a- K=2 and a=60

35- derivate of (3𝑥 − 5)4 is b-
12(3𝑥 − 5)3
𝑑𝐴
36- A = 3𝜋𝑟 2 − 4𝜋𝑟 𝑟=4 𝑑𝑟
=
6𝜋𝑟 − 4𝜋 = 24𝜋 − 4𝜋 = 20𝜋 a
37- 𝑈𝑛+1 = 0,6𝑈𝑛 − 80
When 𝑛 → ∞ , 𝑈𝑛+1 = 𝑈𝑛 → 0.4𝑈𝑛 =
80
−80 → 𝑈𝑛 = − 0.4 = −200 b

38- 3𝑥 2 + 12𝑥 − 2 is expressed in the

form 𝑝(𝑥 + 𝑞)2 + 𝑟. The value of r
is
2 2
3(𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 − 3) 3[(𝑥 + 2)2 − 3 −
4] 3(𝑥 + 2)2 − 14 𝑠𝑜 c-
r=-14
39- If 0 < 𝛼 < 𝑏 < 1 so c-
1 1
𝑎
>𝑏

40- Let y be the segment on the y axis

and x the segment on the x axis
𝑦
𝑠𝑖𝑛30 = 𝑠𝑜 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑠𝑖𝑛30 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 =
𝐿
𝑦
𝑙𝑐𝑜𝑠30 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑚 = 𝑥
=
𝑙𝑠𝑖𝑛30
𝑙𝑐𝑜𝑠30
= 𝑡𝑎𝑛30

268
 Correction of Physics
Correction of Physics
= 0.8𝐾𝑔 × 10𝑚/𝑠 2 × 20𝑚
= 160𝐽
𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 cos 𝑡 = (< 160𝐽) = 80𝐽
1
8. Schema
1. 𝐾. 𝐸 = 2 𝑚𝑤 2 𝑟 2 i. Shaded portion=trapezium,
1 35𝜋𝑟𝑎𝑑 2 c
= (0.12) ( ) (0.1)2
2 60𝑠
α
= 2.1 × 10−3 𝐾𝑔𝑚2 𝑟𝑎𝑑2 /𝑆 2 a
Full

Ans :B b B
2. 𝑊 = 𝐹 × 𝑑 = 𝑚𝑔𝑙𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 × 𝑑
A
10𝑚
𝑊 = 60𝐾𝑔 × 2 × sin(45) × 12𝑚 α
𝑆
1
= 5091.175 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 = 2 (𝑎 + 𝑏) × 𝐴𝐵
𝑏 = 0.9𝑚
𝑏 − 𝑎 = 𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝛼
𝑏−𝑎
α = 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼
𝐴𝐵
Ans :C 𝑏−𝑎 1
𝐸 ⟹ =
3. 𝑃𝑀 = 𝑡𝑀 𝐴𝐵 5
7200000𝑆 𝐴𝐵
𝑃𝑀 = ⟹ 𝑏−𝑎 = =𝑐
1 × 60 × 60 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3
= 2000𝑊 = 2𝐾𝑊 𝐴𝐵
𝑎=𝑏−
Ans :B 5
4. 𝑃 = 𝜌𝑔ℎ 0.9
⟹ 𝑎 = 0.9 −
𝑃 5
⟹ℎ= ⟹ 𝑎 = 0.729
𝜌𝑔
1
275000𝑃𝑎 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = (0.72 + 0.9) × 0.9
= 2
1000𝐾𝑔/𝑚3 × 9.81𝑚/𝑆 2 = 0.729𝑚2
ℎ = 28.04𝑚 ≈ 28𝑚 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 × ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
Ans :A = 0729 × 0.9
5. 𝐹 = 𝜌𝑉𝑔 = 0.656𝑚3
𝐹 = 656.12
⟹𝜌=
𝑉𝑔 Ans :B
90𝑁 ii. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = 120𝐿 = 0.12𝑚3
=
0.00408𝑚3 × 9.81𝑚/𝑠 2
= 2248.6𝐾𝑔/𝑚3
𝜌 = 2.25𝑡/𝑚3
Ans :A
6. 𝑃𝐻 = 𝑃𝑃
⟹ 𝑚𝐻 𝑉𝐻 = 𝑚𝑃 𝑉𝑃
𝑚𝐻 𝑉𝐻
⟹ 𝑉𝑃 =
𝑚𝑃
5𝑚/𝑠
= 60𝐾𝑔 ×
200𝐾𝑔
𝑉𝑃 = 1.5𝑚/𝑠
Ans :B
7. 𝐸 = 𝑚𝑔ℎ
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑎𝑡 𝑐 = 𝑏 ⟹ 𝑎 = 𝑏 = 𝑐
1 𝐴𝐵
⟹ 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = (2𝑏 − ) 𝐴𝐵
2 5
𝐴𝐵
𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑐 =
5
1 𝐴𝐵
⟹ 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = (2𝑏 − ) 𝐴𝐵
2 5
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 0.12𝑚3
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = =
ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 0.9𝑚
= 0.133𝑚2
1 𝐴𝐵
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = (2𝑏 − ) 𝐴𝐵
2 5
2𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝐴𝐵
⟹ 2𝑏 = +
𝐴𝐵 5
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝐴𝐵
⟹𝑏= +
𝐴𝐵 10
0.13𝐽 0.9
= +
0.9 10
𝑏 = 0.23814𝑚
⟹ 𝑏 = 238𝑚𝑚
𝑏𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼 = ℎ; ℎ = 𝑏𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼
ℎ = 234𝑚𝑚
Ans :A
iii. Side view

B
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 × 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔ℎ𝑡
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒
⟹ 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 =
𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔ℎ𝑡
0.06𝑚3
=
0.9𝑚
𝐻𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 = 0.07407 ≈ 74𝑚𝑚
Ans :C

270
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑓𝑜 = 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑜𝑏𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑠

𝑓𝑒 = 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑦𝑒 𝑝𝑒𝑖𝑐𝑒
𝐿 = 𝑓0 + 𝑓𝑒
= 1.5 + 0.3 = 1.8
1. Using pressure law for a fixed 𝐿 = 1.8
mass of gas at constant vol. Ans :C.
𝑃 ∝ 𝑇 ; 𝑃 = 𝐾𝑇 6. By Snell’s law
𝑃1 𝑃2 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑖 𝑠𝑖𝑛30
⟹ = = 𝑛2 = = 2.4
𝑇1 𝑇2 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑟 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑟
𝑃1 𝑇2 0.5
⟹ 𝑃2 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑟 = = 0.208
𝑇1 2.4
1𝑎𝑡𝑚 × 400𝐾 𝑟 = 12.0
= Ans :B
300𝐾
4 7. Ans :C As said by the physics
𝑃2 = 𝑎𝑡𝑚 department
3
Ans :C  But i cannot Answer the
2. From Power=current×voltage question
𝑃  It doesnt Seem clear to me !
𝑃 = 𝐼. 𝑉 ⟹ 𝐼 = 1 𝑛
𝑉 8. Since 𝑓 ∝ 𝑛2
1
10000
= = 50𝐴 𝑛2 = 𝑒𝑥𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥
200 𝑛1 = 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥
𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝐼 2 𝑅 Hence increasing 𝑛2 leads to an
= 2500 × 0.5 = 1250𝑊 𝑛
Ans :B increase in 𝑛2. This here by leads to a
1
3. 18𝐾𝑚/ℎ = 5𝑚𝑠 −1 1
decrease in which then leads to an
𝑓
75𝐾𝑚/ℎ = 20.8𝑚𝑠 −1
𝑉 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡 increase in f=focal length. So the focal
⟹ 5 = 20.8 − 2𝑡 length of the lens increases. Since lens
1
15.8 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 = 𝑓. The lens Power simply
𝑡= = 7.9𝑠
2 reduces soi t doesnt become
Ans :D
convergent but it converges at a lower
4. A converging lens of local length
extent
50cm is placed 80cm from an
Ans :wrong !
object. How far is the image from
the lens ? using ;
1 1 1
+ =
𝑉 𝑈 𝑓
1 1 1
⟺ + =
𝑉 80 50
4
𝑉= 𝑚
3
Ans :B
5. Given that, for a telescope the
image is formed at Infinity. The
intermediate image which acts as
the object for the eye peice lens
forms at the focal point at the eye
peice lens

271
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1.
1-1) 𝑍 = √𝑅 2 + (𝑋𝑙 − 𝑋𝑐 )2
𝑋𝐿 = 𝑤𝐿 = 2𝜋𝑓𝐿
1 1
𝑋𝐶 = 𝑊𝑐 = 2𝜋𝑓
𝑐

1 2
𝑍 = √5002 + [2𝜋(50)(0.25) − ]
2𝜋(50)(4×10−6 )

= √250000 + (78.53982 − 795.77472)2 = 874.3 Ω

Ans B
𝑄 = 𝑊0 𝐼
1-2) = 2𝜋𝑓𝑅𝐶
= 2𝜋50 × 500 × 4 × 10−6 = 0.3

Ans A
2. 𝑛1 sin 𝜃𝑖 = 𝑛2 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃𝑅
3
⇔ sin 60 = 2 sin 𝜃𝑅
√3 2 √3
⇒ 𝜃𝑅 = arcsin ( × ) = arcsin ( )
2 3 3

Ans C
20ℎ
3. Initial (6 × 1020 ) → (3 ×
20ℎ 3 20ℎ 3
1020 ) → (2 × 1020 ) → (4 × 1020 )
⇒ 𝐴𝑡𝑜𝑛𝑠 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑑
= (6 × 1020 − 7.5 × 1021 )
= 5.25 × 1020 𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑛
Ans B

4. Ans C
5. Ans A

6. Ans B
7. Ans C
8. Ans A
1 1
9. ( 𝑚1 𝑉 2 ) 2 + 𝑚2 𝑉 2 = 4 + 1 = 𝟓𝑱
2 2
𝐀𝐧𝐬 𝐂

272
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝛾 = 𝐾𝑔/𝑠
Ans A
Question 11 :
𝑃 𝑃 𝑃1 𝑇2
Ans D
Question 1:𝑇1 = 𝑇2 ⇔ 𝑃2 = 𝑇1
=
1 2
2𝑎𝑡𝑚×127
27
= 9.4 𝑎𝑡𝑚
Ans A
Question 2: 𝑃 = 150 𝑊 Δ𝐸 = 𝐿𝑓 𝑚 + 𝑚𝑐Δ𝜃
⏟
0
Δ𝐸 𝑃𝑡 150 × 5 × 60
𝐿𝑓 = ∼ =
𝑚 𝑚 3𝑘𝑔
= 1.5 × 106 𝐽/𝐾𝑔
Ans B
𝑑2 𝑞 𝑑𝑞
Question 3: 5 2 + 3 + 4𝑞 = 0
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡
Find the complimentary solution
5𝑚2 + 3𝑚 + 4 = 0
−3±√9−4(4)(5) −3±√−71 3 √71 𝑖
𝑚= 10
= 10
= − 10 ± 10

3 √71 √71
⇒ 𝑞 = 𝑒 −10𝑡 (𝐶 cos 𝑡 + 𝐵 sin 𝑡)
10 10
√71
Question 4: 𝜔 = 10
;but 𝜔 = 2𝜋 𝑓 hence
√71
𝑓= 𝐻𝑧
20𝜋
√71 1 20𝜋
Question 5: 𝑓 = = ⇔ 𝐶= =
20𝜋 𝑅𝐶 √71𝑅
(20)()
= 𝐹
√71(2000)
1 20𝜋
5-1) T= ⇔ T =
𝑓 √71
Question 6: 𝜌1 = 920 𝑘𝑔. 𝑚−3 , 𝜌2 =
1000𝑘𝑔. 𝑚−3
For 1 cube of ice ⇔ 𝑣 = 1𝑚3
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 = 𝜌1 . 𝑉 = 920 𝑘𝑔; 𝑉𝐻2 𝑂
920𝑘𝑔
= = 0.92𝑚3
1000𝐾𝑔𝑚−3
50𝐾𝑁
Question 7: m=100tons, A=? 𝜌 = 2
𝑚
𝐹 𝐹
⇒ 𝑃 = 𝐴 ⇔ 𝐹 = 𝑃𝐴 ⇔ 𝐴 = 𝑃
But 𝐹 = 𝑚𝑔 = 100 × 1000 𝐾𝑔 ×
10𝑚𝑠 −2 = 106 𝑁
10000𝐾𝑁
⇒ 𝐴= = 2 × 103 𝑚2
50𝐾𝑁. 𝑚−2
Question 8: f = 20Hz, λ = 0.5m. In 𝐻2 𝑂, 𝜆 =
0.25 𝑚
𝑉 = 𝑓𝜆 = 20𝐻𝑧 × 0.25 𝑐𝑚 = 5𝑚. 𝑠 −1
Question 9: m = 100kg, 𝜇 = 0.5
𝐹𝑟 = 𝜇𝑁 = 𝜇𝑚𝑔 = 0.5 × 100𝐾𝑔 × 9.8 𝑚. 𝑠 −1
= 490 𝑁
Question 10: 𝑓 = −𝛾𝑉
[𝑘𝑔𝑚𝑠 −2 ] = [𝛾]. [𝑚𝑠 −1 ]

273
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑄
𝐶= → 𝑄 = −𝐶𝑉 = (10−3 )(200)
𝑉
= 200𝑚𝐶
Ans C
1 Question 44: Coulomb’s law states that
Question 31: From definition, 𝐾. 𝑒 = 2
𝑚𝑣 2 ,
𝑄𝑞
𝐾. 𝑒. 𝑑𝑜𝑢𝑏𝑙𝑒𝑠 → 𝐾 = √2𝑣 𝐹𝑒 = 4𝜋𝜀𝑟2 and Newton’s law of universal
𝐺𝑀𝑚
Ans C gravitation states that, 𝐹𝐺 = 𝑟2 . Between
Question 32: From the ideal gas equation, a proton and an electron (approximately
𝑃𝑉 = 𝑛𝑅𝑇 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡 massless particles),
𝑝 𝑣 1
𝑝1 𝑣1 = 𝑝2 𝑣2 → 𝑝2 = 𝑣1 1 = 2 𝑝1 𝐹𝑒 > 𝐹𝐺 ,
2
Ans B Ans C
Question 33: 𝒊 = 𝟖𝟖𝒎𝑨, 𝑡 = 2𝑠, 𝑒 = −1.6 × Question 45: From Newton’s second law
𝑖𝑡 0.8 of motion, F = ma, m = const, F = const
10−19 𝐶 𝑛 = 𝑒 = 1.6×10−19 2 = 𝐹
10−19 𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑛𝑠 𝑎 = = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡
𝑚
Ans B Ans C
Question 34 : We know that 𝑄 = 𝑚𝑐Δ𝜃 →
𝑄 = (20)(4.18)(50) = 4180𝐽 = 4.18𝐾𝑗
Ans C
Question 35: From the definition of power,
𝑊
𝑃 = → 𝑊 = 𝑃𝑡 = (80)(60) = 4800𝐽 =
𝑡
4.8𝐾𝐽
Ans A
Question 36: 𝑢 = 0𝑚𝑠 −1 , 𝑣 = 10𝑚𝑠 −1 , 𝑎 =
𝑔 = 10𝑚𝑠 −1 . From Newton’s first equation
of motion,
𝑣 10
𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑔𝑡 → 𝑡 = 𝑔 = 10 = 1𝑠. At time 2𝑡,
𝑣 = 20𝑚𝑠 −1
Ans A
Question 37: Ans A
Question 38:
𝐹 = 𝑚𝑔 = (1)(9.8) = 9.8𝑁
Ans B
Question 39 : Ans A
Question 40 : Acceleration is the
acceleration due to gravity (g). At maximum
height, v=0m/s.
𝑎 = −9.8𝑚𝑠 −2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣 = 0𝑚𝑠 −1
Ans B
Question 41: Calculating the equilibrium
temperature
Heat loss by 20L of water at 60°c= heat
gain by 60L of water at 20°𝐶
Ans C
Question 42: From the workdone by a
𝐵
conservative force, 𝑊 = ∫𝐴 𝐹𝑑𝑟. Which
depends only on A and B.
Ans D
Question 43: From the definition of the
capacitance of a capacitor,

274
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Question 42 : In series, total resistance=4

ohms, I=V/4
In parallel, total resistance=1 ohm, I=V
Ans B
Question 43:
Question 31 : Ans D
Ans C
Question 32 :
W= mg = (2)(9.8) = 19.6 N
Ans C
Question 33 : from Newton equation of
motion , 𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡 = (2)(5) = 10𝑚. 𝑠 −1
Ans B
Question 34: From newton equation of
motion : 𝑣 2 = 𝑢2 − 2𝑔𝑠 (the ball motion is
against gravity)
𝑈2
For the ball A: 𝑆1 =2𝑔 ;
(2𝑈)2 4𝑈 2
For the ball B: 𝑈2 =2U ⇒ 𝑆2 = 2𝑔
= 2𝑔
=4𝑆1
Ans B
Question 35: Recall Archimedes principle:
an object immerse in water displaces a
volume of water equal to its own weight.
Iron and aluminum has the same volume.
Ans C
Question 36: From the ideal gas equation,
𝑛𝑅𝑇 10×0.81×200
PV=nRT, 𝑉 = 𝑃 = 2
= 0.082𝑚3
Ans B
Question 37: From Coulomb’s law, 𝐹 =
𝐾𝑞1 𝑞2
𝑟2
Ans D
𝜀𝐴
Question 38: From C = and Q=CV
𝑑
𝜀𝐴
Q= V = 3.34 x 10−9 C
𝑑
Ans A

Question 39: From Ohm’s law, 𝑉 = 𝐼𝑅 =

(1.5)(4) = 6𝑉
Ans D
Question 40:
E=Pt =(1 Kw)(280 hrs)
Cost =E x price =280KWH x 0.10 euros =
28 euros
Ans B
Question 41 : 𝑰 = 𝒏𝒆 = (1012 )(1.6 ×
10−19 ) = 160𝑛𝐴
Ans A

275
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1. Ans :B
1
2. 𝑃𝑉 = 𝑛𝑅𝑇; 𝑃 ∝ 𝑉
𝑃1 𝑉1 = 𝑃2 𝑉2
𝑃1 𝑉1 = 𝑃2 (2𝑉1 )
𝑃1
𝑃2 =
2
Ans :D
3. Ans :C
4. 𝑃𝑎𝑣𝑔 = 2.5 𝑊
5. Ans a
𝑚𝑣 2 𝑂1(4)2
6. 𝐾. 𝐸 = 2
= 0. 2
= 0. 𝑂85
Ans :A
7. 𝑐 = 3. 𝑂 × 108 𝑚/𝑠
𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒
𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 =
𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑
1.5 × 1011 𝑚
=
3.0 × 108 𝑚/𝑠
= 500𝑠
Ans :C
8. Ans A
9. 𝐶 = 𝐹𝜆
𝐶 3.0 × 108
𝜆= =
𝐹 1 × 109
= 0.3𝑚 = 30𝑐𝑚
Ans :A
𝑉
10. 𝐸 = 𝑑
𝑉 = 𝐸𝑑
= 1000𝑉/𝑚(1 × 10−3 )𝑚 = 1𝑉
Ans :A
11. Ans B
𝐹 7𝑁
12. 𝐹 = 𝑚𝑎 ⟹ 𝑎 = 𝑚 = 1𝐾𝑔 = 7𝑚/𝑠 2
Ans :A
13. Ans :A
14. Ans A
15. Ans A

276
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑉(𝑚/𝑠). What will be the speed of

water flowing the hole at the
bottom ?
Ans ; 𝑃𝛼𝑉 2 ⇒ 𝑝 = 𝐾𝑉 2
𝑃1 𝑃1
⇒ 2= 2
1. A bullet was projected at 45° to the 𝑉1 𝑉2
horizontal find the maximum 𝜌𝑔ℎ1 2𝜌𝑔ℎ1
⇒ 2 =
height ? 𝑉1 𝑉22
Ans :when a body is projected at an ⇒ 𝑉2 = √2𝑉1
angle, it undergoes a projectile 7. A person standing on bridge allow
motion. Using projectile formulas, a stone to fall into a river and hears
we found that the maximum height sound after 2𝑠. Find the height of
𝑈 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝜃 the bridge above the water surface
is given by 𝐻= ; 1
2𝑔 Ans :using 𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 𝑔𝑡 2
where 𝑈 : 𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 1
𝑆 = 0(2) + (10)(2)2 = 20𝑚
𝜃 : 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 2
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑠 = ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
𝑔: 𝑎𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑑 𝑡 = 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒
𝑢=0
2. What is meant by « conservation of 𝑔 = 𝑎𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 10𝑚/𝑠
energy » ? 8. Ans b
Ans : Energy is neither created nor
destroyed but converted from on 9. The force between two charges is
form to another 1N. if the distance between the mis
reduced by a factor of 3. The new
3. Ans : 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = force is :
𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛 𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 1
constant velocity a.
𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 𝑖𝑛 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 𝑎
1
means that the change in velocity b. 3
is zero. Consequently the c. 9
acceleration is zero d. 13
4. A record of displacement 𝑉𝑠 time Ans c. using the inverse squarre law
was carried from an experiment as 1
𝐹∝ 2
show below. 𝑟
X(m) 0 25 100 200 300 10. What is the unique simillarity
T(s) 0 10 20 30 40 between the electrostatic and
b. Velocity is constant gravitational force ?
c. Acceleration is constant Ans :they all obey the inverse square
1
d. Velocity and acceleration law, that is 𝐹 ∝ 𝑟2 where r=distance
are constant between the charges
e. Cannot be determined 11. Which of the law of thermodynamic
5. State the first law of explains the fact that change in
thermodynamie enthalpy of the surrounding is
Ans :it states that the total internal equibalent to a change in enthalpy
of a mechanical system is conserved. of a closed system but opposite in
6. Water is filled in a cylinder and sign ?
there is a hole midway in which Ans :the second law of thermodynamic
water is flowing at a speed of

277
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

12. Which of the laws of c. Decrease

thermodynamic talks about the d. None of the above
conservation of energy ?
Ans : a (Archimedès principles)
Ans : the first law
13. In a closed system in which two 18. Which law of thermodynamic states
bodies interact,what remains that energy can neither by created
unchanged ? nor destroyed ?
a. Linear momentum Ans : the first law, (abo know as law of
b. Internal energy conservation of energy
19. In a mechanical system, which of
Ans :a
the following is conserved ?
14. Consider a pendulum bob of length a. Potential energy
10𝑐𝑚 hung from a ceilling.what b. Kinetic energy
should we do to the lenght m order c. Total energy
to vary the period by 2 d. None of the above
𝑙
Ans :from the equation𝑇 = 2𝜋√ Ans : c
𝑔

⇒ 𝑇 ∝ √𝑙 20. A body moves and undergoes a

𝑇1 𝑇2 displacement of +3 units in the x-
⇒ =
√𝑙1 √𝑙2 direction ans −4 units in the y-
𝑇1 2𝑇1 direction in 5𝑠. Find the average
⇒ = velocity.
√𝑙1 √𝑙2
Ans 𝑥𝑟 = 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
⇒ 𝑙2 = 4𝑙1 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 = 5𝑠
15. What happens to the volume of an 𝑥𝑟 = (4)2 + (3)2
2
ideal gers when it pressure = 16 + 9
doubled at constant temperature = √16 + 9 = 5 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
Ans : T=constant. Applying ideal gers 𝐴𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑉𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦(𝑉𝑎𝑟 )
𝜌 𝑉 𝜌 𝑉
equation 1 1 = 2 2 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
𝑇1 𝑇1
=
⇒ 𝑃1 𝑉1 = 𝑃2 𝑉2 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒
⇒ 𝑃1 𝑉1 = 2𝑃1 𝑉2 5𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
= = 1 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡/𝑠
𝑉1 5𝑠
⇒ 𝑉2 = 21. The half-life of iodine is 8 days.
2
(𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑠 𝑏𝑦 2) What fraction of radioactive iodine
16. Two bodies 𝑀1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑀2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑀2 > is left after 24 days.
𝑀1 fall in a valuim Ans :𝑡1 = 8 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
2
a. They reach the ground 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 = 24 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠 = 3 𝑡1
simultaneously 2

b. 𝑀2 reached the ground 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑡

1
before 𝑀1 = 2𝑛 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒
c. 𝑀1 reached the ground 𝑛 = 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 ℎ𝑎𝑙𝑓 𝑙𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠
before 𝑀2 ⇒ 𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑡 =
1
=
1
Ans : a 23 8

17. An ice cube is floating on a glass

full of water. When the ice melts
the height of the water in the glass
a. Remains the same
b. Increase

278
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1. c
2. b
𝑢 = 0; 𝑉 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡
3. a 𝑖𝑛 𝑣𝑎𝑐𝑢𝑢𝑛 𝑎 = 0
𝑉1 = 𝑉2
4. a
5. b
6. c energy stored in a strechted
wire ;𝐸 = 𝐹Δ𝑥 ⟺ 𝐹𝛼𝑥
7. d
8. d
9. d
10. c
7 −15 8 2 2
( )+( )+( )+( )= ( )
−2 13 5 −4 12
11. b
when the lift is rising the
𝐿 = 𝑚(𝑔 − 𝑎); 𝑔 − 𝑎 < 𝑔
value read is ;
⟹ 𝑚(𝑔 − 𝑎) < 𝑚𝑔
12. b
13. b
14. b
(104 × 10)𝑁
𝑃1 = = 105 𝑃𝑎
1𝑚2
𝐹 = 105 𝑃𝑎 × 0.1𝑚2
= 1000𝐾𝑔
15. 0𝑁
At equilibrium,cerchimedian
force=mg⟹total force=0𝑁
16. A
17. C
An increase in internal energie is seen
by a riseny tem.temp is constant trough
out the process ⟹ no change in
internal energie.
18. c/a
19. B
𝑃
𝐼 = ⟹ 𝑃 = 𝐼𝐴
𝐴
= 6.899 × 1017 𝑊
20. C

279
1. A
2. C
3. B
4. C
5. A
6. A
7. D
8. B
9. C
10. B
11. NONE
12. D
13. C
14. B
15. NONE
16. C
17. D
18. B
19. B
20. C
21. B
22. A
23. C
24. C
25. C
26. B
27. A
28. A
29. B
30. B
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

26) A
27) C
𝐾𝑞
28) 𝐸 = 𝑟2
A

1) A 29) C
2𝜋𝑅𝐵
2) A 30)𝐼 = B
𝜇
3)B
4) A
5) B
6) B
7) C
8) C
9) A
10) B
11) C
12) 𝐹𝑓 = 𝝁𝑚𝑔
220.5
= 294
= 0.75

B
13) B
14) B
15) C
16) C
17) A
18) B
19) B
20) A
21) E
22) D
23) B
24) C
25) A

281
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Correction of Chemistry
Correction of
Chemistry

5. CH3-COOH CH3-OH
CH3CH2-NH2 CCl3-COOH
Carboxylic hydroxyl
1. d=1,93 Mair=29g/mol amino carboxyl
Mgas=dxMair=1,93x29=55,97 C6H5-COOH
Mr~56g/mol carboxyl
Ans=A Each compound is matched with correct
functional group except CH3COOH
2. h=9m Þ=0,750 g=9,80
Ans=A
The pressure inside a liquid is
given by: 6. 2A + B 3C + D
P=Þgh= 0,75x9,80x9= 66,15KPa For rates of reactions , rate
equations are given by :
P~66200KPa
For reactants for products
Ans=B
Rate=_ d[reactant]
3. The anode is the electrode at
which oxidation takes place and rate= d[product]
electrons move from anode to
dt
cathode.
dt (Negative because
From diagram; Electrons move from left concentration of reactants decreases
to right thus reaction at anode is the with time)
oxidation of Zn
From equation: Rate=_ 1/2d[A] =_ d[B]
Zn(s) = 1/3 d[C] = d[D]
Zn2++2è Ans=A
dt
4. 4Li(s) + O2(g) dt dt
2Li2O(s) dt
oxidation n°=0 Ans=B
n°=0 Li=+2
O2=-2
7. K=Ae-E/RT ,K=rate constant
Li is oxidized while oxygen is reduced
A=Arrhenius constant
thus Ans =C

282
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

E=Activation energy 13. 13) The dipole moment

R depends predominantly on the
T=Molar gas constant factor orientation of the atoms in
space clearly CCL4, CH4,
CH2CH3,O2 are all symmetrical
Ans=A except NH3.
8. The main factors affecting rate
of reaction are: Ans=C
Concentration, temperature, pressure 14. 14) The highest PH comes from
(especially for gases), catalyst, light (for the substance which dissolves
photochemical reactions to form a basic solution i.e NaF
Ans=D NaCl does not dissolve, NaNO3 gives a
9. From Boltzman equation neutral solution while NaSO4 will give an
K.Egas=3/2KT acidic solution
But K.E=1/2mv2 this implies
1/2mv2=3/2KT
Ans=B
V2α T Vα√T
15. 15) H2PO−4 + H2O ↔
Doubling temperature: V1 = V2 H3O + HPO-24
+
T2=2T1
Acid base
√T1 √T2 Acid base
Therefore V2=√2V1 (proton donor) (proton acceptor)
Ans=A So I and III behave as bases
10. ∆H=−45.9kj/mol Ans=D
the reaction is exothermic thus
increasing temperature favors
the backward reaction
Then event that is least likely to occur is
B
Ans=B
11. Ans=A
12.
F
Cl F T-shaped
F

Ans=C

283
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

contains 90 of 𝐻2 𝐶2 𝑂4 ; 1.5 𝑔 of salt

contains 𝑥
90 × 1.5
𝑥= = 1.07 𝑔
126
1. 𝐻3 𝑃𝑂4 + 3𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻 → 𝑁𝑎3 𝑃𝑂4 + Ans :C
3𝐻2 𝑂 3 moles of 𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻 react with 1 9. 𝑁2 (𝑔) + 3𝐻2 (𝑔) → 2𝑁𝐻3 (𝑔) 1 mole
mol of 𝐻3 𝑃𝑂4 ; (0.05 × 0.2) moles of 𝑁2 reacts with ;3 moles of
𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻 react with 𝑥 hydrogen ; 0.5 moles 𝑁2 should
0.05 × 0.2
𝑥= = 3.33 × 10−3 𝑚𝑜𝑙; 𝑉 react with 1.5 moles of 𝐻, 𝐻2 is the
3 limiting reagent 3 moles of
𝑛 3.33 × 10−3
= = hyrdrogen produce 2 moles of
𝑀 0.2 hydrogen produce 2 moles of
= 1.66 × 10−2 𝐿
𝑁𝐻3 ; 0.5 mole of hydrogen produce
Ans :D
𝑥
2. 𝐵𝑟𝑂3− and 𝐵𝑟 let x be the oxidation
(2 × 0.5)
number of Bromine.𝑥 + 3(−2) = 𝑥= = 0.33; 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑
−1@𝑥 − 6 = −1@𝑥 = +5 for 3
0.25
Bromine in 𝐵𝑟2 ; 𝑥 = 0 but in = × 100 = 75.4 %
0.33
𝐵𝑟 ; 𝑥 = −1𝑥 = +5 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = −1 Ans :A
Ans :C 10. 𝐻𝐶𝑙 + 𝐶𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 → 𝐶𝑎𝐶𝑙2 +
3. 𝑀𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 = (65.4 + 32 + 64 = 2𝐻2 𝑂; 2𝐻 + + 2𝑂𝐻 − → 2𝐻2 𝑂
(7 × 18)) = 287.49 𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1 𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝐻 + = 0.1 × 0.01 = 1 × 10−3 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒
287.49 𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑠 𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑂𝐻 − = 2 × (0.2 × 0.03)
7 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 0.012 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠
28.75 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑠 𝑥 Exces of moles of 𝑂𝐻 − after
28.75 × 7 𝑛𝑒𝑢𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑙𝑖𝑠𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 0.012 − 1 × 10−3 =
𝑥= = 0.70
287.4 0.011 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠
Ans :B 0.011
4. 𝑃1 = 1 𝑎𝑡𝑚; 𝑇1 = 27°𝐶; 𝑃2 = 𝑥; 𝑇2 = 𝑂𝐻 − 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 =
0.2 + 0.1
𝑃
127°𝐶. From the pressure law, 𝑇1 = = 0.0367 𝑀
1
𝑃2 1×127 Ans :C
𝑇2
⟹ 𝑃2 = 27
= 4.7 𝑎𝑡𝑚 ≈ 𝑎 11. Entropy
Ans :A Ans :E. energy is related mainly to
5. 𝑁𝑎+ and 𝑀𝑔+ are formed when the molecular particles
metal atoms loose electrons to 12. Entropy=0
achieve the stable octet of Neon Ans :D. At absolute zero, there is no
Ans:B disorderness, hence Δ𝑆 = 0
6. 𝑆𝑝3 , 𝑂 𝜃
13. Δ𝐻𝑎𝑡𝑚 𝐶𝐻4 = +1662 𝐾𝐽𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1
Ans :C
+1661
7. Trini tro toluene contains 3 Δ𝐻 𝜃 (𝐶 − 𝐻) =
Nitrogen atoms 4
3(14) = +415.5 𝐾𝐽 𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1
𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑏𝑦 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 = ×
227
100 = 18.5% Ans :A
Ans :A 14. Lattice dissocitation energy=
8. Molar mass of 𝐻2 𝐶2 𝑂4 . 2𝐻2 𝑂 = −(lattice energy)
126 𝑔. 𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1 ; 126 of salt

284
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝜃
Δ𝐻(ℎ𝑦𝑑) = (𝑒𝑛𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑙𝑝𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛)
− (𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦
= 19 − 674
= −655 𝐾𝐽 𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1
Ans :A
15. Rubidium chloride dissolves
endothermically because the more
exothermic hydratation energy is
less than the more endothermic
lattice dissociation energy.
16. The more highly ordered the
system, the higher the entropy
Ans :B
17. E,none of the above

285
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑚𝑐𝛥𝜃 4𝑔
𝛥𝐻𝑐𝑙 𝐶 = − 𝑛
, 𝑛 = 32𝑔 = 0.125
𝐶 𝑚𝑐𝛥𝜃
𝛥𝐻𝑐𝑙 = − 0.125 = −403.2 𝐾𝐽
Ans=A
1. [𝐻3 𝑂+ ][𝑂𝐻 − ] = 5.5 × 10−14 n
For pure water; 10. 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦 = V , n = 0.05 × 0.025 =
[𝐻3 𝑂+ ] = [𝑂𝐻 − ] 0.00125
1 Number of particles=number of moles x
[𝐻3 𝑂+ ] = (5.5 × 10−14 )2
avogadro’s number
= 2.345 × 10−7
Na2 CO3 → 2Na+ + CO3
𝑝𝐻 = −𝑙𝑜𝑔(2.345 × 10−7 ]
Na+ = 2[0.0125] = 0.0025
𝑝𝐻 = 6.63
Na+ = Na. Na+ = 1.51 × 1021
2. Balancing the equation gives :
2
1H+ 21H 3
1H + 11P Ans=A or C
Ans=D
𝑛 11. Carbon lacks the d-orbital and also as
3. 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 𝑉 a result of the C-CL bond which does
𝑛 = 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦 × 𝑉 not break easily
= 0.1 × (0.02)
= 0.002 𝑚𝑜𝑙 Ans=D
Ans =A
12. Common reaction of halogens with hot
4. If 1𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒 𝐻2 𝑆𝑂4 → 2𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒 𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻
0.002 𝐻2 𝑆𝑂4 → 𝑥 Alkalis gives three main products; X− ,
𝑥 = 0.004 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑠 𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻
XO−3 ,H2O where X=Cl2,Br2,I2
0.004 Ans=D
[𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻] = = 0.16 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑑𝑚−3
0.025
2Fe
Ans =D 13. × 100 = 3.33%
RmmHb
5. Use the idea of limiting reagent 50
Ans = 2-0.1 = 1.9 ⇒ RmmHb = 2. = 339.4g
0.0333
Ans =D
6. Rain water is slightly acidic due to Ans=E
dissolved gases like SO2,NO2 which 14. Q=mCΔ θ
are acidic. Q = 14 × 102 cal
PH is between 5.5-6.5 Ans=D
15. [H3 O+ ][OH − ] = kw
Ans=C
[H3 O+ ] = [OH − ] ⇒ [H3 O+ ] = √kw
7. 𝑝𝐻 + 𝑝𝑂𝐻 = 14
𝑝𝐻 = 14 − 𝑝𝑂𝐻 pH = − log(√kw) = 7.46
= 14 − (−𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑂𝐻) Ans=B
= 14 + 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑂𝐻
= 9.64 16. Ans=C
Ans=C 17. A racemic mixture is separated by
𝑃1 𝑉1 𝑃2 𝑉2
8. = resolution of enantiomers
𝑇1 𝑇2
𝑃1 𝑉1 𝑇2 70 Ans=E
𝑉2 = . = 𝑐𝑚3
𝑇1 𝑃2 3
18. With increase in lone presence, the
Ans=D bond angle reduces

9. Q=mcΔ θ Ans=C
19. Ans=C
286
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑇1 = 27°𝐶; 𝑃2 = 5 𝑎𝑡𝑚
𝑉2 =? ; 𝑇2 = 77°𝐶
𝑃𝑉
𝑃𝑉 = 𝑛𝑅𝑇 ⟹ = 𝑛𝑅
𝑇
1. 𝐶(𝑠) + 𝑂2(𝑔) → 𝐶𝑂2(𝑔) 𝑃𝑉
5𝑔 = 𝑐𝑡𝑒
𝑛° 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝐶 = 𝑇
12𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑃1 𝑉1 𝑃2 𝑉2
⟹ =
= 0.41667 𝑇1 𝑇2
1𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝐶 → 1 𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑂2 𝑃1 𝑉1 𝑇2
0.41667 𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝐶 → 𝑥 ⟹ 𝑃2 𝑉2 =
𝑇1
𝑥 = 0.041667 𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑂2 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑃1 𝑉1 𝑇2
𝑂2 = 0.41667 𝑚𝑜𝑙 × 32 𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙 ⟹ 𝑉2 =
𝑇1 𝑃2
= 13.3𝑔
𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠(𝑚)
(100𝑐𝑚3 )(77°𝐶)
2. 𝑀𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦 = . For a 1M =
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 (27°𝐶)(5 𝑎𝑡𝑚)
solution of 2 litres = 57.04 𝑐𝑚3
𝑛 7. 𝑄𝐻𝑤 = 𝑚ℎ 𝐶Δ𝜃 = 𝑚ℎ 𝐶(100°)
1= ⟹ 𝑛 = 2 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠
2𝑑𝑚3 𝑄𝑤 = 𝑚𝑤 𝐶Δ𝜃
𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 = (300𝑔)𝐶(40°𝐶 − 0°𝐶)
= =2
𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑄𝐻𝑤 = 𝑄𝑤
⟹ 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 ⟹ 𝑚ℎ 𝐶(100°) = 300𝑔𝐶(40°𝐶)
= 2 × 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑚ℎ = 120 𝑔
= 2 × 98 = 196 𝑔 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 ℎ𝑜𝑡 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑚𝑢𝑠𝑡
3.5
3. 𝑛° of moles of 𝑁𝑎2 𝑆𝑂4 = = 𝑏𝑒 𝑎𝑡 𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑡 120𝑔
142
0.025 8. 𝑝𝐻 = − log[𝐻 + ] ionic product 𝐾𝑤 =
𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 5.5 × 10−4
0.025 [𝐻 + ] = 2.3452 × 10−7 𝑀
𝑁𝑎2 𝑆𝑂4 = = 0.125𝑀 𝑝𝐻 = − log(2.3452 × 10−7 ) 𝑀
0.2
𝑁𝑎2 𝑆𝑂4 → 2𝑁𝑎+ + 𝑆𝑂4−2 = 6.63
[𝑁𝑎+ ] = 2[𝑁𝑎2 𝑆𝑂4 ]
= 2 × 0.125 𝑀 = 𝑂. 25 𝑀
4. 𝑝𝐻 = −log[𝐻 + ] we know that
[𝐻 + ][𝑂𝐻 − ] = 1 × 10−4
1×10−4
⟹ [𝐻 + ] = [𝑂𝐻 − ]
1×10−4
= 4.3×10−5 = 2.33 × 10−10
𝑝𝐻 = − log(2.33 × 10−10 )
= 9.6
5. 𝑛° of moles of
5 × 103
𝐶= = 416.667𝑚𝑜𝑙
12𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙
1𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝐶2 → 1𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑂2
416.667 𝑜𝑓 𝐶2 → 416.667𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑂2
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 = 𝑛 × 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑂2
= 416.667𝑚𝑜𝑙 × 32 𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙
= 13.3 𝐾𝑔
6. 𝑃1 = 1 𝑎𝑡𝑚; 𝑉1 = 100𝑐𝑚3

287
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑛𝑅𝑇
𝑃𝑉 = 𝑛𝑅𝑇 ⟹ 𝑉 =
𝑃
𝑇 = 20°𝐶 = 293𝐾
𝑅 = 8.31𝑃𝑎𝐾 −1 𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1
1. Neutron number=mass number- 𝑃 = 1,00 × 105 𝑃𝑎
number of protons 𝑛 = 1.00 𝑚𝑜𝑙
For 𝐴𝑍𝑋, 𝑛 = 𝐴 − 𝑍 ; 199𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑑 20
10𝑁𝑒
(1.00𝑚𝑜𝑙)(8.31𝑃𝑎𝐾 −1 𝑚𝑜𝑙 −1 )(293𝐾)
𝑉=
Ans :B 1.00 × 105
2. Isotopes = 0.0243𝑚3
Ans :B Ans :B
3. 𝑝𝐻 = − log[𝐻 + ] = −𝑙𝑜𝑔1 = 0
Ans :C
4. Ans :B
5. For an acid HX and a base 𝑌𝑂𝐻. In
acid hydrolysis
𝐻𝑋 → 𝐻 + + 𝑋 −
𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑑 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑗𝑢𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒
In neutralisation,𝐻𝑋 + 𝑌𝑂𝐻 → 𝑋𝑌 + 𝐻2 𝑂
𝐻𝑋 + 𝑌𝑂𝐻 → 𝑋𝑌 + 𝐻2 0
Initial 𝑎 0
Half
𝑎 𝑎
2
2
Neutralisalised :𝑋𝑌 can be taken as
the conjugate base because it
releases 𝑋 in solution. Hence, they
are equal
Ans :B
[salt]
6. 𝑝𝐻 = 𝑝𝐾𝑎 + log [Acid] at equilibrium
[𝑠𝑎𝑙𝑡]
= (1)
[𝐴𝑐𝑖𝑑]
log(1) = 0
⟹ 𝑝𝐻 = 𝑝𝐾𝑎
Ans :C
7. 2𝑁𝐻4 𝐶𝐿 + 𝐶𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 → 1𝑁𝐻3 +
𝐶𝑎𝐶𝑙2 + 2𝐻2 0 2 moles of 𝑁𝐻4 𝐶𝑙
react with 1 mol of 𝐶𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 ; 4
moles of 𝑁𝐻4 𝐶𝑙 react with 𝑥
1𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 × 4𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠
𝑥= = 2𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠
2𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠
Ans :B
8. 𝑀𝑀 𝑜𝑓𝑀𝑔𝑂 = 24𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 = 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 × 𝑀𝑀
= 0.5𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 × 24𝑔/𝑚𝑜𝑙
= 12𝑔
Ans:B
9. Ans :B
10. For an ideal gas

288
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1. 𝐶𝐻4 + 2𝑂2 → 𝐶𝑂2 + 2𝐻2 𝑂 ;1 mol of

𝐶𝐻4 reacts with 2 moles of
oxygen ;3 moles of 𝐶𝐻4 reacts with
6 moles of oxygen. Oxygen is the
limiting reagent
2 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑂2
→ 1𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑂2 @5𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓𝑂2 → 𝑥@𝑥
5
= = 2.5 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠
2
Ans :B
2. 𝑁𝐻4+ + 𝐻2 𝑂 → 𝑁𝐻3 + 𝐻3 𝑂+
Ans :A ; considering the forward
reaction, an increase in 𝑝𝐻 means
greater amt of the base(𝑁𝐻3 ) is
producted
3. Ans :D

289
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1. 𝐴𝑡𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑐 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 =
Σ(𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑎𝑏𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒×𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠)
=
100
(30)(40)+(50)(41)+(20)(42)
100
= 40.90
Ans :A
2. Number of electrons,𝑁 = 2𝑛2 ;
n=energy level number ;for n=4,
𝑁 = 2(4)2 = 2(16) = 32
Ans :D
3. We elimanate Th. It is above the
range and is radioactive𝑉 =
(𝐴𝑟)3𝑑3 4𝑠 2 , 𝑠𝑜 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒
𝑍𝑛 = (𝐴𝑟)3𝑑10 4𝑠 2 ; 𝑠𝑜 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒
𝑁𝑎 = 1𝑠 2 2𝑠 2 2𝑝6 3𝑠1
1
[𝑛 = 3 ; 𝐿 = ; 𝐴 = + 2 ; 𝑚𝐿 ≠ 0]
𝑆𝑖 = 1𝑠 2 2𝑠 2 2𝑝6 3𝑠 2 3𝑝2
[𝑛 = 3 ; 𝐿 = 3 ; 𝑓𝑎𝑙𝑠𝑒]

by conclusion the Answer is Na

ans :A

4. 1𝑠 2 2𝑠 2 2𝑝6 4𝑠 2 3𝑑4 summing the

powers,we have2 + 2 + 6 + 2 + 6 +
2 + 4 = 24 the elt with atomic
number 24 is chromium
Ans :A
5. 146𝐶 → 104𝐵𝑒 + 𝑎𝑏𝑋
14 = 10 + 𝑎 ⟹ 𝑎 = 4
6=4+6⟹𝑏 =2
6. 𝑁 = 𝑁0 𝑒 −𝜆𝑡 ; 𝑡1 = 9.98
2
𝑡 = 60𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑢𝑡𝑒𝑠
𝑙𝑛2
𝑁0 = 20.0𝑔; 𝜆 =
𝑡1
2
𝑙𝑛2
(60)
𝑁= 20𝑒 9.98
= 0.310
Ans :B
7. Ans :E

290
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

Volume will decrease by half of its initial

value
[𝐶]𝑐 [𝐷]𝑑
12. 𝑎𝐴 + 𝑏𝐵 = 𝑐𝐶 + 𝑑𝐷@𝐾𝑒 = [𝐴]𝑎[𝐵]𝑏
1. 𝑝𝐻 = − log(1 × 10−3 𝑀) = 3 13. First law
2. 2-bromo,3-ethyl-pentane 14. 𝐻2 (𝑔) + 𝑂2 (𝑠) → 𝐻2 𝑂(𝑔)
3. 𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 → 𝐵𝑎+ + 2𝑂𝐻 − 𝐻−𝐻+𝑜−𝑜 → 𝐻−𝑂−𝐻
𝑂−𝐻 =𝑂−𝑂+𝐻−𝐻
𝑛° 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 500 436
𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 = 𝑀𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦 × 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 2𝑂 − 𝐻 = +
2 2
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = 20 × 10−3 𝑑𝑚3 2𝑂 − 𝐻 = 250 + 218 = 468
= 2 × 10−2 𝑑𝑚3 𝑂 − 𝐻 = 234
°
𝑛 of moles of 15. 𝐻𝐼𝑂 < 𝐻𝐵𝑟𝑂4 < 𝐻𝐶𝑙𝑂
𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 = 0.01𝑀 × 2 × 10−2 𝑑𝑚3
. If 1
= 2 × 10−4 𝑚𝑜𝑙
mol of 𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 gives 2 moles of
𝑂𝐻 − ; 2 × 10−4 𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑤𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒
2(2 × 10−4 ) = 4 × 10−4 𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑂𝐻 −
4.
𝐶 𝐻 𝑁
4.8 1.2 2.8
Mass
4.8 1.2 2.8
12 1 14
0.4 1.2 0.2
0.2 0.2 0.2
2 6 1

= 𝐶2 𝐻6 𝑁

5. 𝑛° of moles of
𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 = 10 × 10−3 𝑑𝑚3 × 0.01
= 1 × 10−4 𝑚𝑜𝑙
𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 → 𝐵𝑎+ + 2𝑂𝐻 −
1𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 → 2𝑚𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑂𝐻 −
1 × 10−4 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑎(𝑂𝐻)2 → 𝑥
𝑥 = 2(1 × 10−4 )
= 2 × 10−4 𝑚𝑜𝑙
6. Green house effect
7. Second law
8. First law
9. Allotropy
10. 𝑝𝐻 = − log(1.0 × 10−3 ) = 3
11. 𝑃𝑉 = 𝑛𝑅𝑇; 𝑎𝑡 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑇
𝑃1 𝑉1 = 𝑃2 𝑉2 𝑖𝑓 𝑃2 = 2𝑃1
⟹ 𝑃1 𝑉1 = 2𝑃1 𝑉2
1
⟹ 𝑉2 = 𝑉1
2

291
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

𝑄𝑚 = (200𝑔)(𝐶)(125°𝐶 − 45°𝐶)
= 1600𝑔°𝐶 (𝑐); 𝐶
33600𝐽
=
16000𝑔°𝑔𝐶
70. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = 30𝑚𝑙 𝐶𝑚 = 2.1𝐽/𝑔°𝐶
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑦𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑒 = 5𝑔 Ans :C
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 = 80𝑔 80. 𝐶2 𝑂4−2 let the oxidation number of 𝐶
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 80𝑔 − 5𝑔 be 𝑥 ⟹ 2𝑥 + (−8) = −2 ⟹ 2𝑥 =
= 75𝑔 −2 + 8 ⟹ 𝑥 = 3 l’oxidation number
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠
𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 = of C=3
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 Ans :D
75𝑔
= = 2.50𝑔/𝑚𝑙 81. A true statement B
30𝑚𝑙 Ans :B
Ans :C
Noté :Never define the cathode or
71. Electronegativity
anode in terms of signs
Ans :B
82. Mass of 131 82𝐼 reamaining after 3 half
72. A rate law depends on the
1 3 32
concentration of reactants in a lives=( ) (32𝑔) = 𝑔 = 4𝑔
2 8
chemical reaction 210
→ 210 0
83. 82𝑃𝑏 83𝑃𝑏 + −1𝛽
Ans :C Ans :D
73. 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒 = 𝐾[𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛]° = 𝐾
84. 𝐾2 𝑆𝑂4 = 2[𝐾 + ] + [𝑆𝑂4−2 ]
Ans :B 2[𝐾 + ] = 2(0.4) = 0.8
𝑃 𝑉 𝑃 𝑉 𝑃 𝑉𝑇
74. 1𝑇 1 = 2𝑇 2 ⟹ 𝑃2 = 𝑇1 𝑉1 2 [𝑆𝑂42− ] = 0.4
1 2 1 2
𝑃1 = 92000𝑃𝑎; 𝑇2 = 𝑇 𝐾𝑒𝑙𝑣𝑖𝑛 Ans :B
𝑇1 = 2𝑇 𝐾𝑒𝑙𝑣𝑖𝑛; 𝑉2 = 200𝑚𝑙 85. 𝑝𝐻 = − log[𝐻 + ] = − log(1.0 ×
𝑉1 = 600𝑚𝑙 10°𝑚𝑜𝑙/𝐿) ; 𝑝𝐻 = 0
(92000𝑃𝑎)(600𝑚𝑙)(𝑇𝐾) Hence very corrossive too acidic
⟹ 𝑃2 =
(2𝑇𝐾)(200𝑚𝑙)
𝑃2 = 138000𝑃𝑎
⟹ 𝑃2 = 138𝐾𝑃𝑎
75. Ans :C distillation
76. Isomers
77. 𝐶𝐻2 = 𝐶𝐻2 +
+
𝐻2 𝑂(𝑔) →𝐻 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻2 𝑂𝐻
Ans :B
78. 𝑄 = 𝑚𝑐Δ𝑇; 𝑇𝑖
𝑜𝑓 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 25°𝐶
𝑇𝑓 𝑜𝑓 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 45°𝐶
Δ𝑇 = 𝑇𝑓 − 𝑇𝑖
= 45°𝐶 − 25°𝐶 = 20°𝐶
𝑚𝑤 = 400𝑔
𝐶𝑤 = 4.2 𝐽/𝑔°𝐶
⟹ 𝑄 = (400𝑔)(4.2𝐽/𝑔°𝑐)(20°𝐶)
= 33600𝐽
Ans :C
79. 𝑄𝑤 = 𝑄𝑚 ; 𝑄𝑚 = 𝑚𝑐Δ𝑇

292
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

1. an electron to be paired
A
2. Acid and base
C
3. Metallic
C
4. Vrai
A
5. We know that PH+ POH=14POH=14-
PH
=14-
3.5
=10.5
6.See notes
7.If the reaction is endohermic
C
8.None of the above
A
9.(P1V1T1)=(P2V2T2)T2=(P2V2T1P1V1)

=(760mmHg)(15l)(298K)(10l)(700mmHg)
=485.31
10. We know that Nt=N0e-t
InNt=InN0e-t
InNt=InN0-t
t= (InN0-InNt)/
but =t1/2/In2
So t=In2(InN0-InNt)/t1/2
But Nt is not given so
t=?
11.CH2CHCHCHCH(CH3)CH3
12. Work done=
But P=nRT/V
W=nRT
=P(In2V/V)
=PVIn2
13.Wordone=mgh
=?
14.3 carbon atoms
15. A double bond is transformed into a
single bond
A

293
 National Centre for Career Orientation and Preparations into Best
Professional Schools and Faculties in Cameroon and Abroad

11) BETA particle involve an increase in

proton number, mass number kept constant
( −10𝛽 ) and ALPHA particle involve a
decrease in the proton number by a factor
1) 100atm is not a standard condition, but 2 and a decrease in mass number by a
1atm is
factor 4 ( 42𝛼).
ANS C
12) ANS B
2) a catalyst affects the rate of reaction but
13) ANS D
does not affect the number of collisions
because it can only lower the activation 14) A catalyst will increase the rate and shift
energy and permits reactions to go on the equilibrium
faster.
ANS D
ANS C
15) ANS C
3) the number of molecules which are likely
to react at a higher temperature
ANS A
4) ANS B
5) THE HBr will break the alkenes into
alkanes thus forming C𝐻3 CHBrC𝐻2 C𝐻3
ANS C
6) C𝐻3 CH=C𝐻2 + 𝐻2 O + 𝐻+ =
C𝐻3 C𝐻2 C𝐻2 (OH)
SO is an alcohol
ANS C

7) ANS C is wrong because 𝑃𝑂𝐻 = 9

Therefore [OH]= 1× 10−9 M

8) ANS D
𝑚
9) mole of 𝐻2 , n = 𝑀
0.05
= 2

= 0.025
The number of molecules = n × 𝐿

= 0.025 × 6.02 × 1023

=1.5× 1022molecules
10) ANS B

294